UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
SCHEDULE 14A
(Rule 14a-101)
Proxy Statement Pursuant to Section 14(a)

of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
Filed by the Registrant  [X ][X] 
     
Filed by a Party other than the Registrant  [   ] 
     
Check the appropriate box:
   
[   ]Preliminary Proxy Statement  [   ]Confidential, for Use of the Commission
[X]Definitive Proxy Statement Only (as permitted by Rule 14a-6(e)(2))
[   ]Definitive Additional Materials  
 
[   ]Soliciting Material Pursuant to  
  §240.14a-12§240.14a-12
Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc.

(Name of Registrant as Specified In Its Charter)
 

(Name of Person(s) Filing Proxy Statement, if other than the Registrant)
Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc.
   
(Name of Registrant as Specified In Its Charter) 
  (Name of Person(s) Filing Proxy Statement, if other than the Registrant)
Payment of Filing Fee (Check the appropriate box):
 [X] No fee required.
    
 [   ] Fee computed on table below per Exchange Act Rules 14a-6(i)(1) and 0-11.
  (1)Title of each class of securities to which transaction applies:
  (2)Aggregate number of securities to which transaction applies:
  (3)Per unit price or other underlying value of transaction computed pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 0-11 (set forth the amount on which the filing fee is calculated and state how it was determined):
  (4)Proposed maximum aggregate value of transaction:
  (5)Total fee paid:
    
 [   ] Fee paid previously with preliminary materials:
    
 [   ] Check box if any part of the fee is offset as provided by Exchange Act Rule 0-11(a)(2) and identify the filing for which the offsetting fee was paid previously. Identify the previous filing by registration statement number, or the Form or Schedule and the date of its filing.
  (1)Amount Previously Paid:
  (2)Form, Schedule or Registration Statement No.:
  (3)Filing Party:
  (4)Date Filed:




___________________________________________________________

PEOPLES BANCORP
OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC.

Notice of 2016 Annual Meeting,
Proxy Statement and
Annual Report
 
 

PEOPLES BANCORP
OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC.
Notice of 2015 Annual Meeting,
Proxy Statement and
Annual Report


  PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC. 
    
  PROXY STATEMENT 
    
  Table of Contents 
    
  Page
 
Notice of 2016 Annual Meeting of Shareholdersiii
    
NOTICE OF 2015 ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERSProxy Statementii1
    
PROXY STATEMENTInformation About The Annual Meeting1
    
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management45
    
Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance67
    
Proposal 1 - Election of Directors6
Director Nominees7
    
Director NomineesOur Board of Directors and Its Committees98
    
Executive Officers of the CompanyExecutive Committee910
    
How often did our Board of Directors meet during 2015?Governance Committee910
    
Audit and Enterprise Risk CommitteeWhat is our policy for director attendance at Annual Meetings?10
    
Report of Audit and Enterprise Risk CommitteeHow can you communicate with the Board or its members?10
    
Board Leadership Structure and Risk OversightCompensation Committee1011
    
Code of Business Conduct and EthicsCompensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation1311
    
Diversity of the Board of DirectorsBoard Leadership Structure and Risk Oversight1311
    
How can a shareholder nominate someone for election to the Board of Directors?Director and Executive Compensation and Benefits1512
  Director Compensation15 
Who serves on the Board of Directors of the Bank?12
  Executive Officers16 
Board Committees12
  Management Compensation17 
Executive Committee12
  Employment Agreements19 
Governance Committee12
  
Audit and Enterprise Risk Committee13
Compensation Discussion and Analysis14
Summary Compensation Table17
Grants of Plan-Based Awards19
Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End19
Option Exercises and Stock Vested20
Pension Benefits20
Nonqualified Deferred Compensation21
Employment Agreements21
Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control22
Omnibus Stock Option and Long Term Incentive Plan21
Incentive Compensation Plans23
Deferred Compensation Plan25
Supplemental Retirement Plan25
Discretionary Bonuses and Service Awards25
Profit Sharing Plan and 401(k) Plan25
    
Director Compensation25
 
Indebtedness of and Transactions with Management and Directors2527
    
Equity Compensation Plan Information28
i
Stock Performance Graph29
 
Proposal 2 - Ratification of Selection of Independent Registered Independent Public Accounting Firm26
Audit Fees26
Audit Related Fees26
Tax Fees27
All Other Fees2730
    
Audit Fees Paid to Independent AuditorsDate for Receipt of Shareholder Proposals2730
    
Proposal 3 - Advisory (Non-Binding) Proposal to Approve the Compensation of the Company's Named
Executive OfficersOther Matters2731
    
Date for Receipt of Shareholder ProposalsMiscellaneous2831
    
APPENDIX AOther Matters29
i

PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC.
Post Office Box 467
518 West C Street
Newton, North Carolina  28658-0467
(828) 464-562032
   
Miscellaneous32
Appendix A - Annual Report33
ii

PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC.
Post Office Box 467
518 West C Street
Newton, North Carolina 28658-0467
(828) 464-5620
 NOTICE OF 20152016 ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS 
 To Be Held On May 7, 20155, 2016 
 
NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the 20152016 Annual Meeting of Shareholders of Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. (the "Company") will be held as follows:
 Place: Catawba Country Club
   1154 Country Club Road
   Newton, North Carolina
    
 Date: May 7, 20155, 2016
    
 Time: 11:00 a.m., Eastern Time
 
The purposes of the Annual Meeting are to consider and vote upon the following matters:
·To elect ten persons who will serve as members of the Board of Directors until the 20162017 Annual Meeting of Shareholders or until their successors are duly elected and qualified;
·
To ratify the appointment of Porter Keadle Moore, LLC (“Elliott Davis Decosimo PLLC ("PKMElliott Davis") as the Company’sCompany's independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2015; and2016;
·To participate in an advisory (non-binding) vote to approve the compensation of the Company's named executive officers, as disclosed in the Proxy Statement; and
·To consider and act on any other matters that may properly come before the Annual Meeting or any adjournment.
The Board of Directors has established March 13, 2015,10, 2016, as the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to notice of and to vote at the Annual Meeting.  If an insufficient number of shares is present in person or by proxy to constitute a quorum at the time of the Annual Meeting, the Annual Meeting may be adjourned in order to permit further solicitation of proxies by the Company.

Your vote is important. We urge you to vote as soon as possible so that your shares may be voted in accordance with your wishes. You may vote by executing and returning your proxy card in the accompanying envelope, or by voting electronically over the Internet or by telephone. Please refer to the proxy card enclosed for information on voting electronically. If you attend the Annual Meeting, you may vote in person and the proxy will not be used.

By Order of the Board of Directors,
By Order of the Board of Directors,
/s/ Lance A. Sellers
Lance A. Sellers
President and Chief Executive Officer
Newton, North Carolina
March 27, 2015


/s/ Lance A. Sellers
Lance A. Sellers
President and Chief Executive Officer

Newton, North Carolina
March 25, 2016
 
 
ii
iii

PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC.

PROXY STATEMENT

Annual Meeting of Shareholders
To Be Held On May 7, 20155, 2016

This Proxy Statement is being mailed to our shareholders on or about March 27, 2015,25, 2016, for solicitation of proxies by the Board of Directors of Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc.  Our principal executive offices are located at 518 West C Street, Newton, North Carolina 28658.  Our telephone number is (828) 464-5620.
In this Proxy Statement, the terms "we,” “" "us,” “" "our" and the "Company" refer to Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc.  The term "Bank" means Peoples Bank, our wholly-owned, North Carolina-chartered bank subsidiary. The terms "you" and "your" refer to the shareholders of the Company.

Important Notice Regarding the Availability of Proxy Materials for the Shareholder Meeting to Be Held on
May 7, 2015.5, 2016. The Notice, Proxy Statement and the Annual Report to Shareholders for the year ended
December 31, 20142015 are also available at
https://www.snl.com/IRWebLinkX/GenPage.aspx?IID=4050385&GKP=202713
You may also access the above off-site website by going to www.peoplesbanknc.com and click on the link.
INFORMATION ABOUT THE ANNUAL MEETING
Your vote is very important.  For this reason, our Board of Directors is requesting that you allow your common stock to be represented at the 20152016 Annual Meeting of Shareholders by the proxies named on the enclosed proxy card.
When is the Annual Meeting? May 7, 2015,5, 2016, at 11 a.m., Eastern Time.
    
Where will the Annual Meeting be held? At the Catawba Country Club, 1154 Country Club Road,
  Newton, North Carolina.
    
What items will be voted on at the   
Annual Meeting? 1.ELECTION OF DIRECTORS.  To elect ten directors to serve until the 20162017 Annual Meeting of Shareholders;
    
  2.
RATIFICATION OF SELECTION OF INDEPENDENT AUDITOR.REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM.  To ratify the appointment of Porter Keadle Moore, LLCElliott Davis Decosimo, PLLC ("PKMElliott Davis") as the Company's independent registered public accounting firm for fiscal year 2015.2016.
    
  3.PARTICIPATION IN ADVISORY VOTE ("SAY ON PAY").  To participate in an advisory (non-binding) vote to approve the compensation of the Company's named executive officers, as disclosed in this Proxy Statement.
4.OTHER BUSINESS.  To consider any other business as may properly come before the Annual Meeting or any adjournment.
1

Who can vote? 
Only holders of record of our common stock at the close of business on March 13, 201510, 2016 (the "Record Date") will be entitled to notice of and to vote at the Annual Meeting and any adjournment of the Annual Meeting.  On the Record Date, there were 5,612,5885,510,538 shares of our common stock outstanding and entitled to vote and 696683 shareholders of record.
1

How do I vote by proxy? You may vote your shares by marking, signing and dating the enclosed proxy card and returning it in the enclosed postage-paid envelope or by voting electronically over the Internet or by telephone using the information on the proxy card.  If you return your signed proxy card before the Annual Meeting, the proxies will vote your shares as you direct.  The Board of Directors has appointed proxies to represent shareholders who cannot attend the Annual Meeting in person.
   
  For the election of directors, you may vote for (1) all of the nominees, (2) none of the nominees, or (3) all of the nominees except those you designate.  If a nominee for election as a director becomes unavailable for election at any time at or before the Annual Meeting, the proxies will vote your shares for a substitute nominee.  For each other item of business, you may vote "FOR" or "AGAINST" or you may "ABSTAIN" from voting.
   
  If you return your signed proxy card but do not specify how you want to vote your shares, the proxies will vote them "FOR" the election of all of our nominees for directors and "FOR" all other proposals presented in this Proxy Statement in accordance with recommendations from the Board of Directors.
   
  
If your shares are held in the name of a broker or other nominee (i.e., held in "street name"), you will need to obtain a proxy instruction card from the broker holding your shares and return the card as directed by your broker.  Your broker is not permitted to vote on your behalf on the election of directors unless you provide specific instructions by following the instructions from your broker about voting your shares by telephone or Internet or completing and returning the voting instruction card provided by your broker.  For your vote to be counted in the election of directors and the advisory vote on executive compensation you now will need to communicate your voting decision to your bank, broker or otheother holder of record before the date of the Annual Meeting.Meeting.
   
  We are not aware of any other matters to be brought before the Annual Meeting.  If matters other than those discussed above are properly brought before the Annual Meeting, the proxies may vote your shares in accordance with their best judgment.
 
2

How do I change or revoke my proxy? You can change or revoke your proxy at any time before it is voted at the Annual Meeting in any of three ways: (1) by delivering a written notice of revocation to the Secretary of the Company; (2) by delivering another properly signed proxy card to the Secretary of the Company with a more recent date than your first proxy card or by changing your vote by telephone or the Internet; or (3) by attending the Annual Meeting and voting in person. You should deliver your written notice or superseding proxy to the Secretary of the Company at our principal executive offices listed above.
2

How many votes can I cast? You are entitled to one vote for each share held as of the Record Date on each nominee for election and each other matter presented for a vote at the Annual Meeting.  You may not vote your shares cumulatively in the election of directors.
   
How many votes are required to approve the proposals? If a quorum is present at the Annual Meeting, each director nominee will be elected by a plurality of the votes cast in person or by proxy.  If you withhold your vote on a nominee, your shares will not be counted as having voted for that nominee.  The proposal to ratify the appointment of the Company's independent registered public accounting firm for 20152016 will be approved if the votes cast in favor exceed the votes cast in opposition. 
The proposal to approve the compensation of the Company's named executive officers is advisory only; however, the Company's Compensation Committee will consider the outcome of the vote when evaluating compensation arrangements for executive compensation.
Any other matters properly coming before the Annual Meeting for a vote will require the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares represented in person or by proxy at the Annual Meeting and entitled to vote on that matter.
   
  Abstentions and broker non-votes are not treated as votes cast on any proposal.  As a result, neither will have an effect on the vote for the election of any director, or the ratification of our independent registered public accounting firm.firm or the non-binding advisory vote to approve executive compensation.  A broker non-vote occurs when a broker does not vote on a particular matter because the broker does not have discretionary authority on that matter and has not received instructions from the owner of the shares.
   
  In the event there are insufficient votes present at the Annual Meeting for a quorum or to approve or ratify any proposal, the Annual Meeting may be adjourned in order to permit the further solicitation of proxies.
3

What constitutes a "quorum" for the Annual Meeting? A majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock entitled to vote at the Annual Meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, constitutes a quorum (a quorum is necessary to conduct business at the Annual Meeting).  Your shares will be considered part of the quorum if you have voted your shares by proxy or by telephone or Internet. Abstentions, broker non-votes and votes withheld from any director nominee count as shares present at the Annual Meeting for purposes of determining a quorum.
   
Who pays for the solicitation of proxies? We will pay the cost of preparing, printing and mailing materials in connection with this solicitation of proxies.  In addition to solicitation by mail, our officers, directors and regular employees, as well as those of the Bank, may make solicitations personally, by telephone or otherwise without additional compensation for doing so.  We reserve the right to engage a proxy solicitation firm to assist in the solicitation of proxies for the Annual Meeting.  We will, upon request, reimburse brokerage firms, banks and others for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in forwarding proxy materials to beneficial owners of stock or otherwise in connection with this solicitation of proxies.
 
34

 
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS
AND MANAGEMENT

The Exchange Act requires that any person who acquires the beneficial ownership of more than five percent (5%) of the Company’sCompany's common stock notify the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") and the Company.  Following is certain information, as of the Record Date, regarding those persons or groups who held of record, or who are known to the Company to own beneficially, more than five percent (5%) of the Company’sCompany's outstanding common stock.
Name and Address of

Beneficial Owner
Amount and Nature of

Beneficial Ownership1
Percent

of Class2
Christine S. Abernethy
P.O. Box 386
Newton, NC  28658
660,4953
660,4953
11.77%11.99%
Tontine Financial Partners, LP
55 Railroad Avenue, 3rd Floor
Greenwich, CT 06830-6378
 
371,604
373,3044
6.62%
6.77%
Tontine Management, LLC
55 Railroad Avenue
Greenwich, CT 06830
 
371,604373,3044
6.62%6.77%
Tontine Asset Associates, LLC
55 Railroad Avenue
Greenwich, CT 06830
 
141,3614
2.52%2.57%
Jeffrey L. Gendell
55 Railroad Avenue
Greenwich, CT 06830
 
512,965514,6654
9.14%9.34%
    ________________________________
1Unless otherwise noted, all shares are owned directly of record by the named individuals, by their spouses and minor children, or by other entities controlled by the named individuals.  Voting and investment power is not shared unless otherwise indicated.
2Based upon a total of 5,612,5885,510,538 shares of common stock outstanding as of the Record Date.
3Carolina Glove Company, Inc. owns 107,604 shares of common stock.  These shares are included in the calculation of Ms. Abernethy’sAbernethy's total beneficial ownership interest.  Ms. Abernethy owns approximately 50% of the stock of Carolina Glove Company, Inc.  The business is operated by a family committee.  Ms. Abernethy has no active day-to-day participation in the business affairs of Carolina Glove Company, Inc.
4Based on a Schedule 13G/A (Amendment No. 5)8) filed by Tontine Financial Partners, LP, Tontine Management, LLC, Tontine Overseas Associates, LLC, Tontine Asset Associates, LLC and Jeffrey L. Gendell with the SEC on February 13, 20155, 2016 and represents the total number of shares controlled by Jeffrey Gendell and the related Tontine entities.
 
45


Set forth below is certain information, as of the Record Date (unless otherwise indicated), regarding those shares of common stock owned beneficially by each of the persons who currently serves as a member of the Board of Directors, is a nominee for election to the Board of Directors at the Annual Meeting, or is a named executive officer (“NEO”) of the Company.  Also shown is the number of shares of common stock owned by the directors and executive officers of the Company as a group.
 
 Amount and NaturePercentage
 of Beneficialof
Name and Address
Ownership1
Ownership1
Class2
   
James S. Abernethy
171,6043
3.06%3.11%
Post Office Box 327  
Newton, NC  28658  
   
Robert C. Abernethy
156,850155,9374
2.79%2.83%
Post Office Box 366  
Newton, NC  28658  
   
Joseph F. Beaman, Jr.8,437
8,5235
*
Post Office Box 467  
Newton, NC  28658  
   
William D. Cable, Sr.19,56420,277*
Post Office Box 467  
Newton, NC  28658  
   
Douglas S. Howard
13,151513,7236
*
Post Office Box 587  
Denver, NC  28037  
   
A. Joseph Lampron, Jr.7,1317,537*
Post Office Box 467  
Newton, NC  28658  
   
John W. Lineberger, Jr.2,326*
Post Office Box 481  
Lincolnton, NC  28092  
   
Gary E. Matthews21,60721,638*
210 First Avenue South  
Conover, NC  28613  
   
Billy L. Price, Jr., M.D.5,9266,020*
540 11th Ave. Place NW  
Hickory, NC  28601  
   
Larry E. Robinson
49,944650,0077
*
Post Office Box 723  
Newton, NC  28658  
   
Lance A. Sellers11,06611,491*
Post Office Box 467  
Newton, NC  28658  
   
William Gregory Terry17,24618,018*
Post Office Box 395  
Conover, NC  28613  
   
Dan Ray Timmerman, Sr.
87,486788,0988
1.56%1.60%
Post Office Box 1148  
Conover, NC  28613  
   
Benjamin I. Zachary
90,424892,4689
1.61%1.68%
Post Office Box 277  
Taylorsville, NC  28681  
 
56

All current directors and nominees and
598,7249603,62910
10.67%10.95%
executive officers as a group (14 people)  
 
*Does not exceed one percent of the common stock outstanding.

1Unless otherwise noted, all shares are owned directly of record by the named individuals, by their spouses and minor children, or by other entities controlled by the named individuals.  Voting and investment power is not shared unless otherwise indicated.

2Based upon a total of 5,612,5885,510,538 shares of common stock outstanding as of the Record Date.

3Includes 64,038 shares of common stock owned by Alexander Railroad Company.  Mr. J. Abernethy is Vice President, Secretary and Chairman of the Board of Directors of Alexander Railroad Company.

4Includes 5,9306,018 shares of common stock owned by Mr. R. Abernethy’sAbernethy's spouse, for which Mr. R. Abernethy disclaims beneficial ownership.

5Mr. Beaman retired on June 30, 2015.  As such, the amount shown above represents Mr. Beaman's beneficial ownership as of June 30, 2015.

6Includes 450 shares of common stock owned by Mr. Howard’sHoward's spouse, for which Mr. Howard disclaims beneficial ownership.

67Includes 8,835 shares of common stock owned by Mr. Robinson’sRobinson's spouse, for which Mr. Robinson disclaims beneficial ownership.

78Includes 2,722 shares of common stock owned by Timmerman Manufacturing, Inc.  Mr. Timmerman is a shareholder, director, Chairman of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer of Timmerman Manufacturing, Inc.

89Includes 64,038 shares of common stock owned by Alexander Railroad Company.  Mr. Zachary is President, Treasurer, General Manager and a Director of Alexander Railroad Company.

910The 64,038 shares owned by Alexander Railroad Company and attributed to Mr. J. Abernethy and Mr. Zachary are only included once in calculating this total.

Directors James S. Abernethy and Robert C. Abernethy are brothers and are sons of Christine S. Abernethy, who owns in excess of ten percent (10%) of the common stock.stock of the Company.

SECTION 16(a) BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP REPORTING COMPLIANCE

Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires the Company’sCompany's executive officers and directors, and persons who own more than ten percent (10%) of the common stock, to file reports of ownership and changes in ownership with the SEC.  Executive officers, directors and greater than ten percent (10%) beneficial owners are required by SEC regulations to furnish the Company with copies of all Section 16(a) forms they file.

Based solely on a review of the copies of such forms furnished to the Company and written representations from the Company’sCompany's executive officers and directors, the Company believes that during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014,2015, its executive officers and directors and greater than ten percent (10%) beneficial owners complied with all applicable Section 16(a) filing requirements.

PROPOSAL 1
 
ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

Our Board of Directors has set its number at ten members.  Our current Bylaws provide that in order to be eligible for consideration at the Annual Meeting of Shareholders, all nominations of directors, other than those made by the Governance Committee or the Board of Directors, must be in writing and must be delivered to the Secretary of the Company not less than 50 days nor more than 90 days prior to the meeting at which such nominations will be made; provided, however, that if less than 60 days’days' notice of the meeting is given to the shareholders, such nominations must be
7

delivered to the Secretary of the Company not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which the notice of meeting was mailed.

6

Information about the nominees for election to the Board of Directors for a one-year term until the 20162017 Annual Meeting of Shareholders appears below. All of the nominees are currently serving on the Board of Directors.
Director Nominees
James S. Abernethy, age 6061 (as of March 1, 2015)2016), is employed by Carolina Glove Company, Inc., a glove manufacturing company as its Vice President.  Mr. Abernethy continues to serve as President and Assistant Secretary of Midstate Contractors, Inc., a paving company and also as Vice President, Secretary and Chairman of the Board of Directors of Alexander Railroad Company.  Mr. Abernethy is also a director of Burke Mills, a public company.  He has served as a director of the Company since 1992.  Mr. Abernethy has a total of 2223 years of banking experience and is a graduate of the North Carolina Bank Directors’Directors' College and attended the initial Advanced Directors’Directors' Training session offered by the North Carolina Bank Directors’Directors' College in association with the College of Management at North Carolina State University.  Mr. Abernethy earned a business administration degree from Gardner Webb University in North Carolina.  Over his 2223 years of service on the Board of Directors, Mr. Abernethy has served on all the Bank’sBank's and the Company’sCompany's committees.

Robert C. Abernethy, age 6465 (as of March 1, 2015)2016), is employed by Carolina Glove Company, Inc., a glove manufacturing company, as its President, Secretary and Treasurer.  Mr. Abernethy continues to serve as Secretary and Assistant Treasurer of Midstate Contractors, Inc., a paving company.  He has served as a director of the Company since 1976 and as Chairman since 1991.  Mr. Abernethy has a total of 3839 years of banking experience and is a graduate of the North Carolina Bank Directors’Directors' College and attended the initial Advanced Directors’Directors' Training session offered by the North Carolina Bank Directors’Directors' College in association with the College of Management at North Carolina State University.  Mr. Abernethy earned a B.S. degree from Gardner Webb University in North Carolina.  He serves on the Finance Committee and Investment Committee of Grace United Church of Christ.  Mr. Abernethy also serves on the board of directors of Carolina Glove Company, Inc. and Midstate Contractors, Inc. both privately held companies.

Douglas S. Howard, age 5657 (as of March 1, 2015)2016), is employed by Denver Equipment of Charlotte, Inc. as Vice President, Secretary and Treasurer. Mr. Howard is currently serving as the Chairman of the Endowment Committee of Eastern Catawba Cooperative Christian Ministry.Valley Medical Group.  He has served as a director of the Company since 2004.  Mr. Howard has a total of 1617 years of banking experience and is a graduate of the North Carolina Bank Directors’Directors' College and attended the initial Advanced Directors’Directors' Training session offered by the NC Bank Directors’Directors' College in association with the College of Management at North Carolina State University.  He also serves on the Western NC Methodist Church Board of Finance. Mr. Howard also serves on the boards of Catawba Valley Medical Center and other privately-held companies.

John W. Lineberger Jr., Jr., age 6465 (as of March 1, 2015)2016), is employed by Lincoln Bonded Warehouse Company, a commercial warehousing facility, as President.  He has served as a director of the Company since 2004.  Mr. Lineberger has a total of ten11 years of banking experience and is a graduate of the North Carolina Bank Directors’Directors' College and attended the initial Advanced Directors’Directors' Training session offered by the NC Bank Directors’Directors' College in association with the College of Management at North Carolina State University.   Mr. Lineberger earned a B.S. degree in business administration from Western Carolina University.

Gary E. Matthews, age 5960 (as of March 1, 2015)2016), is employed by Matthews Construction Company, Inc. as its President and a Director.  He has served as a director of the Company since 2001.  Mr. Matthews has a total of 1314 years of banking experience, is a graduate of the North Carolina Bank Directors’Directors' College, and attended the initial Advanced Directors’Directors' Training session offered by the NC Bank Directors’Directors' College in association with the College of Management at North Carolina State University.  Mr. Matthews is also a director of Conover Metal Products, a privately held company.  Mr. Matthews earned a B.S. degree in civil engineering/construction from North Carolina State University.
 
78


Billy L. Price, Jr., M.D.M.D., age 5859 (as of March 1, 2015)2016), is a Practitioner of Internal Medicine at BL Price Medical Consultants, PLLC.  Dr. Price also serves on the Board of Trustees of Catawba Valley Medical Center.  He has served as a director of the Company since 2004.  Dr. Price has a total of ten11 years of banking experience and is a graduate of the North Carolina Bank Directors’Directors' College and attended the initial Advanced Directors’Directors' Training session offered by the NC Bank Directors’Directors' College in association with the College of Management at North Carolina State University.  Dr. Price was previously the owner/pharmacist of Conover Drug Company. He is also a Medical Director of Healthgrow Medical, a private company.  Dr. Price earned a B.S. degree in pharmacy from the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and his MD from East Carolina University School of Medicine.

Larry E. Robinson, age 6970 (as of March 1, 2015)2016), is employed by The Blue Ridge Distributing Company, Inc., a beer and wine distributor, as the President and Chief Executive Officer.  He is a partner and Chief Operating Officer of United Beverages of North Carolina, LLC, a beer distributor.  He has served as a director of the Company since 1993.  Mr. Robinson has a total of 2122 years of banking experience and is a graduate of the North Carolina Bank Directors’Directors' College. Mr. Robinson attended Western Carolina University and received an Associate Degree in Business and Accounting from Catawba Valley Community College in North Carolina.

William Gregory Terry, age 4748 (as of March 1, 2015)2016), is employed by Drum & Willis-Reynolds Funeral Homes and Crematory as General Manager.  He has served as a director of the Company since 2004.  Mr. Terry has a total of ten11 years of banking experience and is a graduate of the North Carolina Bank Directors’Directors' College and attended the initial Advanced Directors’Directors' Training session offered by the NC Bank Directors’Directors' College in association with the College of Management at North Carolina State University.  Mr. Terry graduated with a B.S. degree in business management from Clemson University in South Carolina.  Mr. Terry serves on numerous civic and community boards.

Dan Ray Timmerman, Sr.Sr., age 6768 (as of March 1, 2015)2016), is a shareholder, director, Chairman of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer of Timmerman Manufacturing, Inc., a wrought iron furniture, railings and gates manufacturer.  He has served as a director of the Company since 1995.  Mr. Timmerman has a total of 1920 years of banking experience and is a graduate of the North Carolina Bank Directors’Directors' College and attended the initial Advanced Directors’Directors' Training session offered by the NC Bank Directors’Directors' College in association with the College of Management at North Carolina State University.  Mr. Timmerman earned a B.S. degree in business administration with a concentration in accounting from Lenoir-Rhyne University in North Carolina.

Benjamin I. Zachary, age 5960 (as of March 1, 2015)2016), is employed by Alexander Railroad Company as its President, Treasurer, General Manager and Director.  He has served as a director of the Company since 1995.  Mr. Zachary has a total of 1920 years of banking experience and is a graduate of the North Carolina Bank Directors’Directors' College.  Mr. Zachary earned a B.S. degree in business administration with a concentration in accounting from the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill.  He worked as a CPA for a national accounting firm for eight years following graduation where his assignments included financial statement audits of several banks.  He formerly served as Treasurer and a member of the Finance Committee of First United Methodist Church of Taylorsville for many years.  Mr. Zachary is a member of the Taylorsville Rotary Club and also serves as Treasurer.Treasurer for the Taylorsville Rotary Club and its Foundation.

We have no reason to believe that any of the nominees for election will be unable or will decline to serve if elected.  In the event of death or disqualification of any nominee or the refusal or inability of any nominee to serve as a director, however, the proxies will vote for the election of another person as they determine in their discretion or may allow the vacancy to remain open until filled by the Board of Directors.  In no circumstance will any proxy be voted for more than two nominees who are not named in this proxy statement.Proxy Statement.  Properly executed and returned proxies, unless revoked, will be voted as directed by you or, in the absence of direction, will be voted in favor of the election of the recommended nominees.  An affirmative vote of a plurality of votes cast at the Annual Meeting is necessary to elect a nominee as a director.

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS YOU VOTE "FOR" ALL OF THE NOMINEES NAMED
ABOVE AS DIRECTORS
 
89

Executive Officers of the Company

OUR BOARD OF DIRECTORSDuring 2015, our executive officers were:
AND ITS COMMITTEES
Lance A. Sellers, age 53 (as of March 1, 2016), serves as the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Bank.  Prior to becoming the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Bank, Mr. Sellers served as Executive Vice President and Assistant Corporate Secretary of the Company and Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer of the Bank.  He has been employed by the Company and the Bank since 1998.  Mr. Sellers has a total of 31 years of banking experience. He is a graduate of the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and upon graduation served as a senior credit officer at a regional bank headquartered in North Carolina.

William D. Cable, Sr., age 47 (as of March 1, 2016), serves as Executive Vice President, Assistant Corporate Treasurer and Corporate Secretary of the Company and Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of the Bank.  He has been employed by the Company and the Bank since 1995, where he has served as Senior Vice President-Information Services.  Mr. Cable has a total of 24 years of banking experience.  Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Cable was a regulatory examiner with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.  He is a graduate of Western Carolina University and the School of Banking of the South at Louisiana State University.

A. Joseph Lampron, Jr., age 61 (as of March 1, 2016), serves as Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Corporate Treasurer and Assistant Corporate Secretary of the Company and Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Bank.  He has been employed by the Company and the Bank since 2001.  Mr. Lampron is a graduate of the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and upon graduation worked as a certified public accountant with a national accounting firm.  His work with the firm included audits of banks and thrift institutions.  Mr. Lampron has also served as Chief Financial Officer of a thrift institution and as a senior change manager in the finance group of a large North Carolina bank.  Mr. Lampron has a total of 36 years of banking experience.

Joseph F. Beaman, Jr., age 66 (as of March 1, 2016), served as Executive Vice President and Corporate Secretary of the Company and Executive Vice President, Chief Administrative Officer and Corporate Secretary of the Bank until his retirement on June 30, 2015.  Mr. Beaman joined the Bank in 1977, and served in a variety of roles, including, but not limited to, Vice President-Operations and Senior Vice President.  He is a graduate of Pfeiffer University, the North Carolina School of Banking, and the Graduate School of Financial Management at the University of Texas in Austin.

How often did our Board of Directors meet during 2014?2015?

Our Board of Directors held 14 meetings during 2014.2015.  All incumbent directors attended more than 75% of the total number of meetings of the Board of Directors and its committees on which they served during the year.

What committees doesis our Board of Directors have?policy for director attendance at Annual Meetings?

During 2014,Although it is customary for all of our Boarddirectors to attend Annual Meetings of Directors had four standing committees, the Audit and Enterprise Risk Committee, the Governance Committee, the Compensation Committee and the Executive Committee.  The votingShareholders, we have no formal policy in place requiring attendance. All members of these Committees are appointed by the Board of Directors annually from among its members.  Certainattended our 2015 Annual Meeting of our executive officers also serve as non-voting, advisory members of these committees.Shareholders held on May 7, 2015.

Executive Committee.  The Executive Committee performs duties as assigned byHow can you communicate with the fullBoard or its members?

We do not have formal procedures for shareholder communication with our Board of Directors.  Actions takenIn general, our directors and officers are easily accessible by the Executive Committee must be approved by the fulltelephone, postal mail or e-mail.  Any matter intended for your Board of Directors.  The following persons currently serve on the Executive Committee: Directors, R. Abernethy, J. Abernethy, Lineberger, Matthews and Howard, as well as theor any individual director, can be directed to Lance Sellers, our President and Chief Executive Officer, of the Company.  It meets on an “as needed” basis and did not meet during 2014.

Governance Committee.  The Governance Committee is responsible for developing and maintaining the corporate governance policy, as well as acting as the nominating committee for the Board of Directors. The following persons currently serve on the Governance Committee: Directors R. Abernethy, J. Abernethy, Robinson, Terry, and Timmerman. All of the members of the Governance Committee are independent as defined in the applicable NASDAQ listing standards.  Theor Joe Lampron, our Chief Financial Officer, at our principal executive offices at 518 West C Street, Newton, North Carolina 28658.  You also may direct correspondence to our Board of Directors, determines on an annual basis each director’s independence.

The Governance Committee, serving as the nominating committeeor any of the Board of Directors, interviews candidates for membership to the Board of Directors, recommends candidates to the full Board of Directors, slates candidates for shareholder votes, and fills any vacancies on the Board of Directors which occur between shareholder meetings.  The Governance Committee’s identification of candidates for director typically results from the business interactions of theits members, of the Governance Committee or from recommendations received from other directors or from the Company’s management.

If a shareholder recommends a director candidate to the Governance Committee in accordance with the Company’s Bylaws, the Governance Committee will consider the candidate and apply the same considerations that it would to its own candidates. The recommendation of a candidate by a shareholder should be made in writing, addressed to the attention of the Governance Committee at the Company’s corporate headquarters.  The recommendation should include a description of the candidate’s background, his or her contact information, and any other information the shareholder considers useful and appropriate for the Governance Committee’s consideration of the candidate.  The criteria which have been established by the Governance Committee as bearing on the consideration of a candidate’s qualification to serve as a director include the following: the candidate’s ethics, integrity, involvement in the community, success in business, relationship with the Bank, investment in the Company, place of residence (i.e., proximity to the Bank’s market area), and financial expertise.

The Governance Committee has no written diversity policy; however, the Governance Committee defines diversity broadly to include, in addition to race, gender, ethnicity and age, differences in professional experience, educational background, geographic mix within the Company’s market area, skills and other individual qualities and attributes that foster board heterogeneity in order to encourage and maintain board effectiveness.  While there are currently no women or minorities serving on the Board of Directors, any qualified candidate receives consideration regardless of race, gender or national origin.
The Governance Committee met once during the year ended December 31, 2014.
9

The Governance Committee has a written charter which is reviewed annually, and amended as needed, by the Governance Committee.  A copy of the Governance Committee Charter is available on the Bank’s website (www.peoplesbanknc.com) under Investor Relations.
Audit and Enterprise Risk Committee.  The Company has a separately designated standing Audit and Risk Enterprise Committee (the “Audit Committee”) which was established in accordance with Section 3(a)(58)(A) of the Exchange Act.  The Audit Committee’s responsibilities include oversight of enterprise risk. The Audit Committee has a written charter which is reviewed annually, and amended as needed, by the Audit Committee.  A copy of the Audit Committee Charter is available on the Bank’s website (www.peoplesbanknc.com) under Investor Relations.  The following persons currently serve on the Audit Committee: Directors R. Abernethy, Howard, Price, Timmerman and Zachary.  The Board of Directors has determined that these members are independent as that term is defined in the applicable NASDAQ listing standards and the SEC’s regulations. The Board of Directors determines on an annual basis each director’s independence.

The Board of Directors has determined that each member of the Audit Committee qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” based on each of the member’s educational background and business experience.

The Audit Committee meets at least quarterly and, among other responsibilities, oversees (i) the independent auditing of the Company; (ii) the system of internal controls that management has established; and (iii) the quarterly and annual financial information to be provided to shareholders and the SEC.  The Audit Committee met ten times during the year ended December 31, 2014.
REPORT OF AUDIT AND ENTERPRISE RISK COMMITTEE

The Audit Committee has reviewed and discussed the audited financial statements with managementcare of the Company and has discussed withat the independent auditors the matters required toforegoing address.  Your communication will be discussed by Auditing Standards No. 16 as amended, as adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board in Rule 3200T.  In addition, the Audit Committee has received the written disclosures and the letter from the independent accountants required by the applicable requirements of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding the independent accountant’s communications with the Audit Committee concerning independence, and has discussed with the independent accountant the independent accountant’s independence. Based upon these reviews and discussions, the Audit Committee recommendedforwarded to the Board of Directors that the audited financial statements be included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014.
Robert C. Abernethy
Dan R. Timmerman, Sr.
Benjamin I. Zachary
Douglas S. Howard
Billy L Price, Jr. MD
intended recipient unopened.
 
Compensation Committee. The Company’s Compensation Committee is responsible for developing, reviewing, implementing and maintaining the Bank’s salary, bonus, and incentive award programs and for making recommendations to the Company’s and the Bank’s Board of Directors regarding compensation of the executive officers.  Upon recommendation from the Compensation Committee, the Company’s Board of Directors ultimately determines such compensation.

All of the members of the Compensation Committee are independent as defined in the applicable NASDAQ’s listing standards. The Board of Directors determines on an annual basis each director’s independence.  The following persons currently serve on the Compensation Committee: Directors R. Abernethy, J. Abernethy, Robinson, Terry and Timmerman.  The Compensation Committee met twice during the year ended December 31, 2014.
The Compensation Committee has a written charter which is reviewed annually, and amended as needed, by the Compensation Committee.  A copy of the Compensation Committee’s Charter is available on the Bank’s website (www.peoplesbanknc.com) under Investor Relations.
10

 
What follows below is a discussion of the Company’s and the Bank’s compensation policies and practices and the review process used by the Compensation Committee.
During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014, the Compensation Committee engaged McGladrey, LLC to review the executive compensation plans for the executive officers and the Board of Directors.  The Company paid McGladrey, LLP $13,808 to review the executive compensation plans for the executive officers and the Board of Directors. The President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Bank makes recommendations to the Committee regarding the compensation of the executive officers other than his own.  The President and Chief Executive Officer participates in the deliberations, but not in the decisions, of the Compensation Committee regarding compensation of executive officers.  He does not participate in the Compensation Committee’s discussion or decisions regarding his own compensation. The Compensation Committee also considers the results of the shareholders’ non-binding vote on executive compensation. At the 2013 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, 52% of the shareholders who voted at the 2013 Annual Meeting of Shareholders elected to review the executive compensation of the Company’s named executive officers once every three years.  As a result, the Company will submit a vote to the shareholders on the compensation of its named executive officers at the 2016 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.
The overall objective of our compensation program is to align total compensation so that the individual executive believes it is fair and equitable and provides the highest perceived value to our shareholders and to that individual.  In order to accomplish this overall objective, our compensation program is designed to: (i) attract the qualified executives necessary to meet our needs as defined by the Company’s strategic plans, and (ii) retain and motivate executives whose performance supports the achievement of our long-term plans and short-term goals.

The Compensation Committee considers a number of factors specific to each executive’s role when determining the amount and mix of compensation to be paid.  These factors are:

·  compensation of the comparable executives at comparable financial institutions;
·  financial performance of the Company (especially on a “net operating” basis, which excludes the effect of one-time gains and expenses) over the most recent fiscal year and the prior three years;
·  composition of earnings;
·  asset quality relative to the banking industry;
·  responsiveness to the economic environment;
·  the Company’s achievement compared to its corporate, financial, strategic and operational objectives and business plans; and
·  cumulative shareholder return.

The Company’s and the Bank’s compensation program consists of the following elements:

(i)  
Base Salary.  The salaries of our NEOs are designed to provide a reasonable level of compensation that is affordable to the Company and fair to the executive.  Salaries are reviewed annually, and adjustments, if any, are made based on the review of competitive salaries in our peer group, as well as an evaluation of the individual officer’s responsibilities, job scope, and individual performance.  For example, we assess each officer’s success in achieving budgeted earnings and return ratios, business conduct and integrity, and leadership and team building skills.
11


(ii)  
Annual Cash Incentive Awards.  We believe that annual cash incentive awards encourage our NEOs to achieve short–term targets that are critical to achievement of our long-term strategic plan.  The following officers were eligible during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 to receive annual cash incentive awards under our Management Incentive Plan, which provides for cash awards to the following NEOs upon achievement of certain financial objectives:

·  Lance A. Sellers, President and Chief Executive Officer
·  A. Joseph Lampron, Jr., Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
·  William D. Cable, Sr., Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
·  Joseph F. Beaman, Jr., Executive Vice President, Chief Administrative Officer and Corporate Secretary
We seek to ensure that a significant portion of each executive officer’s total annual cash compensation is linked to the attainment of the annual performance objectives determined by the executive officer and the Compensation Committee under the Management Incentive Plan. No NEO earned or was paid a cash incentive under the Management Incentive Plan during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014.

       (iii)
Discretionary Bonus and Service Awards.  From time to time the Compensation Committee may recommend to the Board of Directors that additional bonuses be paid based on accomplishments that significantly exceed expectations during the fiscal year. These bonuses are totally discretionary as to who will receive a bonus and the amount of any such bonus.  In 2014, the Compensation Committee recommended, and the Board of Directors approved, discretionary bonuses as follows:  $30,000 for Mr. Sellers; $30,000 for Mr. Lampron; $15,000 for Mr. Beaman; and $30,000 for Mr. Cable.  These discretionary bonuses were paid in January of 2015.  Under the Service Recognition Program, the Bank gives service awards to each employee and director for every five years of service with the Bank to promote longevity of service for both directors and employees. Service awards are made in the form of shares of the Company’s common stock plus cash in the amount necessary to pay taxes on the award. The number of shares awarded increases with the number of years of service to the Bank.
(iv)  
Long-Term Equity Incentive Awards.  The Company maintains the 2009 Omnibus Stock Ownership and Long Term Incentive Plan (“Omnibus Plan”), under which it is permitted to grant incentive stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, book value shares, and performance units.  The purpose of the Omnibus Plan is to promote the interests of the Company by attracting and retaining directors and employees of outstanding ability and to provide executives of the Company greater incentive to make material contributions to the success of the Company by providing them with stock-based compensation which will increase in value based upon the market performance of the common stock and/or the corporate achievement of financial and other performance objectives.  In 2014, the NEOs were granted the following restricted stock units, each comprised of the right to receive one share of the Company’s common stock:
12

NEOGrant DateNo. of Restricted Stock Units
Lance A. SellersFebruary 20, 2014
3,900
A. Joseph Lampron, Jr.February 20, 2014
2,728
William D. Cable, Sr.February 20, 20142,728
       (v)
Retirement Benefits.  The Company maintains supplemental executive retirement agreements (SERPs) for the benefit of Messrs. Sellers, Lampron, Cable and Beaman.  The Committee’s goal is to provide competitive retirement benefits given the restrictions on executives within tax-qualified plans.  In prior years, the Compensation Committee worked with a compensation consultant in analyzing the possible benefits of using SERPs to address the issues of internal and external equity in terms of retirement benefits offered to all employees at the Company as a percentage of final average pay and executives in our peer group.  The Compensation Committee approved supplemental retirement benefits targeting 40% of the final average pay for all NEOs.  The Compensation Committee selected a target of 40% to match such benefits offered to other employees fully participating in qualified retirement plans offered by the Company.  For more information on the SERPs, see page 25 of this Proxy Statement.
      (vi)
Employment Agreements.  The Company has employment agreements with our NEOs which we believe serve a number of functions, including (i) retention of our executive team; (ii) mitigation of any uncertainty about future employment and continuity of management in the event of a change in control; and (iii) protection of the Company and customers through non-compete and non-solicitation covenants.  Additional information regarding the employment agreements, including a description of key terms may be found starting on page 19 of this Proxy Statement.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
No member of the Compensation Committee is now, or formerly was, an officer or employee of the Company or the Bank. None of the NEOs serve as a member of the board of directors of another entity whose executive officers or directors serve on the Company’s Board of Directors.

Board Leadership Structure and Risk Oversight

Our Company and the Bank have traditionally operated with separate Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors positions.  We believe it is our Chief Executive Officer’sOfficer's responsibility to manage the Company and the Chairman’sChairman's responsibility to lead the Board of Directors.  Robert Abernethy is currently serving as Chairman of the Board of Directors.  Other than Director Lineberger, all of the members of the Board of Directors are independent under applicable NASDAQ listing requirements. The Company has fourfive standing committees:  Executive, Loan Sub-Committee, Governance, Audit and Compensation.  The Chief Executive Officer serves on the Executive Committee.  The Bank in addition to the above-named committees has a Loan Committee and a Loan Sub-Committee. The duties of the Company’sCompany's committees and the qualifications of the independent directors have been described above.  Each of the Company’sCompany's and the Bank’sBank's committees considers risk within its area of responsibility. The Audit Committee and the full Board of Directors focus on the Company’sCompany's most significant risks in the areas of liquidity, credit, interest rate and general risk management strategy. The Board of Directors sets policy guidelines in the areas of loans and asset/liability management which are reviewed on an on-going basis. While the Board of Directors oversees the Company’sCompany's risk management, the Company’sCompany's and the Bank’sBank's management are responsible for day-to-day risk management following the dictates of the policy decisions set by the Board of Directors.

13

The Governance Committee, as part of its annual review, evaluates the Board of Directors leadership structure and performance and reports its findings to the whole Board of Directors.  The Board of Directors believes that having separate persons serving as Chief Executive Officer and Chairman and all independent directors provides the optimal board leadership structure for the Company and its shareholders.

Does the Company have a Code of Ethics?Business Conduct and Ethics

The Company and the Bank have a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics for its directors, officers and employees.  The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics requires that individuals avoid conflicts of interest, comply with all laws and other legal requirements, conduct business in an honest and ethical manner and otherwise act with integrity and in the best interests of the Company and the Bank.  The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is a guide to help ensure that all employees live up to the highest ethical standards of behavior.

A copy of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is available on the Bank’sBank's website (www.peoplesbanknc.comwww.peoplesbanknc.com)) under Investor Relations.

As is permitted by SEC rules, the Company intends to post on its website any amendment to or waiver from any provision in the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Controller, or persons performing similar functions, and that relates to any element of the standards enumerated in the rules of the SEC.

How can you communicate with the Board or its members?

We do not have formal procedures for shareholder communication with our Board of Directors.  In general, our directors and officers are easily accessible by telephone, postal mail or e-mail.  Any matter intended for your Board of Directors, or any individual director, can be directed to Lance Sellers, our President and Chief Executive Officer, or Joe Lampron, our Chief Financial Officer, at our principal executive offices at 518 West C Street, Newton, North Carolina 28658.  You also may direct correspondence to our Board of Directors, or any of its members, in care of the Company at the foregoing address.  Your communication will be forwarded to the intended recipient unopened.

What is our policy for director attendance at Annual Meetings?

Although it is customary for all of our directors to attend Annual Meetings of Shareholders, we have no formal policy in place requiring attendance. All membersDiversity of the Board of Directors attended our 2014 Annual Meeting

The Governance Committee has no written diversity policy; however, the Governance Committee defines diversity broadly to include, in addition to race, gender, ethnicity and age, differences in professional experience, educational background, geographic mix within the Company's market area, skills and other individual qualities and attributes that foster board heterogeneity in order to encourage and maintain board effectiveness.  While there are currently no women or minorities serving on the Board of Shareholders held on May 1, 2014.Directors, any qualified candidate receives consideration regardless of race, gender or national origin.

11

How can a shareholder nominate someone for election to the Board of Directors?

Our Bylaws provide that in order to be eligible for consideration at the Annual Meeting of Shareholders, all nominations of directors, other than those made by the Governance Committee or the Board of Directors, must be in writing and must be delivered to the Secretary of the Company not less than 50 days nor more than 90 days prior to the meeting at which such nominations will be made. However, if less than 60 days’days' notice of the meeting is given to the shareholders, such nominations must be delivered to the Secretary of the Company not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which the notice of meeting was mailed.

The Board of Directors may disregard any nominations that do not comply with these requirements.  Upon the instruction of the Board of Directors, the inspector of voting for the Annual Meeting may disregard all votes cast for a nominee if the nomination does not comply with these requirements. Written notice of nominations should be directed to the Secretary of the Company.

Who serves on the Board of Directors of the Bank?

The Bank has ten directors currently serving on its Board of Directors, who are the same people who are currently directors of the Company.

Board Committees

During 2015, our Board of Directors had five standing committees, the Audit and Enterprise Risk Committee, the Governance Committee, the Compensation Committee, the Executive Committee and the Loan Sub-Committee.  The voting members of these Committees are appointed by the Board of Directors annually from among its members.  Certain of our executive officers also serve as non-voting, advisory members of these committees.

Executive Committee.  The Executive Committee performs duties as assigned by the full Board of Directors.  Actions taken by the Executive Committee must be approved by the full Board of Directors.  The following persons currently serve on the Executive Committee: Directors R. Abernethy, J. Abernethy, Lineberger, Matthews and Howard, as well as the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company.  It meets on an "as needed" basis and did not meet during 2015.

Governance Committee.  The Governance Committee is responsible for developing and maintaining the corporate governance policy, as well as acting as the nominating committee for the Board of Directors. The following persons currently serve on the Governance Committee: Directors R. Abernethy, J. Abernethy, Robinson, Terry, and Timmerman. All of the members of the Governance Committee are independent as defined in the applicable NASDAQ listing standards.  The Board of Directors determines on an annual basis each director's independence.

The Governance Committee, serving as the nominating committee of the Board of Directors, interviews candidates for membership to the Board of Directors, recommends candidates to the full Board of Directors, slates candidates for shareholder votes, and fills any vacancies on the Board of Directors which occur between shareholder meetings.  The Governance Committee's identification of candidates for director typically results from the business interactions of the members of the Governance Committee or from recommendations received from other directors or from the Company's management.

If a shareholder recommends a director candidate to the Governance Committee in accordance with the Company's Bylaws, the Governance Committee will consider the candidate and apply the same considerations that it would to its own candidates. The recommendation of a candidate by a shareholder should be made in writing, addressed to the attention of the Governance Committee at the Company's corporate headquarters.  The recommendation should include a description of the candidate's background, his or her contact information, and any other information the shareholder considers useful and appropriate for the Governance Committee's consideration of the candidate.  The criteria which have been established by the Governance Committee as bearing on the consideration of a candidate's qualification to serve as a director include the following: the candidate's ethics, integrity, involvement in the community,
 
1412

success in business, relationship with the Bank, investment in the Company, place of residence (i.e., proximity to the Bank's market area), and financial expertise.

DIRECTOR AND EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION AND BENEFITSThe Governance Committee met twice during the year ended December 31, 2015.

Director CompensationThe Governance Committee has a written charter which is reviewed annually, and amended as needed, by the Governance Committee.  A copy of the Governance Committee Charter is available on the Bank's website (www.peoplesbanknc.com) under Investor Relations.

Directors’ FeesAudit and Enterprise Risk Committee.  Members  The Company has a separately designated standing Audit and Risk Enterprise Committee (the "Audit Committee") which was established in accordance with Section 3(a)(58)(A) of the Company’sExchange Act.  The Audit Committee's responsibilities include oversight of enterprise risk. The Audit Committee has a written charter which is reviewed annually, and amended as needed, by the Audit Committee.  A copy of the Audit Committee Charter is available on the Bank's website (www.peoplesbanknc.com) under Investor Relations.  The following persons currently serve on the Audit Committee: Directors R. Abernethy, Howard, Price, Timmerman and Zachary.  The Board of Directors receive no feeshas determined that these members are independent as that term is defined in the applicable NASDAQ listing standards and the SEC's regulations. The Board of Directors determines on an annual basis each director's independence.

The Board of Directors has determined that each member of the Audit Committee qualifies as an "audit committee financial expert" based on each of the member's educational background and business experience.

The Audit Committee meets at least quarterly and, among other responsibilities, oversees (i) the independent auditing of the Company; (ii) the system of internal controls that management has established; and (iii) the quarterly and annual financial information to be provided to shareholders and the SEC.  The Audit Committee met ten times during the year ended December 31, 2015.
Audit Committee Report. The Audit Committee has reviewed and discussed the audited financial statements with management of the Company and has discussed with the independent auditors the matters required to be discussed by Auditing Standards No. 16 as amended, as adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board in Rule 3200T.  In addition, the Audit Committee has received the written disclosures and the letter from the independent accountants required by the applicable requirements of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding the independent accountant's communications with the Audit Committee concerning independence, and has discussed with the independent accountant the independent accountant's independence. Based upon these reviews and discussions, the Audit Committee recommended to the Board of Directors that the audited financial statements be included in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015.
Robert C. AbernethyDan R. Timmerman, Sr.
Benjamin I. Zachary
Douglas S. Howard
Billy L Price, Jr. MD, Committee Chair
Compensation Committee.  The Company's Compensation Committee is responsible for developing, reviewing, implementing and maintaining the Bank's salary, bonus, and incentive award programs and for making recommendations to the Company's and the Bank's Board of Directors regarding compensation of the executive officers.  Upon recommendation from the Compensation Committee, the Company's Board of Directors ultimately determines such compensation.

All of the members of the Compensation Committee are independent as defined in the applicable NASDAQ's listing standards. The Board of Directors determines on an annual basis each director's independence.  The following persons currently serve on the Compensation Committee: Directors R. Abernethy, J. Abernethy, Robinson, Terry and Timmerman.  The Compensation Committee met four times during the year ended December 31, 2015.
13

The Compensation Committee has a written charter which is reviewed annually, and amended as needed, by the Compensation Committee.  A copy of the Compensation Committee's Charter is available on the Bank's website (www.peoplesbanknc.com) under Investor Relations.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation.  No member of the Compensation Committee is now, or formerly was, an officer or employee of the Company or the Bank. None of the NEOs serve as a member of the board of directors of another entity whose executive officers or directors serve on the Company's Board of Directors.

Compensation Committee Report. The Compensation Committee has reviewed and discussed the Compensation Discussion and Analysis in this Proxy Statement with management and has recommended that it be included in this Proxy Statement and our Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC for the year ended December 31, 2015.

Compensation Committee
Robert C. Abernethy
James S. Abernethy
Larry E. Robinson
William Gregory Terry
Dan R. Timmerman, Sr., Committee Chair

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

The following Compensation Discussion and Analysis provides information with respect to the compensation paid during the year ended December 31, 2015 to our President and Chief Executive Officer, Lance A. Sellers, our Chief Financial Officer, A. Joseph Lampron, Jr., and Joseph F. Beaman, Jr. and William D. Cable, Sr. (together, our "named executive officers").
Compensation Committee Processes and Procedures. The Compensation Committee assists the Board of Directors in determining appropriate compensation levels for their service.  However, allthe members of the Board of Directors areand our named executive officers. It also directorshas strategic and administrative responsibility for a broad range of compensation issues. It seeks to ensure that we compensate key management employees effectively and in a manner consistent with the Compensation Committee's stated compensation strategy and relevant requirements of various regulatory entities. A part of these responsibilities is overseeing the administration of executive compensation and employee benefit plans, including the design, selection of participants, establishment of performance measures, and evaluation of awards pursuant to our annual and long-term incentive programs.
Compensation PhilosophyThe overall objective of our executive compensation program is to align total compensation so that the individual executive believes it is fair and equitable and provides the highest perceived value to our shareholders and to that individual.  In order to accomplish this overall objective, our executive compensation program is designed to: (i) attract qualified executives necessary to meet our needs as defined by the Company's strategic plans, and (ii) retain and motivate executives whose performance supports the achievement of our long-term plans and short-term goals.  The executive compensation program is founded upon the idea that a strong, performance-oriented compensation program, which is generally consistent with the practices of our peers, is a key ingredient in becoming a leading performer among financial institutions of similar size, and is, therefore, in the best interests of our shareholders.

The Compensation Committee considers a number of factors specific to each executive's role when determining the amount and mix of compensation to be paid.  These factors are:

·compensation of the comparable executives at comparable financial institutions;
·financial performance of the Company (especially on a "net operating" basis, which excludes the effect of one-time gains and expenses) over the most recent fiscal year and the prior three years;
·composition of earnings;
·asset quality relative to the banking industry;
14

·responsiveness to the economic environment;
·the Company's achievement compared to its corporate, financial, strategic and operational objectives and business plans; and
·cumulative shareholder return.

Elements of the BankExecutive Compensation Program. The Company's and are compensated for that service.the Bank's compensation program consists of the following elements:

During 2014,Base Salary.  The salaries of our named executive officers are designed to provide a reasonable level of compensation that is affordable to the Company and fair to the executive.  Salaries are reviewed annually, and adjustments, if any, are made based on the review of competitive salaries in our peer group, as well as an evaluation of the individual officer's responsibilities, job scope, and individual performance.  For example, we assess each director receivedofficer's success in achieving budgeted earnings and return ratios, business conduct and integrity, and leadership and team building skills.

Annual CashIncentive Awards.  We believe that annual cash incentive awards encourage our named executive officers to achieve short-term targets that are critical to achievement of our long-term strategic plan.  The Bank has a feeManagement Incentive Plan for officers of $750 for each Bankthe Bank.  Participants in the Management Incentive Plan are recommended annually by the President and Chief Executive Officer to the Bank's Board of Directors meeting attended, an additional feeDirectors. Each individual's incentive pool is determined by a formula which links attainment of $500 for each committee meeting attendedcorporate budget with attainment of individual goals and objectives.  Incentives under the Management Incentive Plan are paid annually.  No named executive officer earned or was paid a retainer of $9,000. In addition,cash incentive under the Management Incentive Plan during 2014, the Chairman of the Bank’s Board of Directors received an additional $250 per meeting attended and the chairpersons of each committee received an additional $150 per meeting attended.  Directors received $375 for special meetings held via conference call lieu of the Board of Director and committee meeting fees set forth above.fiscal year ended December 31, 2015.

Beginning on January 1, 2015, each director receives a fee of $850 for each Bank Board of Directors meeting attended, an additional fee of $500 for each committee meeting attendedDiscretionary Bonus and a retainer of $12,000. In addition, starting on January 1, 2015,Service Awards.From time to time the Chairman of the Bank’s Board of Directors receives an additional $250 per meeting attended and the chairpersons of each committee receives an additional $150 per meeting attended.  Directors receive $375 for special meetings held via conference call lieu of the Board of Director and committee meeting fees set forth above.

Directors who are members ofCompensation Committee may recommend to the Board of Directors that additional bonuses be paid based on accomplishments that significantly exceed expectations during the fiscal year. These bonuses are totally discretionary as to who will receive a bonus and the amount of Real Estate Advisory Services, Inc.,any such bonus.  In 2015, the Compensation Committee recommended, and Peoples Investment Services, Inc., subsidiariesthe Board of Directors approved, discretionary bonuses as follows:  $30,000 for Mr. Sellers; $30,000 for Mr. Lampron; and $30,000 for Mr. Cable.  These discretionary bonuses were paid in January of 2016.  In addition, the Bank,Compensation Committee recommended, and Community Bank Real Estate Solutions, LLC,the Board of Directors approved, a subsidiarydiscretionary bonus in the amount of the Company, receive $500 per meeting.

The Bank maintains a Service Recognition Program, under which directors, officers and employees are eligible$75,000 for awards.  Mr. Beaman.  Mr. Beaman's discretionary bonus was paid in June of 2015.  Under the Service Recognition Program, the Bank gives service awards to each employee and director for every five years of service with the Bank to promote longevity of service for both directors officers and employeesemployees. Service awards are awarded a combinationmade in the form of shares of the Company's common stock of the Company andplus cash in the amount necessary to pay taxes on the award,award. The number of shares awarded increases with the amountnumber of the award based upon the lengthyears of service to the Bank.  Any common stock awarded under the Service Recognition Program is purchased by the Bank on the open market, and no new shares are issued by the Company under the Service Recognition Program.

Directors’Long-Term Equity Incentive Awards.  The Company maintains the 2009 Omnibus Stock Benefits Plan.Ownership and Long Term Incentive Plan ("Omnibus Plan  Members"), under which it is permitted to grant incentive stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, book value shares, and performance units.  The purpose of the BoardOmnibus Plan is to promote the interests of Directors are eligible to participate in the Company’s Omnibus Plan.  On March 22, 2012, the Company granted 810by attracting and retaining directors and employees of outstanding ability and to provide executives of the Company greater incentive to make material contributions to the success of the Company by providing them with stock-based compensation which will increase in value based upon the market performance of the common stock and/or the corporate achievement of financial and other performance objectives.

On May 23, 2013, Mr. Lampron and Mr. Cable each received 3,410 restricted stock units, and Mr. Sellers received 4,875 restricted stock units, each unit being comprised of the right to receive one share of the Company’sCompany's common stock, to each director.stock. The grant date fair value for the restricted stock units awardedgranted to directorseach named executive officer on March 22, 2012May 23, 2013 was $11.90.  So long as the officer remains employed by the Company at the time of vesting, the restricted stock unit awards will vest in full on March 22, 2017.  On May 23, 2013,2017.  All unvested restricted stock units will become vested and nonforfeitable upon a change in control as set forth in the CompanyOmnibus Plan.  Mr. Beaman was not granted 810any restricted stock awards during the fiscal year ending December 31, 2013.
15

On February 20, 2014, Mr. Lampron and Mr. Cable each received 2,728 restricted stock units, and Mr. Sellers received 3,900 restricted stock units, each unit being comprised of the right to receive one share of the Company’sCompany's common stock, to each director.stock. The grant date fair value for the restricted stock units awardedgranted to directorseach named executive officer on May 23, 2013February, 2014 was $15.70.  So long as the officer remains employed by the Company at the time of vesting, the restricted stock unit awards will vest in full on May 23,February 20, 2017.  All unvested restricted stock units will become vested and nonforfeitable upon a change in control as set forth in the Omnibus Plan.  Mr. Beaman was not granted any restricted stock awards during the fiscal year ending December 31, 2014.

On February 20, 2014, the Company granted 65019, 2015, 2015, Mr. Lampron and Mr. Cable each received 1,665 restricted stock units, and Mr. Sellers received 2,200 restricted stock units, each unit being comprised of the right to receive one share of the Company’sCompany's common stock, to each director.stock. The grant date fair value for the restricted stock units awardedgranted to directorseach named executive officer on February 20, 201419, 2015 was $17.97 per restricted stock unit.  So long as the officer remains employed by the Company at the time of vesting, the restricted stock unit awards will vest in full on February 20, 2017.19, 2019.  All unvested restricted stock units will become vested and nonforfeitable upon a change in control as set forth in the Omnibus Plan.  Mr. Beaman was not granted any restricted stock awards during the fiscal year ending December 31, 2015.

For more information on the Omnibus Plan, see page 23 of this Proxy Statement.

Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreements.  The Bank provides non-qualified supplemental executive retirement benefit in the form of Executive Salary Continuation Agreements with Messrs. Sellers, Lampron, Cable and Beaman.  The Committee's goal is to provide competitive retirement benefits given the restrictions on executives within tax-qualified plans.  In prior years, the Compensation Committee worked with a compensation consultant in analyzing the possible benefits of using supplemental retirement benefits to address the issues of internal and external equity in terms of retirement benefits offered to all employees at the Company as a percentage of final average pay and executives in our peer group.  In connection with the non-qualified supplemental executive retirement benefits, the Bank purchased life insurance contracts on the lives of the named executive officers. The increase in cash surrender value of the life insurance contracts constitutes the Bank's contribution to the plan each year. The Bank will pay benefits to participating officers for a period between 13 years and the life of the officer. The Bank is the sole owner of all of the insurance contracts.

 Directors’ Profit Sharing Plan and 401(k) Plan.  The Bank has a Profit Sharing Plan and 401(k) Plan for all eligible employees.  The Bank made no contribution to the Profit Sharing Plan for the year ended December 31, 2015. No investments in Bank stock have been made by the plan.  Under the Bank's 401(k) Plan, the Bank matches employee contributions to a maximum of 4.00% of annual compensation.  The Bank's 2015 contribution to the 401(k) Plan pursuant to this formula was approximately $539,190.  All contributions to the 401(k) Plan are tax deferred.  The Profit Sharing Plan and 401(k) Plan permit participants to choose from investment funds which are selected by a committee comprised of senior management.  Employees are eligible to participate in both the 401(k) Plan and Profit Sharing Plan beginning in the second month of employment. Both plans are now "safe harbor" plans, and all participants are immediately 100% vested in all employer contributions.

Deferred Compensation Plan.Plan.  The Bank maintains a non-qualified deferred compensation plan for alldirectors and certain officers. Eligible officers selected by the Bank's Board of its directors.  The Bank’s directors are also directorsDirectors may elect to contribute a percentage of the Company.  Under the deferredtheir compensation plan, each director may defer all or a portion of his fees to the plan each year.  The directorplan. Participating officers may elect to invest thetheir deferred compensation in a restricted list of investment funds. The Bank may make matching or other contributions to the plan for the benefit of the director from time to timeas well, in amounts determined at the discretion of the Bank.  DirectorsParticipants are fully vested in all amounts they contributecontributed to the plan and in any amounts contributed by the Bank.them or on their behalf.  The Bank has established a Rabbi Trust to hold the directors’ accrued benefits of the participants under the plan. There are no “above-market”"above-market" returns provided for in the deferred compensationthis plan. The Bank made no contributions to thisthe plan in 2014.

2015.  Benefits under the plan are payable in the event of the director’sparticipant's retirement, death, resignation, removal, failure to be re-elected, retirementtermination, or in casesas a result of hardship.  DirectorsBenefit payments may elect to receive deferred compensation paymentsbe made in onea lump sum or in installments.installments, as selected by the participant.
15


Directors’ Supplemental Retirement PlanEmployment Agreements.  The Bank maintains a non-qualified supplemental retirement benefits plan for all its directors. The supplemental retirement benefits plan is designed to provide a retirement benefit to the directors while at the same time minimizing the financial impact on the Bank’s earnings. Under the supplemental retirement benefits plan, the Company purchased life insurance contracts on the lives ofhas employment agreements with each director. The increase in cash surrender value of the contracts constitutes the Company’s contribution to the supplemental retirement benefits plan each year. The Bank will pay annual benefits to each director for 15 years beginning upon retirement fromnamed executive officer, which the Board of Directors. The Bank is the sole ownerDirectors believes serve a number of allfunctions, including (i) retention of the insurance contracts.
The following table reports all formsexecutive team; (ii) mitigation of compensation paid to or accrued forany uncertainty about future employment and continuity of management in the benefitevent of each director during the 2014 fiscal year.
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
        
        
        
     Change in  
     Pension Value  
     and  
 Fees   Nonqualified  
 Earned or  Non-EquityDeferred  
 Paid inStockOptionIncentive PlanCompensationAll Other 
NameCash ($)
Awards1  ($)
Awards ($)Compensation ($)
Earnings2 ($)
Compensation ($)Total ($)
James S. Abernethy20,30011,693005,799037,792
        
Robert C. Abernethy30,95011,693008,781051,424
        
Douglas S. Howard24,80011,693003,60065040,743
        
John W. Lineberger, Jr.20,80011,693008,55265041,695
        
Gary E. Matthews20,30011,693005,258037,251
        
Billy L. Price, Jr., M.D.27,02511,693004,75565044,124
        
Larry E. Robinson21,30011,6930015,890048,883
        
William Gregory Terry20,80011,693001,76265034,905
        
Dan Ray Timmerman, Sr.26,82511,6930012,373050,891
        
Benjamin I. Zachary24,30011,693004,776040,769
_________________________
1  
The amounts reported represent the aggregate fair value of the restricted stock units granted to the respective recipient on the date of grant under Financial Accounting Standards Board ASC Topic 718 (“Topic 718”).  The fair market value of each restricted stock unit granted to each director was $15.00 on February 20, 2014.
2  Change in Pension Value and Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Earnings represents the expense accrued by the Bank for each director under the Directors’ Supplemental Retirement Plan as described above.
3   In 2014, Directors Howard, Lineberger, Price and Terry received 27 shares of the Company’s common stock and $164 in cash for their ten years of service as a director under the Bank’s Service Recognition Program.

Executive Officers

Lance A. Sellers, age 52 (as of March 1, 2015), serves as the Presidenta change in control; and Chief Executive Officer(iii) protection of the Company and customers through non-compete and non-solicitation covenants.
16

Additional information regarding the Bank.  Prioremployment agreements, including a description of key terms may be found starting on page 21 of this Proxy Statement.

Other Benefits. Executive officers are entitled to becomingparticipate in fringe benefit plans offered to employees including health and dental insurance plans and life, accidental death and dismemberment and long-term disability plans. In addition, the Bank has paid country club dues for each named executive officer.

The above elements of each named executive officer's compensation are not inter-related. For example, if vesting standards on restricted stock awards are not achieved, the executive's base salary is not increased to make up the difference. Similarly, the value of previously granted options is not considered by the Compensation Committee in recommending the other elements of the compensation package.

The Compensation Committee did not engage a compensation consultant during the year ended December 31, 2015.  The President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Bank Mr. Sellers served as Executive Vice President and Assistant Corporate Secretarymakes recommendations to the Committee regarding the compensation of the Company and Executive Viceexecutive officers other than his own.  The President and Chief CreditExecutive Officer participates in the deliberations, but not in the decisions, of the Bank.Compensation Committee regarding compensation of executive officers.  He has been employed bydoes not participate in the Compensation Committee's discussion or decisions regarding his own compensation. The Compensation Committee reports its actions to the Board of Directors and keeps written minutes of its meetings, which minutes are maintained with the books and records of the Company.

The Compensation Committee also considers the results of the shareholders' non-binding vote on executive compensation. At the 2013 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, 52% of the shareholders who voted at the 2013 Annual Meeting of Shareholders elected to review the executive compensation of the Company's named executive officers once every three years.  As a result, the Company andis submitting a vote to the Bank since 1998.  Mr. Sellers has a totalshareholders on the compensation of 30 years of banking experience. He is a graduate of the University of North Carolinaits named executive officers at Chapel Hill and upon graduation served as a senior credit officer at a regional bank headquartered in North Carolina.
16

Joseph F. Beaman, Jr., age 65 (as of March 1, 2015), serves as Executive Vice President and Corporate Secretary of the Company and Executive Vice President, Chief Administrative Officer and Secretary of the Bank.  He has been employed by the Company and the Bank since 1977, where he has served as Vice President-Operations and Senior Vice President.  Mr. Beaman has a total of 42 years of banking experience.  He is a graduate of Pfeiffer University, the North Carolina School of Banking, and the Graduate School of Financial Management at the University of Texas in Austin.this Annual Meeting.  See Proposal 3 starting on page 31.

William D. Cable, Sr., age 46 (as of March 1, 2015), serves as Executive Vice President, Assistant Corporate Treasurer and Assistant Corporate Secretary of the Company and Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of the Bank.  He has been employed by the Company and the Bank since 1995, where he has served as Senior Vice President-Information Services.  Mr. Cable has a total of 23 years of banking experience.  Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Cable was a regulatory examiner with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.  He is a graduate of Western Carolina University and the School of Banking of the South at Louisiana State University.

A. Joseph Lampron, Jr., age 60 (as of March 1, 2015), serves as Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Treasurer of the Company and Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Bank.  He has been employed by the Company and the Bank since 2001.  Mr. Lampron is a graduate of the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and upon graduation worked as a certified public accountant with a national accounting firm.  His work with the firm included audits of banks and thrift institutions.  Mr. Lampron has also served as Chief Financial Officer of a thrift institution and as a senior change manager in the finance group of a large North Carolina bank.  Mr. Lampron has a total of 35 years of banking experience.

ManagementSummary Compensation Table

The executive officers of the Company are not paid any cash compensation by the Company.  However, the executive officers of the Company also are executive officers of the Bank and receive compensation from the Bank.

The table on the following page shows,show, for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, the cash compensation received by, as well as certain other compensation paid or accrued for those years, the NEOs whose total annual salary and bonus exceeded $100,000.to each named executive officer.
 
17

SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
        
Name and Principal Position
Year
Salary($)
Bonus($)
Stock
Awards($)2
Change in
Pension Value
 and Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings($)
All Other
Compensation($)3
Total($)
 
         
Lance A. Sellers2015311,40030,00039,893   52,50728,175 461,975 
President and Chief Executive2014311,40030,00061,230     54,63825,020482,288 
Officer2013311,40020,00058,01340,07225,553 455,038 
         
A. Joseph Lampron, Jr.2015193,12530,00029,92093,82720,474367,346 
Executive Vice President,2014187,50030,00042,83057,76717,076335,173 
Chief Financial Officer2013182,96320,00040,57947,08212,875303,499 
         
Joseph F. Beaman, Jr.
20151
  70,35075,0000026,149171,499 
Executive Vice President,2014140,70015,000045,37716,922217,999 
Chief Administrative Officer2013140,70015,000064,56615,594235,860 
and Corporate Secretary        
         
William D. Cable, Sr.2015198,75030,00029,92020,61924,772304,061 
Executive Vice President,2014187,50030,00042,83020,59918,385299,314 
Chief Operating Officer2013182,96320,000     40,57913,877      11,444268,863 
________________
1 Mr. Beaman retired on June 30, 2015.  As a result, the amounts reflected above for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2015 represent amounts earned by Mr. Beaman from January 1, 2015 through June 30, 2015.
2 Amount represents the aggregate grant date fair value computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718.
3 All other compensation is comprised of the following:

Summary Compensation Table
                  
Name and Principal PositionYear Salary($) Bonus($) 
Stock
Awards($)
 
Option
Awards($)
 
Non-Equity
Incentive Plan Compensation($)
 
Change in
Pension Value
and Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings($)
 
All Other
Compensation($)1
 Total($)
                  
Lance A. Sellers2014 311,400 30,000 88,734 0 0 54,638 25,020 509,792
President and Chief Executive2013 311,400 20,000 44,506 0 0 40,072 24,557 440,535
Officer                 
                  
A. Joseph Lampron, Jr.2014 187,500 30,000 63,561 0 0 57,767 17,076 355,904
Executive Vice President,2013 182,963 20,000 31,328 0 0 47,082 12,875 294,248
Chief Financial Officer                 
                  
Joseph F. Beaman, Jr.2014 140,700 15,000 0 0 0 45,377 16,922 217,999
Executive Vice President,2013 140,700 15,000 0 0 0 64,566 15,594 235,860
Chief Administrative Officer                 
and Corporate Secretary                 
                  
William D. Cable, Sr.2014 187,500 30,000 63,561 0 0 20,599 18,385 320,045
Executive Vice President,2013 182,963 20,000 31,328 0 0 13,877 11,444 259,611
Chief Operating Officer                 
18

1 All other compensation is comprised of the following items:
 
 
 
Name and Principal
Position
Year
Employer
Match($)
Car
Allowance($)
Country
Club
Dues($)
Split
Dollar
Death
Benefit($)
Group
Term
Life($)(a)
Disability
and LTC
Premiums($)(b) Position
 
 
 
Year
Employer
Match($)
Car
Allowance($)
Country
Club
Dues($)
Split
Dollar
Death
Benefit($)
Group
Term
Life($)(a)
Disability
and LTC
Premiums($)(b)
Other($)
 
Lance A. Sellers
President and Chief Executive
Officer
2015
2014
2013
10,600
10,400
10,200
 
4,113
4,113
4,113
 
3,506
3,455
3,199
 
454
418
396
 
4,104
1,242
1,219
 
5,398
5,392
5,151
0
279 0
1,275(c)
 
A. Joseph Lampron, Jr.
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial
Officer
2015
2014
2013
8,628
8,279
7,107
 
0
0
0
 
3,300
3,280
3,241
 
   1,056
978
904
 
5,506
2,555
1,623
 
1,984
1,984
0
0
0
0
 
Joseph F. Beaman, Jr.(d)
Executive Vice President, Chief Administrative Officer and Corporate Secretary
2015
2014
2013
6,847
6,228
5,466
 
0
0
0
 
1,704
3,360
3,4233.423
1,863
1,713
1,585
 
2,164
2,337
1,836
 
1,707
3,284
3,284
11,864(e)
0
0
 
William D. Cable, Sr.
Executive Vice President,
Chief Operating Officer
2015
2014
20132103
9,150
8,279
7,107
 
0
0
0
 
3,452
3,360
3,423
 
   377
349
322
 
3,477
581
592
 
5,816
5,816
0
2,500(f)
0
0
______________     _______________
(a)
(a)
Represents amounts paid by the Bank for premiums on group term life insurance in excess of $50,000 for each named executive officer.
(b)
Represents amounts paid by the Bank for premiums on disability and long-term care insurance for each NEO.
(c )
In 2013, Mr. Sellers received 76 shares for 15 years of service with the Bank and $279 in cash to pay the taxes associated with the award under the Bank's Service Recognition Program
(d)
Mr. Beaman retired on June 30, 2015.  As a result, the amounts reflected above for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2015 represent amounts earned by Mr. Beaman from January 1, 2015 through June 30, 2015.
(e)
Represents amounts paid to Mr. Beaman pursuant to his Executive Salary Continuation Agreement.
(f )
In 2015, Mr. Cable received 106 shares for 20 years of service with the Bank and $513 in cash to pay the taxes associated with the award under the Bank's Service Recognition Program.
18

Grants of Plan-Based Awards
The following table shows certain information for those grants of plan-based awards that we made to each named executive officer.officer during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015.

GRANTS OF PLAN-BASED AWARDS TABLE
 
Estimated Future Payouts Under Equity
Incentive Plan Awards
         
Name
Grant Date
 
Threshold (#)
  
Target (#)
  
Maximum (#)
  
All Other Stock
Awards:
Number
of Shares
of Stock
or Units (#)
  
All Other
Option
Awards:
Number
of
Securities
Under-
lying
Options (#)
  
Exercise
or Base
Price of
Option
Awards ($/Sh)
  
Grant Date
Fair Value of
Stock and
Option
Awards ($)
 
 
Lance A. Sellers
 
February 19, 2015
 
--
  
--
  
--
  
2,200(1)
  --  --  $17.97 
 
A. Joseph Lampron, Jr.
 
February 19, 2015
 
--
  
--
  
--
  
1,665(1)
  --  --  $17.97 
 
William D. Cable, Sr.
 
February 19, 2015
 --   
--
  
--
  
1,665(1)
  --  --  $17.97 
 
Joseph F. Beaman, Jr.
  
--
  
--
  
--
        --     

(1)(1)Restricted stock units vest in full on February 19, 2019.
(b)Represents amounts paid
Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End
The following table shows certain information for those outstanding equity awards at December 31, 2015.
OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT FISCAL YEAR-END
Stock Awards
Name
Number of
Shares or Units
of Stock That
Have Not
Vested (#)
Market Value of
Shares or Units of
Stock That Have
Not Vested ($)
Equity Incentive Plan
Awards: Number of
Unearned Shares, Units
or Other Rights That
Have Not Vested (#)
Equity Incentive Plan
Awards: Market or Payout
Value of Unearned Shares,
Units or Other Rights
That Have Not Vested(3) ($)
Lance A. Sellers----
19,669(1)
380,398
A. Joseph Lampron, Jr.----
14,173(2)
274,106
William D. Cable, Sr.----
14,173(2)
274,106
Joseph F. Beaman, Jr.--------
______________________________________
(1)Includes 6,505 restricted stock units that were granted on March 22, 2012 and vest on March 22, 2017; 2,169 restricted stock units that were granted on July 26, 2012 and vest on July 26, 2017; 4,875 restricted stock units that were granted on May 23, 2013 and vest on May 23, 2017; 3,900 restricted stock units that were granted on February 20, 2014 and vest on February 20, 2017; and 2,200 restricted stock units that were granted on February 19, 2015 and vest on February 19, 2019.
(2)Includes 4,777 restricted stock units that were granted on March 22, 2012 and vest on March 22, 2017; 1,593 restricted stock units that were granted on July 26, 2012 and vest on July 26, 2017 and 3,410 restricted stock units that were granted on May 23, 2013 and vest on May 23, 2017; 2,728 restricted stock units that were granted on February 20, 2014 and vest on February 20, 2017; and 1,665 restricted stock units that were granted on February 19, 2015 and vest on February 19, 2019.
(3)Based on a stock price of $19.34 per share on December 31, 2015.
19

Option Exercises and Stock Vested

During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, no options were exercised by the Bank for premiums on disability and long-term care insurance for each named executive officer.officers and no restricted stock units granted to the named executive officers vested.
(c)In 2013,
Pension Benefits

The following table shows, for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, the pension benefits paid or earned by Messrs. Sellers, Lampron, Cable and Beaman.
PENSION BENEFITS TABLE
 
 
 
 
Name
 
 
 
Plan Name
Number of
Years
Credited
Service
Present
Value of
Accumulated
Benefit($)
 
Payments
During Last
Fiscal Year($)
 
Lance A. Sellers
 
Executive Salary Continuation Agreement1
 
14
 
313,302
 
--
 
A. Joseph Lampron, Jr.
Executive Salary Continuation Agreement1,2
14
 
422,182
--
 
William D. Cable, Sr.
Executive Salary Continuation Agreement1
14
 
104,152
--
 
Joseph F. Beaman, Jr.
Executive Salary Continuation Agreement1
13
 
290,498
14,021
_______________________
1 The Bank entered into an Executive Salary Continuation Agreement with Messrs. Sellers, Lampron, Beaman and Cable effective on January 1, 2002.  Each Executive Salary Continuation Agreement was amended on December 31, 2003 and December 18, 2008.  The Executive Salary Continuation Agreements for Messrs. Sellers, Lampron and Cable were further amended on December 10, 2014.  Unless a separation from service or a change in control (as defined in the Executive Salary Continuation Agreements) occurs before the retirement age set forth in each Executive Salary Continuation Agreement, the Executive Salary Continuation Agreements provide for an annual supplemental retirement benefit to be paid to each of the named executive officers in 12 equal monthly installments payable on the first day of each month, beginning with the month immediately after the month in which the named executive officer attains the normal retirement age and for the named executive officer's lifetime, or if longer, a 13-year term.  Under the terms of the Executive Salary Continuation Agreements, Mr. Sellers received 76 shares for 15 yearswill receive an annual supplemental retirement benefit of service with$130,495, Mr. Lampron will receive an annual supplemental retirement benefit of $76,554, Mr. Cable will receive an annual supplemental retirement benefit of $93,872 and Mr. Beaman receives an annual supplemental retirement benefit of $28,042.  

2 As of December 31, 2015, Mr. Lampron was the Bank and $279 in cashonly named executive officer eligible to paywithdraw funds from the taxes associated withplan.  Mr. Lampron, if he elected, could withdrawal 70% of the award under the Bank’s Service Recognition Program.annual benefit of $76,554 (or $53,588 per year).
20

 
Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

The below table shows the compensation deferred by Messrs. Lampron, Cable and Beaman during the year ended December 31, 2015. Mr. Sellers elected not to defer any portion of his compensation during the year ended December 31, 2015.

                             NONQUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION

 
 
 
Name
 
Executive
Contributions
in the Last FY ($)(1)
 
 
Registrant
Contributions
In Last FY ($)
 
 
Aggregate
Earnings in
Last FY ($)(2)
 
 
Aggregate
Withdrawals/
Distributions ($)
 
 
Aggregate
Balance at
Last FYE ($)(3)
 
A. Joseph Lampron, Jr.
 
5,794
 
 
--
 
 
10,873
 
 
0
 
 
132,767
William D. Cable, Sr.15,900 -- 17,526 0 321,634
Joseph F. Beaman, Jr.700 -- 2,378 0 29,020
          
___________________
(1)The above contributions were based on the named executive officer's deferral elections and the salaries shown in the Summary Compensation Table.  The salaries in the Summary Compensation Table include these contributions.
(2)This column reflects earnings or losses on plan balances in 2015.  Earnings may increase or decrease depending on the performance of the elected hypothetical investment options.  Earnings on these plans are not "above-market" and thus are not reported in the Summary Compensation Table.  Plan balances may be hypothetically invested in various mutual funds and common stock as described below.  Investment returns on those funds and common stock ranged from        -12.15% to 9.12% for the year ended December 31, 2015.
(3)This column represents the year-end balances of the named executive officer's nonqualified deferred compensation accounts.  These balances include contributions that were included in the Summary Compensation Tables in previous years.  Amounts in this column include earnings that were not previously reported in the Summary Compensation Table because they were not "above-market" earnings.

Employment Agreements

During 2014,On January 22, 2015, the Company, the Bank was a party to those certain employment agreements withand each of (i) Lance A. Sellers, the President and Chief Executive Officer; Joseph F. Beaman, Jr., Executive Vice President, Chief Administrative Officer of the Company and Corporate Secretary;the Bank, (ii) A. Joseph Lampron, Jr., Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Bank and Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Treasurer;Treasurer of the Company and (iii) William D. Cable, Sr., Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of the Bank and Executive Vice President, Assistant Corporate Treasurer and Assistant Corporate Secretary of the Company executed an Employment Agreement which  replaced and superseded such executive's prior employment agreement (collectively, the "2014 Employment Agreements").

Each Employment Agreement provides for an initial term of 36 months beginning on January 22, 2015 (the "Effective Date"). On the first anniversary of the Effective Date and on each anniversary thereafter (the "Renewal Date"), each Employment Agreement shall be extended automatically for one additional year unless the Board of Directors of the Company (or the executive determines, and prior to the Renewal Date sends to the other party written notice, that the term shall not be extended.  If the Board of Directors of the Company decides not to extend the term, the Employment Agreement shall nevertheless remain in force until its existing term expires.  Under the Employment Agreements, the Bank will pay Mr. Sellers a base salary at the rate of at least $311,400 per year, Mr. Lampron a base salary at the rate of at least $193,125 per year and Mr. Cable a base salary at the rate of at least $198,750 per year ("Base Salary").  The 2014Bank will review each executive's total compensation at least annually and in its sole discretion may adjust an executive's total compensation from year to year, but during the term of the Employment Agreement, Mr. Sellers's Base Salary may not decrease below $311,400, Mr. Lampron's Base Salary may not decrease below $193,125 and Mr. Cable's Base Salary may not decrease below $198,750.  In addition, the Employment Agreements provide for discretionary bonuses and participation in other management incentive, pension, profit-sharing, medical and retirement plans maintained by the Bank, as well as fringe benefits normally associated with such executive's office.

Under the Employment Agreements, each executive's employment will terminate automatically upon death.  Otherwise, the Company and the Bank may terminate each executive's employment for "cause", "without cause" or in the event of a "disability" (each as defined in the Employment Agreements).  In addition, each executive may voluntarily terminate his employment upon 60 days prior written notice to the Company and the Bank or for "good reason" (as
21

defined in the Employment Agreement).  Under the Employment Agreements, if the Company and the Bank terminate an executive's employment "without cause", or an executive terminates his employment for "good reason", in each case, other than in connection with a change of control, then in each case, the executive would be entitled to receive certain severance payments and access to welfare benefit plans as more particularly set forth in the Employment Agreements.  Under the Employment Agreements, in the event that the Company and the Bank terminate an executive's employment "without cause", or an executive terminates his employment for "good reason", in any such case at the time of or within one year after a Change of Control, then the executive will be entitled to receive certain change in control payments as more particularly set forth in the Employment Agreements.

In addition, each Employment Agreement contains certain restrictive covenants prohibiting the executive from competing against the Company and the Bank or soliciting the Company's or the Bank's customers for a period of time following termination of employment, all as more particularly set forth in the Employment Agreements.

Prior to his retirement, the Bank had an employment agreement with Joseph F. Beaman (the "Beaman Employment Agreement").  The Beaman Employment Agreement provided for an initial term of employment of three years, and commencing on the first anniversary date and continuing on each anniversary date thereafter, unless notice of a non-extension was given by either party, each of the 2014Beaman Employment AgreementsAgreement was automatically extended for an additional year so that the remaining term was always no less than two and no more than three years.  The 2014Beaman Employment AgreementsAgreement also provided that the base salary of the executiveMr. Beaman would be reviewed by the Board of Directors not less often than annually.  In addition, the 2014Beaman Employment AgreementsAgreement provided for a discretionary bonusesbonus and participation in other management incentive, pension, profit-sharing, medical and retirement plans maintained by the Bank, as well as fringe benefits normally associated with such executive’sMr. Beaman's office.  The 2014Beaman Employment AgreementsAgreement provided that theyMr. Beaman may be terminated by the Bank for cause, as defined in the 2014Beaman Employment Agreements,Agreement, and that theyhe may otherwise be terminated by the Bank (subject to vested rights) or by the executive.him.

In the event of a change in control, the term of each 2014the Beaman Employment Agreement was automatically extended for three years from the date of the change of control.  For purposes of the 2014Beaman Employment Agreements,Agreement, a change in control was defined as (i) any “person”"person" (as such term is used in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than a person who beneficially owned as of January 1, 1998, more than 5% of the Bank’sBank's securities, acquiring beneficial ownership of voting stock and irrevocable proxies representing 20% or more of any class of voting securities of either the Company or the Bank, (ii) the election of directors constituting more than one-half of the Board of Directors of the Company or the Bank who, prior to their election, were not nominated for election or approved by at least three-fourths of the Board of Directors of the Company as then constituted; (iii) either the Company or the Bank consolidates or merges with or into another corporation, association or entity or is otherwise reorganized, where neither the Company nor the Bank, respectively, is the surviving corporation in the transaction; or (iv) all or substantially all of the assets of either the Company or the Bank are sold or otherwise transferred to or acquired by any other entity or group.

Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control

Each of the Employment Agreements provide that in the event the Company terminates the employment of a named executive officers Without Cause (as defined in the Employment Agreements), or the officer terminates his or her employment for Good Reason (as defined in the Employment Agreements), in any such case during the employment and at the time of or within one year after a "change of control" (as defined in the Employment Agreements), the officer will be entitled to receive the following payments and benefits: (1) the Company will pay the officer the aggregate of the following amounts: (a) the sum of his accrued obligations; (b) the greater of his base salary, divided by 365 and multiplied by the number of days remaining in the employment period, or an amount equal to 2.99 times his base salary; and (c) the product of his aggregate cash bonus for the last completed fiscal year, and a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in the current fiscal year through the date of termination, and the denominator of which is 365; (2) all restricted stock or restricted stock unit awards previously granted to the executive and which have not already become vested and released from restrictions on transfer and repurchase an forfeiture rights, either as a result of the change of control or otherwise, shall immediately vest and be released from such restrictions as of the change of control termination date; and (3) all options previously granted to the officer that are unvested as of the change of control termination date will be deemed vested, fully exercisable and non-forfeitable as of the change of control termination date (other than transfer restrictions applicable to incentive stock options) and all previously granted options that are vested, but unexercised, on the change of control termination date will remain exercisable, in each case for the period during which
 
1922

they would have been exercisable absent the termination of his or her employment, except as otherwise specifically provided by the Internal Revenue Code; and (4) his benefits under all benefit plans that are non-qualified plans will be 100% vested, regardless of his age or years of service, as of the change of control termination date.

If the named executive officers were terminated on December 31, 2015, "without cause" or for "good reason" at the time of or within one year after a "change of control", Mr. Sellers, Mr. Lampron and Mr. Cable would have been entitled to receive compensation of approximately $1,024,200, $669,375 and $686,250, respectively, pursuant to their Employment Agreements. These amounts are calculated based on each officer's 2015 base salary and bonus as shown in the Summary Compensation Table. In addition, if a "change in control" (as defined in the Omnibus Plan) had occurred on December 31, 2015, all unvested restricted stock units previously granted to each executiveof Mr. Sellers, Mr. Lampron and Mr. Cable would have vest immediately. On December 31, 2015, these unvested restricted stock units had a fair market value of $380,398, $274,106 and $274,106, respectively.

Under the Beaman Employment Agreement, Mr. Beaman could have voluntarily terminated his 2014the Beaman Employment Agreement at any time following a change in control and continue to receive his base salary for the remainder of the term of the 2014 Employment Agreement,employment period, if, after the change in control, (i) the employeehe was assigned duties and/or responsibilities that were inconsistent with his position prior to the change in control or that were inconsistent with his reporting responsibilities at that time, (ii) the employee’shis compensation or benefits were reduced, or (iii) the employeehe was transferred, without his consent, to a location which was an unreasonable distance from his current principal work location.

On January 22, 2015, the Company, the Bank and each of (i) Lance A. Sellers, the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Bank, (ii) Joseph Lampron, Jr., Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Bank and Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Treasurer of the Company and (iii) William D. Cable, Sr., Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of the Bank and Executive Vice President, Assistant Corporate Treasurer and Assistant Corporate Secretary of the Company executed an Employment Agreement which  replaced and superseded such executive’s 2014 Employment Agreement (collectively, the “New Employment Agreements”).

Each New Employment Agreement provides for an initial term of 36 months beginning on January 22, 2015 (the “Effective Date”). On the first anniversary of the Effective Date and on each anniversary thereafter (the “Renewal Date”), each Employment Agreement shall be extended automatically for one additional year unless the Board of Directors of the Company (or the executive determines, and prior to the Renewal Date sends to the other party written notice, that the term shall not be extended.  If the Board of Directors of the Company decides not to extend the term, the New Employment Agreement shall nevertheless remain in force until its existing term expires.    Under the New Employment Agreements, the Bank will pay  As a result, if Mr. SellersBeaman voluntarily terminated his employment or if, his employment was terminated as a base salary at the rate of at least $311,000 per year, Mr. Lampron a base salary at the rate of at least $193,125 per year and Mr. Cable a base salary at the rate of at least $198,750 per year (“Base Salary”).  The Bank will review each executive’s total compensation at least annually and in its sole discretion may adjust an executive’s total compensation from year to year, but during the term of the New Employment Agreement, Mr. Sellers’s Base Salary may not decrease below $311,000, Mr. Lampron’s Base Salary may not decrease below $193,125 and Mr. Cable’s Base Salary may not decrease below $198,750.  In addition, the New Employment Agreements provide for discretionary bonuses and participation in other management incentive, pension, profit-sharing, medical and retirement plans maintained by the Bank, as well as fringe benefits normally associated with such executive’s office.

Under the New Employment Agreements, each executive’s employment will terminate automatically upon death.  Otherwise, the Company and the Bank may terminate each executive’s employment for “cause”, “without cause” or in the eventresult of a “disability” (each as definedchange in the New Employment Agreements).  In addition, each executive may voluntarily terminate his employment upon 60 days prior written notice to the Company and the Bank or for “good reason” (as defined in the New Employment Agreement).  Under the New Employment Agreements, if the Company and the Bank terminate an executive’s employment “without cause”, or an executive terminates his employment for “good reason”,control, in each case other than in connection withat any time following a change of control, then in each case, the executive would be entitled to receive certain severance payments and access to welfare benefit plans as more particularly set forth in the New Employment Agreements.  Under the New Employment Agreements, in the event that the Company and the Bank terminate an executive’s employment “without cause”, or an executive terminates his employment for “good reason”, in any such case at the time of or within one year after a Change of Control, then the executive will be entitled to receive certain change in control, payments as more particularly set forth in the New Employment Agreements.

In addition, each New Employment Agreement contains certain restrictive covenants prohibiting the executive from competing against the Company and the Bank or soliciting the Company’s or the Bank’s customers for a period of time following termination of employment, all as more particularly set forth in the New Employment Agreements.

In 2014, if a “change in control” event had occurred Mr. Sellers, Mr. Lampron,then Mr. Beaman and Mr. Cable would have been entitledreceived $$647,000 pursuant to receive total compensation of approximately $1,071,000, $677,000, $448,000 and $677,000, respectively under the 2014Beaman Employment Agreements.  AllAgreement. This amounts are calculated based on each NEO’s 2014his 2015 base salary and bonus as shown in the Summary Compensation Table.
20


Omnibus Stock Option and Long Term Incentive Plan

The purpose of the Omnibus Plan is to promote the interests of the Company by attracting and retaining directors and employees of outstanding ability and to provide executive and other key employees of the Company and its subsidiaries greater incentive to make material contributions to the success of the Company by providing them with stock-based compensation which will increase in value based upon the market performance of the common stock and/or the corporate achievement of financial and other performance objectives.

Rights Which May Be Granted.Granted.  Under the Omnibus Plan, the Committee may grant or award eligible participants stock options, rights to receive restricted shares of common stock, restricted stock units, performance units (each equivalent to one share of common stock), SARs, and/or book value shares.  These grants and awards are referred to herein as "Rights."  All Rights must be granted or awarded by February 19, 2019, the tenth anniversary of the date the Board of Directors adopted the Omnibus Plan.  The Board of Directors has provided for 360,000 shares of the Company’sCompany's common stock to be included in the Omnibus Plan to underlie Rights which may be granted thereunder.

Options.  Options granted under the Omnibus Plan to eligible directors and employees may be either incentive stock options (“("ISOs") or non-qualified stock options (“("NSOs").  The exercise price of an ISO or NSO may not be less than 100% of the last-transaction price for the common stock quoted by the NASDAQ Stock Market on the date of grant.

Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units.  The Committee may award Rights to acquire shares of common stock or restricted stock units, subject to certain transfer restrictions (“("Restricted Stock" or "Restricted Stock Unit") to eligible participants under the Omnibus Plan for such purchase price per share, if any, as the Committee, in its discretion, may determine appropriate.  The Committee will determine the expiration date for each Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Unit award, up to a maximum of ten years from the date of grant.  In the Committee’sCommittee's discretion, it may specify the period or periods of time within which each Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Unit award will first become exercisable, which period or periods may be accelerated or shortened by the Committee.  Under the terms of the Omnibus Plan, the Committee also has the discretion to pay out awards of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units in the Company’sCompany's common stock, cash or a combination of stock and cash.

23

Performance Units.  Under the Omnibus Plan, the Committee may grant to eligible directors and employees awards of long term incentive performance units, each equivalent in value to one share of common stock (“("Units").  Except as otherwise provided, Units awarded may be distributed only after the end of a performance period of two or more years, as determined by the Committee, beginning with the year in which the awards are granted.

The percentage of the Units awarded that are to be distributed will depend on the level of financial and other performance goals achieved by the Company during the performance period.  The Committee may adopt one or more performance categories in addition to, or in substitution for, a performance category or may eliminate all performance categories other than financial performance.

As soon as practicable after each performance period, the percentage of Units awarded that are to be distributed, based on the levels of performance achieved, will be determined and distributed to the recipients of such awards in the form of a combination of shares of common stock and cash or cash only.  Units awarded, but which the recipients are not entitled to receive, will be cancelled.

In the event of the death or disability of a Unit recipient prior to the end of any performance period, the number of Units awarded for such performance period will be reduced in proportion to the number of months remaining in the performance period after the date of death or disability. The remaining portion of the award, if any, may, in the discretion of the Committee, be adjusted based upon the levels of performance achieved prior to the date of death or disability, and distributed within a reasonable time after death or disability.  In the event a recipient of Units ceases to be an eligible director or employee for any reason other than death or disability, all Units awarded, but not yet distributed, will be cancelled.

In the event of a change in control (as that term is defined in the Omnibus Plan), any outstanding Units will immediately and automatically be reduced as appropriate to reflect a shorter performance period.

21

An amount equal to the dividend payable on one share of common stock (a "dividend equivalent credit") will be determined and credited on the payment date to each Unit recipient’srecipient's account for each Unit awarded and not yet distributed or cancelled.  Such amount will be converted within the account to an additional number of Units equal to the number of shares of common stock which could be purchased at the last-transaction price of the common stock on the NASDAQ Market on the dividend payment date.

No dividend equivalent credits or distribution of Units may be credited or made if, at the time of crediting or distribution, (i)  the regular quarterly dividend on the common stock has been omitted and not subsequently paid or there exists any default in payment of dividends on any such outstanding shares of common stock; (ii)  the rate of dividends on the common stock is lower than at the time the Units to which the dividend equivalent credit relates were awarded, adjusted for certain changes; (iii)  estimated consolidated net income of the Company for the twelve-month period preceding the month the dividend equivalent credit or distribution would otherwise have been made is less than the sum of the amount of the dividend equivalent credits and Units eligible for distribution under the Omnibus Plan in that month plus all dividends applicable to such period on an accrual basis, either paid, declared or accrued at the most recently paid rate, on all outstanding shares of common stock; or (iv)  the dividend equivalent credit or distribution would result in a default in any agreement by which the Company is bound.

If an extraordinary event occurs during a performance period which significantly alters the basis upon which the performance levels were established, the Committee may make adjustments which it deems appropriate in the performance levels.  Such events may include changes in accounting practices, tax, financial institution laws or regulations or other laws or regulations, economic changes not in the ordinary course of business cycles, or compliance with judicial decrees or other legal requirements.

Stock Appreciation Rights.  The Omnibus Plan provides that the Committee may award to eligible directors and employees Rights to receive cash based upon increases in the market price of common stock over the last transaction price of the common stock on the NASDAQ Stock Market (the "Base Price") on the date of the award.  The Committee may adjust the Base Price of a stock appreciation right (“("SAR") based upon the market value performance of the common stock in comparison with the aggregate market value performance of a selected index or at a stated annual percentage rate.  The expiration date of a SAR may be no more than ten years from the date of award.
24


Each SAR awarded by the Committee may be exercisable immediately or may become vested over such period or periods as the Committee may establish, which periods may be accelerated or shortened in the Committee’sCommittee's discretion.  Each SAR awarded will terminate upon the expiration date established by the Committee, termination of the employment or directorship of the SAR recipient, or in the event of a change in control, as described above in connection with the termination of Options.

Book Value Shares.Shares.  The Omnibus Plan provides that the Committee may award to eligible directors and eligible employees long term incentive units, each equivalent in value to the book value of one share of common stock on the date of award (“("Book Value Shares").  The Committee will specify the period or periods of time within which each Book Value Share will vest, which period or periods may be accelerated or shortened by the Committee.  Upon redemption, the holder of a Book Value Share will receive an amount equal to the difference between the book value of the common stock at the time the Book Value Share is awarded and the book value of the common stock at the time the Book Value Share is redeemed, adjusted for the effects of dividends, new share issuances, and mark-to-market valuations of the Company’sCompany's investment securities portfolio in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

The expiration date of each Book Value Share awarded will be established by the Committee, up to a maximum of ten years from the date of award.  However, awards of Book Value Shares will terminate earlier in the same manner as described above in connection with the termination of Options.

AdjustmentsAdjustments..  In the event the outstanding shares of the common stock are increased, decreased, changed into or exchanged for a different number or kind of securities as a result of a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, share exchange acquisition, or reclassification, appropriate proportionate adjustments will be made in (i) the aggregate number or kind of shares which may be issued pursuant to exercise of, or which underlie, Rights; (ii) the exercise or other purchase price, or Base Price, and the number and/or kind of shares acquirable under,
22

or underlying, Rights; and (iii) rights and matters determined on a per share basis under the Omnibus Plan.  Any such adjustment will be made by the Committee, subject to ratification by the Board of Directors.  As described above, the Base Price of a SAR may also be adjusted by the Committee to reflect changes in a selected index.  Except with regard to Units and Book Value Shares awarded under the Omnibus Plan, no adjustment in the Rights will be required by reason of the issuance of common stock, or securities convertible into common stock, by the Company for cash or the issuance of shares of common stock by the Company in exchange for shares of the capital stock of any corporation, financial institution or other organization acquired by the Company or a subsidiary thereof in connection therewith.

Any shares of common stock allocated to Rights granted under the Omnibus Plan which are subsequently cancelled or forfeited will be available for further allocation upon such cancellation or forfeiture.

IncentiveDirector Compensation Plans
Directors' Fees.  Members of the Company's Board of Directors receive no fees or compensation for their service.  However, all members of the Board of Directors are also directors of the Bank and are compensated for that service.

During the year ended December 31, 2015, each director received a fee of $850 for each Bank Board of Directors meeting attended, an additional fee of $500 for each committee meeting attended and a retainer of $12,000. In addition, the Chairman of the Bank's Board of Directors received an additional $250 per meeting attended and the chairpersons of each committee received an additional $150 per meeting attended.  Directors receive $375 for special meetings held via conference call in lieu of the Board of Director and committee meeting fees set forth above.

Directors who are members of the Board of Directors of Real Estate Advisory Services, Inc., Peoples Investment Services, Inc. and PB Real Estate Holdings, LLC, subsidiaries of the Bank, and Community Bank Real Estate Solutions, LLC, a subsidiary of the Company, receive $500 per meeting.

The Bank also hasmaintains a Management Incentive Plan forService Recognition Program, under which directors, officers and an Employee Incentive Planemployees are eligible for awards.  Under the Service Recognition Program, directors, officers and employees are awarded a combination of common stock of the Bank.  Eligibility underCompany and cash in the Employee Incentive Plan is grantedamount necessary to all employees upon ninety (90) days of servicepay taxes on the award, with the Bank.  Participants inamount of the Employee Incentive Plan are entitled to receive quarterly cash incentives based upon a graduated schedule indexed to attainment of corporate budget.  Participants in the Management Incentive Plan are recommended annually by the President and Chief Executive Officer to the Bank’s Board of Directors. Each individual’s incentive pool is determined by a formula which links attainment of corporate budget with attainment of individual goals and objectives.  Incentives under the Management Incentive Plan are paid annually.award
 
2325

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End.  The table below gives information relatedbased upon the length of service to equity awards heldthe Bank.  Any common stock awarded under the Service Recognition Program is purchased by the NEOs at December 31, 2014:Bank on the open market, and no new shares are issued by the Company under the Service Recognition Program.

Directors' Stock Benefits Plan.  Members of the Board of Directors are eligible to participate in the Company's Omnibus Plan.  On March 22, 2012, the Company granted 810 restricted stock units, each unit being comprised of the right to receive one share of the Company's common stock, to each director.  The restricted stock units awarded to directors on March 22, 2012 will vest in full on March 22, 2017.  On May 23, 2013, the Company granted 810 restricted stock units, each unit being comprised of the right to receive one share of the Company's common stock, to each director.  The restricted stock units awarded to directors on May 23, 2013 will vest in full on May 23, 2017.  On February 20, 2014, the Company granted 650 restricted stock units, each unit being comprised of the right to receive one share of the Company's common stock, to each director.  The restricted stock units awarded to directors on February 20, 2014 will vest in full on February 20, 2017.  On February 19, 2015, the Company granted 375 restricted stock units, each unit being comprised of the right to receive one share of the Company's common stock, to each director.  The restricted stock units awarded to directors on February 19, 2015 will vest in full on February 19, 2019.

 
OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT FISCAL YEAR-END
Option AwardsStock Awards
NameNumber ofNumber ofEquityOptionOptionNumber ofMarketEquityEquity
SecuritiesSecuritiesIncentive PlanExercise PriceExpirationShares orValue ofIncentiveIncentive
UnderlyingUnderlyingAwards:($)DateUnits ofShares orPlan Awards:Plan
UnexercisedUnexercisedNumber ofStock ThatUnits ofNumber ofAwards:
OptionsOptionsSecuritiesHave NotStockUnearnedMarket or
(#)(#)UnderlyingVestedThat HaveShares, UnitsPayout
ExercisableUnexercisableUnexercised(#)Not Vestedor OtherValue of
Unearned($)Rights ThatUnearned
OptionsHave NotShares,
(#)VestedUnits or
(#)Other
Rights
That Have
Not Vested(3)
($)
(a)(b)( c)(d)(e)(f)(g)(h)(i)(j)
Lance A. Sellers-------17,449(1)313,908
----
A. Joseph Lampron, Jr.-------12,508(2)225,019
----
Joseph F. Beaman, Jr.---------
----
William D. Cable, Sr.-------12,508(2)225,019

(1)
Includes 6,505 restricted stock units that were granted on March 22, 2012 and vest on March 22, 2017; 2,169 restricted stock units that were granted on July 26, 2012 and vest on July 26, 2017; 4,875 restricted stock units that were granted on May 23, 2013 and vest on May 23, 2017; and 3,900 restricted stock units that were granted on February 20, 2014 and vest on February 20, 2017.
(2)
Includes 4,777 restricted stock units that were granted on March 22, 2012 and vest on March 22, 2017; 1,593 restricted stock units that were granted on July 26, 2012 and vest on July 26, 2017 and 3,410 restricted stock units that were granted on May 23, 2013 and vest on May 23, 2017; and 2,728 restricted stock units that were granted on February 20, 2014 and vest on February 20, 2017.
(3)Based on a stock price of $17.99 per share on December 31, 2014.
24

Directors' Deferred Compensation Plan

.The Bank maintains a non-qualified deferred compensation plan for all of its directors.  The Bank's directors and certain officers. Eligible officers selected byare also directors of the Bank’s BoardCompany.  Under the deferred compensation plan, each director may defer all or a portion of Directors may elect to contribute a percentage of their compensationhis fees to the plan. Participating officersplan each year.  The director may elect to invest theirthe deferred compensation in a restricted list of investment funds.  The Bank may make matching or other contributions to the plan as well, in amounts determinedfor the benefit of the director from time to time at the discretion of the Bank.  ParticipantsDirectors are fully vested in all amounts contributedthey contribute to the plan and in any amounts contributed by them or on their behalf.the Bank. The Bank has established a Rabbi Trust to hold the directors' accrued benefits of the participants under the plan.  There are no “above-market”"above-market" returns provided for in thisthe deferred compensation plan. The Bank made no contributions to thethis plan in 2014.2015.

Benefits under the plan are payable in the event of the participant’sdirector's death, resignation, removal, failure to be re-elected, retirement death, termination, or as a resultin cases of hardship.  BenefitDirectors may elect to receive deferred compensation payments may be made in aone lump sum or in installments, as selected by the participant.installments.

Directors' Supplemental Retirement Plan
. The Bank maintains a non-qualified supplemental retirement benefits plan (“SERP”) for certain officers.all its directors. The supplemental retirement benefits plan is designed to provide a retirement benefit to the officersdirectors while at the same time minimizing the financial impact on the Bank’sBank's earnings. Under the SERP,supplemental retirement benefits plan, the Company purchased life insurance contracts on the lives of certain officers.each director. The increase in cash surrender value of the contracts constitutes the Company’sCompany's contribution to the supplemental retirement benefits plan each year. The Bank will pay annual benefits to participating officerseach director for a period between 1315 years andbeginning upon retirement from the lifeBoard of the officer.Directors. The Bank is the sole owner of all of the insurance contracts. Each NEO is fully vested in the benefits provided under the SERP.

Discretionary Bonuses and Service Awards
26


In the past, the Bank has paid bonuses to its employees in amounts determined in the discretion
The following table reports all forms of the Bank’s Board of Directors.  The Bank anticipates that discretionary bonuses will continue to becompensation paid to its employees in the future. The Bank also gives service awards to each employee for every five years of service with the Bank. Service awards are made in the form of shares of the Company’s common stock. The number of shares awarded increases with the years of service to the Bank.

Profit Sharing Plan and 401(k) Plan

The Bank has a Profit Sharing Plan and 401(k) Plan for all eligible employees.  The Bank made no contribution to the Profit Sharing Planor accrued for the year ended December 31, 2014. No investments in Bank stock have been made bybenefit of each director during the plan.2015 fiscal year.

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Name
 
 
 
 
 
Fees
Earned or
Paid in
Cash ($)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stock
Awards1 ($)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Option
Awards ($)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-Equity
 Incentive Plan
Compensation ($)
 
 
Change in
Pension Value
and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings2 ($)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
All Other
Compensation ($)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total ($)
James S. Abernethy26,7006,739006,314039,753
        
Robert C. Abernethy41,5006,739009,561057,800
        
Douglas S. Howard34,7006,739003,920045,359
        
John W. Lineberger, Jr.25,2006,739009,312041,251
        
Gary E. Matthews24,7006,739005,725037,164
        
Billy L. Price, Jr., M.D.35,9756,739005,178047,892
        
Larry E. Robinson27,2006,739006,279040,218
        
William Gregory Terry26,7006,739001,919035,358
        
Dan Ray Timmerman, Sr.33,0006,7390013,472
2,5003
55,711
        
Benjamin I. Zachary28,7006,739005,201
2,5003
43,140
_________________________
Under the Bank’s 401(k) Plan, the Bank matches employee contributions to a maximum of 4.00% of annual compensation.  The Bank’s 2014 contribution to the 401(k) Plan pursuant to this formula was approximately $439,000.  All contributions to the 401(k) Plan are tax deferred.
1
The amounts reported represent the aggregate fair value of the restricted stock units granted to the respective recipient on the date of grant under Financial Accounting Standards Board ASC Topic 718 ("Topic 718").  The fair market value of each restricted stock unit granted to each director was $17.97 on February 19, 2015. At December 31, 2015, each director had an aggregate of 2,645 restricted stock units outstanding with an aggregate fair value of $51,154 based on the fair market value of each restricted stock unit of $19.34 at December 31, 2015.

2
Change in Pension Value and Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Earnings represents the expense accrued by the Bank for each director under the Directors' Supplemental Retirement Plan as described above.
The Profit Sharing Plan and 401(k) Plan permit participants to choose from investment funds which are selected by a committee comprised of senior management.  Employees are eligible to participate in both the 401(k) Plan and Profit Sharing Plan beginning in the second month of employment. Both plans provide for vesting of 20% of the benefit after two years of employment and 20% each year thereafter until participants are 100% vested after six years of employment.
3
In 2015, Directors Timmerman and Zachary each received 106 shares of the Company's common stock and $512.50 in cash for their 20 years of service as a director under the Bank's Service Recognition Program.

Indebtedness of and Transactions with Management and Directors

The Company is a “listed issuer”"listed issuer" under the rules and regulations of the Exchange Act whose common stock is listed on NASDAQ. The Company uses the definition of independence contained in NASDAQ’sNASDAQ's listing standards to determine the independence of its directors and that the Board of Directors and each standing committee of the Board of Directors is in compliance with NASDAQ listing standards for independence.
25


Certain directors and executive officers of the Bank and their immediate families and associates were customers of and had transactions with the Bank in the ordinary course of business during 2014.2015.  All outstanding loans, extensions of credit or overdrafts, endorsements and guarantees outstanding at any time during 20142015 to the Bank’sBank's executive officers and directors and their family members were made in the ordinary course of its business.  These loans are currently made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those then prevailing for comparable transactions with persons not related to the lender, and did not involve more than the normal risk of collectability or present any other unfavorable features.
The Board of Directors routinely, and no less than annually, reviews all transactions, direct and indirect, between the Company or the Bank and any employee or director, or any of such person’sperson's immediate family members. Transactions are reviewed as to comparable market values for similar transactions. All material facts of the transactions
27

and the director’sdirector's interest are discussed by all disinterested directors and a decision is made about whether the transaction is fair to the Company and the Bank. A majority vote of all disinterested directors is required to approve the transaction.

The Bank leases two of its facilities from Shortgrass Associates, L.L.C. (“("Shortgrass").  Director John W. Lineberger, Jr., owns 25% of the membership interests in Shortgrass.  Pursuant to the terms of the leases for the two facilities leased by the Bank, during 20142015 the Bank paid a total of $211,537 to Shortgrass in lease payments for these facilities.  Each of the facilities is subject to a 20-year lease between the Bank and Shortgrass.

The Board of Directors also evaluates the influence family relationships may have on the independence of directors who are related by blood or marriage. Christine S. Abernethy, a greater than ten percent (10%) shareholder of the Company, has two sons, Robert C. Abernethy and James S. Abernethy, who serve on the Board of Directors. All of the non-related directors have determined that the family relationships among Christine S. Abernethy, James S. Abernethy and Robert C. Abernethy do not affect the brothers’brothers' independence as directors.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following table sets forth certain information regarding outstanding options and shares for future issuance under the Equity Compensation Plans as of December 31, 2015. Individual equity compensation arrangements are aggregated and included within this table. This table excludes any plan, contract or arrangement that provides for the issuance of options, warrants or other rights that are given to our shareholders on a pro rata basis and any employee benefit plan that is intended to meet the qualification requirements of Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code.
Plan Category
Number of securities
to be issued upon
exercise of outstanding
option, warrants and
rights (1), (2), (3), (4)
 
 
Weighted-average
 exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
(5)
 
Number of securities remaining
available for future issuance under
equity compensation plans
(excluding securities reflected in
column (a)) (6)
 (a) (b) (c)
Equity compensation plans
approved by security holders
92,440 $19.34 267,560
Equity compensation plans not
approved by security holders
-  - -
Total92,440 $19.34 267,560
       
(1) Includes 24,159 restricted stock units granted on March 22, 2012 and 5,355 restricted stock units granted on July 26, 2012 under the February 19, 2009 Omnibus Stock Ownership and Long Term Incentive Plan (the "2009 Omnibus Plan"). These restricted stock grants vest five years after issuance.
       
(2) Includes 26,795 restricted stock units granted on May 23, 2013 under the 2009 Omnibus Plan. These restricted stock grants vest on May 23, 2017.
       
(3) Includes 21,056 restricted stock units granted on February 20, 2014 under the 2009 Omnibus Plan. These restricted stock grants vest on February 20, 2017.
       
(4) Includes 15,075 restricted stock units granted on February 19, 2015 under the 2009 Omnibus Plan. These restricted stock grants vest on February 19, 2019.
       
(5) The exercise price used for the grants of restricted stock units under the 2009 Omnibus Plan is $19.34, the closing price for the Company's stock on December 31, 2014.
       
(6) Reflects shares currently reserved for possible issuance under the 2009 Omnibus Plan.
28

STOCK PERFORMANCE GRAPH

The following graph compares the Company's cumulative shareholder return on its common stock with a NASDAQ index and with a southeastern bank index.  The graph was prepared by SNL Securities, L.C., Charlottesville, Virginia, using data as of December 31, 2015.


COMPARISON OF SIX-YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURNS
Performance Report for
Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc.
29

PROPOSAL 2
RATIFICATION OF SELECTION OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORREGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Porter Keadle Moore, LLC, of Atlanta, Georgia (or PKM in this Proxy Statement)Elliott Davis Decosimo, PLLC ("Elliott Davis"), has been selected by the Audit Committee as the Company’s and the Bank’sour registered independent public accounting firm for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, has been appointed by the Audit Committee as our registered independent public accounting firm for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2015.  Such selection is2016, and you are being submittedasked to ratify this appointment.  Fees charged by this firm are at rates and upon terms that are customarily charged by other registered independent public accounting firms.  A representative of the Company’s shareholders for ratification.  Representatives of PKM are expected to attendfirm will be present at the Annual Meeting and will be affordedhave an opportunity to make a statement if theyhe or she desires to do so desire, and to respond to appropriate questions from shareholders.questions.

On June 19, 2015, we advised Porter Keadle Moore, LLC ("PKM"), our registered independent accounting firm for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014, that it was dismissed as our registered independent public accounting firm. PKM's reports on our financial statements for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, did not contain an adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion, and were not qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles. The decision to change accountants was recommended and approved by the Audit Committee. During fiscal years ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2014 and through the period ended June 19, 2015, there were no disagreements with PKM on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosures, or auditing scope or procedures which disagreements, if not resolved to PKM's satisfaction, would have caused PKM to make reference thereto in their reports on the financial statements for such periods.

In addition, on June 19, 2015, we appointed Elliott Davis as our independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015. We did not consult with Elliott Davis during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, nor during any subsequent interim period preceding such appointment, on the application of accounting principles to a specific contemplated or completed transaction, the type of audit opinion that might be rendered on our consolidated financial statements, or any matter that was the subject of a "disagreement" or a "reportable event" as such terms are described in Item 304(a)(1)(iv) and (v) of Regulation S-K.

Audit Fees Paid to Independent Auditors

The aggregatefollowing table represents the approximate fees billed by PKM for professional services rendered in connection withby Elliott Davis and PKM for the audit of the Company’sour annual financial statements for 2014 and 2013 and the review of theour financial statements included in the Company’s quarterly filings on Formour Forms 10-Q during thosefor the fiscal years were approximately $186,000ended December 31, 2015 and $186,000, respectively.
Audit Related Fees

The aggregate2014 and fees billed by PKM in 2014for audit-related services, tax services and 2013 for professionalall other services rendered, for assuranceeach of such years.

  
Year Ended December 31
 
  
2015
 
2014
 
  
 
Audit Fees1
$193,000 $186,000 
  
 
Audit-Related Fees2
$19,000 $59,000 
  
 
Tax Fees3
$45,000 $24,000 
  
 All Other Fees --    --   
  
__________________________
1 Of the 2015 amount, $163,000 was for Elliott Davis and related services that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of the Company’s financial statements and not included in “Audit Fees” above were approximately $59,000 and $59,000, respectively.  These fees were primarily related to the audit of the Company’s Profit Sharing and 401(k) Plan and$30,000 was for PKM.  The $163,000 for Elliot Davis includes amounts for the testing of management’smanagement's assertions regarding internal controls in accordance with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act.  Audit Fees for Elliot Davis and PKM include amounts for the integrated audit of the consolidated financial statements and internal control over financial reporting (Sarbanes-Oxley Section 404).
2 Represents amounts for the audit of the Company's Profit Sharing and 401(k) Plan and the testing of management's assertions regarding internal controls in accordance with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act.  Of the 2015 amount, all was for PKM.
3 Represents amounts for assistance in the preparation of our various federal, state and local tax returns.  Of the 2015 amount, $20,000 was for Elliott Davis and $25,000 was for PKM.
 
2630

Tax Fees
The aggregate fees billed in each of the last two fiscal years for professionalAll audit related services, rendered by PKM for tax compliance, tax advice,services and tax planning were approximately $24,000 and $33,000 in 2014 and 2013, respectively.  These fees were primarily relatedother services giving rise to the preparation offees listed under "Audit-Related Fees", "Tax Fees" and "All Other Fees" in the Company’s income tax returns, assistance with quarterly income tax estimates and preparation of Forms 5500 for various benefit plans.

All Other Fees

PKM billed no other fees to the Company in 2014 and 2013.

The fees billed by PKM aretable above were pre-approved by the Audit Committee, in accordancewhich concluded that the provision of such services was compatible with the policies and procedures formaintenance of that firm's independence in the Audit Committee set forth inconduct of its charter.auditing functions.  The Audit Committee typically pre-approvesCommittee's Charter provides for pre-approval of all audit and non-audit services to be provided by the Company’sour independent auditors and may not engageauditors.  The Charter authorizes the independent auditors to perform any prohibited non-audit services.  For 2014 and 2013, 100% of the total fees paid for audit, audit related and tax services were pre-approved.  The Audit Committee has determinedto delegate to one or more of its members pre-approval authority with respect to permitted services, provided that any such approvals are presented to the rendering of non-audit professional services by PKM, as identified above, is compatible with maintaining PKM’s independence.Audit Committee at its next scheduled meeting.

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS THAT THE SHAREHOLDERS VOTE FOR RATIFICATION OF THE APPOINTMENT OF PKMELLIOTT DAVIS AS THE COMPANY’SCOMPANY'S INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31, 2015.

PROPOSAL 3
ADVISORY (NON-BINDING) PROPOSAL TO APPROVE THE COMPENSATION OF THE COMPANY'S NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the "Dodd-Frank Act") was signed into law on July 21, 2010.  The Dodd-Frank Act requires that our shareholders be provided an opportunity to cast a separate advisory vote on the compensation paid to our NEOs as disclosed in the compensation tables and related matches in this Proxy Statement. 

The Company believes that the 2015 compensation policies and procedures are centered on a pay-for-performance culture and are strongly aligned with the long-term interests of our shareholders.  These policies and procedures are described in detail in this Proxy Statement.

This proposal, commonly known as a "say-on-pay" proposal, gives you as a shareholder the opportunity to vote on the compensation of our NEOs through the following resolution:

"RESOLVED, that the shareholders of Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. approve the compensation of its Named Executive Officers named in the Summary Compensation Table in this Proxy Statement, as described in the narrative and the tabular disclosure regarding the compensation of the Named Executive Officers contained in this Proxy Statement."

Under the Dodd-Frank Act, your vote on this matter is advisory and will therefore not be binding upon the Board of Directors. However, the Compensation Committee will take the outcome of the vote into account when determining further executive compensation arrangements.

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS A VOTE FOR THE APPROVAL OF THIS PROPOSAL.

DATE FOR RECEIPT OF SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS

It is presently anticipated that the 20162017 Annual Meeting of Shareholders of the Company will be held on May 5, 2016.4, 2017.  In order for shareholder proposals to be included in the Company’sCompany's proxy materials for that meeting, such proposals must be received by the Secretary of the Company at the Company’sCompany's principal executive office no later than November 27, 201525, 2016 and meet all other applicable requirements for inclusion in the Proxy Statement.

In the alternative, a shareholder may commence his or her own proxy solicitation and present a proposal from the floor at the 20162017 Annual Meeting of Shareholders of the Company.  In order to do so, the shareholder must notify the Secretary of the Company in writing, at the Company’sCompany's principal executive office no later than February 10, 2016,8, 2017, of his or her proposal.  If the Secretary of the Company is not notified of the shareholder’sshareholder's proposal by February 10, 2016,8, 2017, the Board of Directors may vote on the proposal pursuant to the discretionary authority granted by the proxies solicited by the Board of Directors for the 20162017 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.
31


Please note thatIn the 2015 Proxy Statement, we intendindicated our intent to use the “Notice"Notice and Access”Access" model to deliver the Notice to Annual Meeting and Proxy Statement for the 2016 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and the 2015 Annual Report to shareholders owning fewer than 1,000 shares of our common stock (i.e., a shareholder owning fewer than 1,000 shares of our common stock willwould receive a Notice to the 2016 Annual Meeting of Shareholders in the mail directing such shareholder to a website where such shareholder can view a complete copy of the Notice to Annual Meeting and Proxy Statement for the 2016 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and the 2015 Annual Report or request a hard copy of such documents be sent to such shareholder).  Shareholders owning more than 1,000 shares of our common stockUpon further review, we have decided not to use the "Notice and Access" model to deliver the 2016 Notice to Annual Meeting and Proxy Statement and 2015 Annual Report.  We will receive hard copies ofconsider using the "Notice and Access" model to deliver the Notice to Annual Meeting and Proxy Statement for the 20162017 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and the 20152016 Annual Report.

OTHER MATTERS

Management knows of no other matters to be presented for consideration at the Annual Meeting or any adjournments thereof.  If any other matters shall properly come before the Annual Meeting, it is intended that the proxyholders named in the enclosed form of proxy will vote the shares represented thereby in accordance with their judgment, pursuant to the discretionary authority granted therein.

27


MISCELLANEOUS

The Annual Report of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2014,2015, which includes financial statements audited and reported upon by the Company’sCompany's registered independent public accounting firm, is being mailed as Appendix A to this Proxy Statement; however, it is not intended that the Annual Report be deemed a part of this Proxy Statement or a solicitation of proxies.


THE FORM 10-K FILED BY THE COMPANY WITH THE SEC, INCLUDING THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SCHEDULES THERETO, WILL BE PROVIDED FREE OF CHARGE UPON WRITTEN REQUEST DIRECTED TO:  PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC., POST OFFICE BOX 467, 518 WEST C STREET, NEWTON, NORTH CAROLINA 28658-0467, ATTENTION:    A. JOSEPH LAMPRON, JR.
By Order of the Board of Directors,
/s/ Lance A. Sellers
Lance A. Sellers
President and Chief Executive Officer
Newton, North Carolina
March 27, 2015

By Order of the Board of Directors,


28

/s/ Lance A. Sellers
Lance A. Sellers
President and Chief Executive Officer

Newton, North Carolina
March 25, 2016
 
 
32

 
 
APPENDIX A

ANNUAL REPORT
OF
PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC.

 
 

 
PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC.

General Description of Business
Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. (the “Company”"Company"), was formed in 1999 to serve as the holding company for Peoples Bank (the “Bank”"Bank").  The Company is a bank holding company registered with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”"Federal Reserve") under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHCA”"BHCA").  The Company’sCompany's principal source of income is dividends declared and paid by the Bank on its capital stock, if any.  The Company has no operations and conducts no business of its own other than owning the Bank and Community Bank Real Estate Solutions, LLC (“CBRES”("CBRES").  Accordingly, the discussion of the business which follows concerns the business conducted by the Bank, unless otherwise indicated.

The Bank, founded in 1912, is a state-chartered commercial bank serving the citizens and business interests of the Catawba Valley and surrounding communities through 2120 banking offices, as of December 31, 2014,2015 located in Lincolnton, Newton, Denver, Catawba, Conover, Maiden, Claremont, Hiddenite, Hickory, Charlotte, Monroe, Cornelius, Mooresville and Raleigh, North Carolina.  The Bank also operates loan production offices in Denver, Durham and Durham,Winston-Salem, North Carolina.  At December 31, 2014,2015, the Company had total assets of $1.0 billion, net loans of $640.8$679.5 million, deposits of $814.7$832.2 million, total securities of $285.1$272.2 million, and shareholders’shareholders' equity of $98.7$104.9 million.

The Bank operates four banking offices focused on the Latino population under the name Banco de la Gente (“Banco”("Banco").  These offices are operated as a division of the Bank.  Banco offers normal and customary banking services as are offered in the Bank’sBank's other branches such as the taking of deposits and the making of loans and therefore is not considered a reportable segment of the Company.   The Bank operates one Banco loan production office in Durham County and one Banco loan production office in Forsyth County specifically designed to serve the growing Latino market.

The Bank has a diversified loan portfolio, with no foreign loans and few agricultural loans.  Real estate loans are predominately variable rate and fixed rate commercial property loans, which include residential development loans to commercial customers.  Commercial loans are spread throughout a variety of industries with no one particular industry or group of related industries accounting for a significant portion of the commercial loan portfolio.  The majority of the Bank’sBank's deposit and loan customers are individuals and small to medium-sized businesses located in the Bank’sBank's market area.  The Bank’sBank's loan portfolio also includes Individual Taxpayer Identification Number (ITIN) mortgage loans generated thorough the Bank’sBank's Banco offices.  Additional discussion of the Bank’sBank's loan portfolio and sources of funds for loans can be found in “Management’s"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”Operations" on pages A-4 through A-25A-24 of thethis Annual Report, which is included in this Form 10-K as Exhibit (13).Report.

The operations of the Bank and depository institutions in general are significantly influenced by general economic conditions and by related monetary and fiscal policies of depository institution regulatory agencies, including the Federal Reserve, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”"FDIC") and the North Carolina Commissioner of Banks (the “Commissioner”"Commissioner").

At December 31, 2014,2015, the Company employed 280284 full-time employees and 3740 part-time employees, which equated to 305309 full-time equivalent employees.

Subsidiaries
The Bank is a subsidiary of the Company.  At December 31, 2014,2015, the Bank had twothree subsidiaries, Peoples Investment Services, Inc. and, Real Estate Advisory Services, Inc. and PB Real Estate Holdings, LLC.  Through a relationship with Raymond James Financial Services, Inc., Peoples Investment Services, Inc. provides the Bank’sBank's customers access to investment counseling and non-deposit investment products such as stocks, bonds, mutual funds, tax deferred annuities, and related brokerage services.  Real Estate Advisory Services, Inc. provides real estate appraisal and real estate brokerage services.  In March 2015, the Bank established a new wholly owned subsidiary, PB Real Estate Holdings, LLC which will acquire, manageacquires, manages and disposedisposes of real property, other collateral and other assets obtained in the ordinary course of collecting debts previously contracted.

In June 2006, the Company formed a wholly owned Delaware statutory trust, PEBK Capital Trust II (“("PEBK Trust II”II"), which issued $20.0 million of guaranteed preferred beneficial interests in the Company’sCompany's junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures.  All of the common securities of PEBK Trust II are owned by the Company.  The proceeds from the issuance of the common securities and the trust preferred securities were used by PEBK Trust II to purchase $20.6 million of junior subordinated debentures of the Company, which pay a floating rate equal to three-month LIBOR plus 163 basis points.  The proceeds received by the Company from the sale of the junior subordinated debentures were used in December 2006 to repay the trust preferred securities issued in December 2001 by PEBK Capital Trust, a wholly owned Delaware statutory trust of the Company, and for general purposes.  The debentures represent the sole asset of PEBK Trust II.  PEBK Trust II is not included in the consolidated financial statements.
 
A-1

 
The trust preferred securities issued by PEBK Trust II accrue and pay quarterly at a floating rate of three-month LIBOR plus 163 basis points.  The Company has guaranteed distributions and other payments due on the trust preferred securities to the extent PEBK Trust II does not have funds with which to make the distributions and other payments.  The net combined effect of the trust preferred securities transaction is that the Company is obligated to make the distributions and other payments required on the trust preferred securities.

These trust preferred securities are mandatorily redeemable upon maturity of the debentures on June 28, 2036, or upon earlier redemption as provided in the indenture.  The Company has the right to redeem the debentures purchased by PEBK Trust II, in whole or in part, which became effective on June 28, 2011.  As specified in the indenture, if the debentures are redeemed prior to maturity, the redemption price will be the principal amount plus any accrued but unpaid interest.

The Company established CBRES, a wholly owned subsidiary, in 2009. CBRES serves as a “clearing-house”"clearing-house" for appraisal services for community banks.  Other banks are able to contract with CBRES to find and engage appropriate appraisal companies in the area where the property is located.  This type of service ensures that the appraisal process remains independent from the financing process within the bank.Bank.

This report contains certain forward-looking statements with respect to the financial condition, results of operations and business of Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. (the “Company”"Company").  These forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties and are based on the beliefs and assumptions of management of the Company and on the information available to management at the time that these disclosures were prepared. These statements can be identified by the use of words like “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate”"expect," "anticipate," "estimate" and “believe,”"believe," variations of these words and other similar expressions.  Readers should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements as a number of important factors could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements.  Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially include, but are not limited to, (1) competition in the markets served by Peoples Bank, (2) changes in the interest rate environment, (3) general national, regional or local economic conditions may be less favorable than expected, resulting in, among other things, a deterioration in credit quality and the possible impairment of collectibility of loans, (4) legislative or regulatory changes, including changes in accounting standards, (5) significant changes in the federal and state legal and regulatory environment and tax laws, (6) the impact of changes in monetary and fiscal policies, laws, rules and regulations and (7) other risks and factors identified in the Company’sCompany's other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  The Company undertakes no obligation to update any forward-looking statements.
 
 
A-2

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 
Dollars in Thousands Except Per Share Amounts 
           
  2015  2014  2013  2012  2011 
Summary of Operations          
Interest income $38,666   38,420   36,696   39,245   45,259 
Interest expense  3,484   4,287   5,353   7,696   10,946 
Net interest income  35,182   34,133   31,343   31,549   34,313 
Provision for loan losses  (17)  (699)  2,584   4,924   12,632 
Net interest income after provision                    
for loan losses  35,199   34,832   28,759   26,625   21,681 
Non-interest income  13,312   12,164   12,652   12,537   14,513 
Non-interest expense  35,778   35,671   32,841   31,782   29,572 
Earnings before income taxes  12,733   11,325   8,570   7,380   6,622 
Income tax expense  3,100   1,937   1,879   1,587   1,463 
Net earnings  9,633   9,388   6,691   5,793   5,159 
Dividends and accretion of preferred stock  -   -   656   1,010   1,393 
Net earnings available to common                    
shareholders $9,633   9,388   6,035   4,783   3,766 
                     
Selected Year-End Balances                    
Assets $1,038,481   1,040,494   1,034,684   1,013,516   1,067,063 
Investment securities available for sale  268,530   281,099   297,890   297,823   321,388 
Net loans  679,502   640,809   607,459   605,551   653,893 
Mortgage loans held for sale  4,149   1,375   497   6,922   5,146 
Interest-earning assets  977,079   956,900   925,736   931,738   1,004,131 
Deposits  832,175   814,700   799,361   781,525   827,111 
Interest-bearing liabilities  660,937   717,991   715,111   745,139   820,452 
Shareholders' equity $104,864   98,665   83,719   97,747   103,027 
Shares outstanding  5,510,538   5,612,588   5,613,495   5,613,495   5,544,160 
                     
Selected Average Balances                    
Assets $1,038,594   1,036,486   1,023,609   1,029,612   1,074,250 
Investment securities available for sale  266,830   287,371   293,770   289,010   295,413 
Net loans  669,628   631,025   614,532   648,595   697,527 
Interest-earning assets  952,251   949,537   950,451   965,994   1,015,451 
Deposits  816,628   808,399   787,640   786,976   835,550 
Interest-bearing liabilities  707,610   731,786   741,228   770,546   836,382 
Shareholders' equity $106,644   96,877   100,241   103,805   102,568 
Shares outstanding  5,559,235   5,615,666   5,613,495   5,559,401   5,542,548 
                     
Profitability Ratios                    
Return on average total assets  0.93%  0.91%  0.65%  0.56%  0.48%
Return on average shareholders' equity  9.03%  9.69%  6.67%  5.58%  5.03%
Dividend payout ratio*  16.12%  10.76%  11.17%  20.96%  11.78%
                     
Liquidity and Capital Ratios (averages)                    
Loan to deposit  82.00%  78.06%  78.02%  82.42%  83.48%
Shareholders' equity to total assets  9.34%  9.24%  9.79%  10.08%  9.55%
                     
Per share of Common Stock                    
Basic net earnings $1.73   1.67   1.08   0.86   0.68 
Diluted net earnings $1.72   1.66   1.07   0.86   0.68 
Cash dividends $0.28   0.18   0.12   0.18   0.08 
Book value $19.03   17.58   14.91   15.18   14.06 
                     
*As a percentage of net earnings available to common shareholders.         
 
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 
Dollars in Thousands Except Per Share Amounts 
           
 2014 2013 2012 2011 2010 
Summary of Operations          
Interest income$38,420 36,696 39,245 45,259 47,680 
Interest expense 4,287 5,353 7,696 10,946 14,348 
Net interest earnings 34,133 31,343 31,549 34,313 33,332 
Provision for loan losses (699)2,584 4,924 12,632 16,438 
Net interest earnings after provision           
for loan losses 34,832 28,759 26,625 21,681 16,894 
Non-interest income 12,164 12,652 12,537 14,513 13,884 
Non-interest expense 35,671 32,841 31,782 29,572 28,948 
Earnings before taxes 11,325 8,570 7,380 6,622 1,830 
Income taxes 1,937 1,879 1,587 1,463 (11)
Net earnings 9,388 6,691 5,793 5,159 1,841 
Dividends and accretion of preferred stock -   656 1,010 1,393 1,394 
Net earnings available to common           
shareholders$9,388 6,035 4,783 3,766 447 
            
Selected Year-End Balances           
Assets$1,040,494 1,034,684 1,013,516 1,067,063 1,067,652 
Available for sale securities 281,099 297,890 297,823 321,388 272,449 
Loans, net 640,809 607,459 605,551 653,893 710,667 
Mortgage loans held for sale 1,375 497 6,922 5,146 3,814 
Interest-earning assets 956,900 925,736 931,738 1,004,131 1,010,983 
Deposits 814,700 799,361 781,525 827,111 838,712 
Interest-bearing liabilities 717,991 715,111 745,139 820,452 850,233 
Shareholders' equity$98,665 83,719 97,747 103,027 96,858 
Shares outstanding 5,612,588 5,613,495 5,613,495 5,544,160 5,541,413 
            
Selected Average Balances           
Assets$1,036,486 1,023,609 1,029,612 1,074,250 1,078,136 
Available for sale securities 287,371 293,770 289,010 295,413 219,797 
Loans 631,025 614,532 648,595 697,527 757,532 
Interest-earning assets 949,537 950,451 965,994 1,015,451 999,054 
Deposits 808,399 787,640 786,976 835,550 840,343 
Interest-bearing liabilities 731,786 741,228 770,546 836,382 849,870 
Shareholders' equity$95,759 100,241 103,805 102,568 101,529 
Shares outstanding 5,615,666 5,613,495 5,559,401 5,542,548 5,539,308 
            
Profitability Ratios           
Return on average total assets 0.91% 0.65% 0.56% 0.48% 0.17% 
Return on average shareholders' equity 9.69% 6.67% 5.58% 5.03% 1.81% 
Dividend payout ratio* 10.88% 11.17% 20.96% 11.78% 100.11% 
            
Liquidity and Capital Ratios (averages)           
Loan to deposit 78.06% 78.02% 82.42% 83.48% 90.15% 
Shareholders' equity to total assets 9.24% 9.79% 10.08% 9.55% 9.42% 
            
Per share of Common Stock           
Basic net income$1.67 1.08 0.86 0.68 0.08 
Diluted net income$1.66 1.07 0.86 0.68 0.08 
Cash dividends$0.18 0.12 0.18 0.08 0.08 
Book value$17.58 14.91 15.18 14.06 12.96 
            
*As a percentage of net earnings available to common shareholders.     

A-3

 
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following is a discussion of our financial position and results of operations and should be read in conjunction with the information set forth under Item 1A Risk Factors in the Company's annual report on Form 10-K and the Company’sCompany's consolidated financial statements and notes thereto on pages A-26A-24  through A-62.A-64.

Introduction
Management’sManagement's discussion and analysis of earnings and related data are presented to assist in understanding the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of the Company, for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 2013 and 2012.2013.  The Company is a registered bank holding company operating under the supervision of the Federal Reserve Board (the “FRB”"FRB") and the parent company of Peoples Bank (the “Bank”"Bank"). The Bank is a North Carolina-chartered bank, with offices in Catawba, Lincoln, Alexander, Mecklenburg, Iredell, Union, Wake, Durham and DurhamForsyth counties, operating under the banking laws of North Carolina and the rules and regulations of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”"FDIC").

Overview
Our business consists principally of attracting deposits from the general public and investing these funds in commercial loans, real estate mortgage loans, real estate construction loans and consumer loans. Our profitability depends primarily on our net interest income, which is the difference between the income we receive on our loan and investment securities portfolios and our cost of funds, which consists of interest paid on deposits and borrowed funds. Net interest income also is affected by the relative amounts of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. When interest-earning assets approximate or exceed interest-bearing liabilities, a positive interest rate spread will generate net interest income. Our profitability is also affected by the level of other income and operating expenses. Other income consists primarily of miscellaneous fees related to our loans and deposits, mortgage banking income and commissions from sales of annuities and mutual funds. Operating expenses consist of compensation and benefits, occupancy related expenses, federal deposit and other insurance premiums, data processing, advertising and other expenses.

Our operations are influenced significantly by local economic conditions and by policies of financial institution regulatory authorities. The earnings on our assets are influenced by the effects of, and changes in, trade, monetary and fiscal policies and laws, including interest rate policies of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”"Federal Reserve"), inflation, interest rates, market and monetary fluctuations.  Lending activities are affected by the demand for commercial and other types of loans, which in turn is affected by the interest rates at which such financing may be offered.  Our cost of funds is influenced by interest rates on competing investments and by rates offered on similar investments by competing financial institutions in our market area, as well as general market interest rates. These factors can cause fluctuations in our net interest income and other income. In addition, local economic conditions can impact the credit risk of our loan portfolio, in that (1) local employers may be required to eliminate employment positions of individual borrowers, and (2) small businesses and commercial borrowers may experience a downturn in their operating performance and become unable to make timely payments on their loans. Management evaluates these factors in estimating the allowance for loan losses and changes in these economic factors could result in increases or decreases to the provision for loan losses.

The unfavorableCurrent economic conditions, while not as robust as those experienced from 2008 to 2010 moderated in 2011 and 2012.  Economic conditions were more favorable in 2013 and 2014, although still far below the pre-crisis levels of 2006period from 2004 to 2007, have stabilized such that businesses in our market area are growing and 2007.  Withinvesting again.  The uncertainty expressed in the unemployment rate continuing to be higher than historical normslocal, national and home prices still well below pre-crisis levels,in international markets through the primary economic indicators of economic activity, forhowever, continues to limit the level of activity in our markets continue to point to uncertain business conditions.markets.

Although we are unable to control the external factors that influence our business, by maintaining high levels of balance sheet liquidity, managing our interest rate exposures and by actively monitoring asset quality, we seek to minimize the potentially adverse risks of unforeseen and unfavorable economic trends.

Our business emphasis has been and continues to be to operate as a well-capitalized, profitable and independent community-oriented financial institution dedicated to providing quality customer service. We are committed to meeting the financial needs of the communities in which we operate. The Company expectsWe expect growth to be achieved in itsour local markets and through expansion opportunities in contiguous or nearby markets.  While the Companywe would be willing to consider growth by acquisition in certain circumstances, it doeswe do not consider the acquisition of another company to be necessary for itsour continued ability to provide a reasonable return to itsour shareholders.  We believe that we can be more effective in serving our customers than many of our non-local competitors because of our ability to quickly and effectively provide senior management responses to customer needs and inquiries. Our ability to provide these services is enhanced by the stability and experience of our Bank officers and managers.
 
A-4


The Federal Reserve has maintained the Federal Funds Raterate at 0.25% sincefrom December 31, 2008.2008 to December 2015 before increasing the Fed Funds rate to 0.50% on December 16, 2015.  This continued period of very low interest rates has hadpresented a challenge to the Company to maintain its net interest margin as loan rates have continued to fall, primarily because of competition for credit worthy customers.  The cost of deposits has also fallen but has gotten to the point that there is little room left to reduce this cost.  While the December 2015 0.25% Fed Funds rate increase will be helpful, the negative impact on 2012, 2013 and 2014 earnings andof such low interest rates will continueremain until the Fed Funds rate increases to have a negative impact on the Bank’s net interest income in future periods, if the Federal Funds Rate is not increased.

On December 23, 2008, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (“Purchase Agreement”) with the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“UST”) pursuant to the Capital Purchase Program (“CPP”) under the Troubled Asset Relief Program (“TARP”).  Under the Purchase Agreement, the Company agreed to issue and sell 25,054 shares of Series A preferred stock and a Warrant to purchase 357,234 shares of the Company’s common stock.  Proceeds from this issuance of Series A preferred shares were allocated between preferred stock and the Warrant based on their relative fair values at the time of the sale.  Of the $25.1 million in proceeds, $24.4 million was allocated to the Series A preferred stock and $704,000 was allocated to the Warrant.  The discount recorded on the Series A preferred stock that resulted from allocating a portion of the proceeds to the Warrant was being accreted directly to retained earnings over a five-year period applying a level yield.

The UST sold all of the Company’s Series A preferred stock in a public auction in June 2012.  The Company purchased 12,530 shares of the 25,054 outstanding shares of Series A preferred stock from the UST.  The shares were purchased for $933.36 per share, for a total purchase price of $11,778,576, including $83,575 accrued and unpaid dividends on the Series A preferred stock.  The Company retired the 12,530 shares purchased.  Remaining Series A preferred shares were redeemable at any time at par.  Also, during 2012, the Company completed its repurchase of the Warrant to purchase 357,234 shares of the Company’s common stock.  The Company repurchased the Warrant for a total price of $425,000.

The Company received regulatory approval in December 2013 to repurchase and redeem the remaining 12,524 outstanding shares of its Series A preferred stock.  The repurchase and redemption was completed on January 17, 2014 and was reflected on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013.   “Accrued interest payable and other liabilities” at December 31, 2013 includes $12.6 million for the payment to preferred shareholders of principal and accrued dividends on January 17, 2014.approaching historical norms.

The Company does not have specific plans for additional offices in 20152016 but will continue to look for growth opportunities in nearby markets and may expand if considered a worthwhile opportunity.
On August 31, 2015, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC") and the North Carolina Office of the Commissioner of Banks ("Commissioner") issued a Consent Order (the "Order") in connection with compliance by the Bank with the Bank Secrecy Act and its implementing regulations (collectively, the "BSA").  The Order was issued pursuant to the consent of the Bank.  In consenting to the issuance of the Order, the Bank did not admit or deny any unsafe or unsound banking practices or violations of law or regulation.

The Order requires the Bank to take certain affirmative actions to comply with its obligations under the BSA, including, without limitation, strengthening its Board of Directors' oversight of BSA activities; reviewing, enhancing, adopting and implementing a revised BSA compliance program; completing a BSA risk assessment; developing a revised system of internal controls designed to ensure full compliance with the BSA; reviewing and revising customer due diligence and risk assessment processes, policies and procedures; developing, adopting and implementing effective BSA training programs; assessing BSA staffing needs and resources and appointing a qualified BSA officer; establishing an independent BSA testing program; ensuring that all reports required by the BSA are accurately and properly filed and engaging an independent firm to review past account activity to determine whether suspicious activity was properly identified and reported.

Prior to implementation, certain of the actions described above are subject to review by and approval or non-objection from the FDIC and the Commissioner.  The Order will remain in effect and be enforceable until it is modified, terminated, suspended or set aside by the FDIC and the Commissioner.

The Bank continues to make progress in addressing the issues identified in the Order and expects that it will be able to undertake and implement all required actions within the time period specified in the Order.  The Bank has incurred and will continue to incur additional non-interest expenses associated with the implementation of corrective actions; however, these expenses are not expected to have a significant impact on the results of operations or financial position of the Bank or the Company.  Operating under the Order will limit the Bank and the Company's ability to participate in acquisitions, to open new branches, and to allocate funds to its stock repurchase plan until such time as the Order has been modified, terminated, suspended or set aside by the FDIC and the Commissioner.
Summary of Significant and Critical Accounting Policies
The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries, the Bank and Community Bank Real Estate Solutions, LLC (“CBRES”("CBRES"), along with the Bank’sBank's wholly owned subsidiaries, Peoples Investment Services, Inc. and, Real Estate Advisory Services, Inc (“REAS”Inc. ("REAS") and PB Real Estate Holdings, LLC (collectively called the "Company").  All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

The Company’sCompany's accounting policies are fundamental to understanding management’smanagement's discussion and analysis of results of operations and financial condition.  Many of the Company’sCompany's accounting policies require significant judgment regarding valuation of assets and liabilities and/or significant interpretation of specific accounting guidance.  The following is a summary of some of the more subjective and complex accounting policies of the Company.  A more complete description of the Company’sCompany's significant accounting policies can be found in Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in the Company’s 2014Company's 2015 Annual Report to Shareholders which is Appendix A to the Proxy Statement for the May 7, 20155, 2016 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

The allowance for loan losses reflects management's assessment and estimate of the risks associated with extending credit and its evaluation of the quality of the loan portfolio.  The Bank periodically analyzes the loan portfolio in an effort to review asset quality and to establish an allowance for loan losses that management believes will be adequate in light of anticipated risks and loan losses.
A-5

Many of the Company’sCompany's assets and liabilities are recorded using various techniques that require significant judgment as to recoverability.  The collectability of loans is reflected through the Company’sCompany's estimate of the allowance for loan losses.  The Company performs periodic and systematic detailed reviews of its lending portfolio to assess overall collectability.  In addition, certain assets and liabilities are reflected at their estimated fair value in the consolidated financial statements.  Such amounts are based on either quoted market prices or estimated values derived from dealer quotes used by the Company, market comparisons or internally generated modeling techniques.  The Company’sCompany's internal models generally involve present value of cash flow techniques.  The various techniques are discussed in greater detail elsewhere in this management’smanagement's discussion and analysis and the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

There are other complex accounting standards that require the Company to employ significant judgment in interpreting and applying certain of the principles prescribed by those standards.  These judgments include, but are not limited to, the determination of whether a financial instrument or other contract meets the definition of a derivative in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”("GAAP").
A-5


The disclosure requirements for derivatives and hedging activities are intended to provide users of financial statements with an enhanced understanding of: (a) how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, (b) how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for and (c) how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’sentity's financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. The disclosure requirements include qualitative disclosures about objectives and strategies for using derivatives, quantitative disclosures about the fair value of, and gains and losses, on derivative instruments, and disclosures about credit-risk-related contingent features in derivative instruments.

The Company has an overall interest rate risk management strategy that has incorporated the use of derivative instruments to minimize significant unplanned fluctuations in earnings that are caused by interest rate volatility.  By using derivative instruments, the Company is exposed to credit and market risk.  If the counterparty fails to perform, credit risk is equal to the extent of the fair-value gain in the derivative.  The Company minimizes the credit risk in derivative instruments by entering into transactions with high-quality counterparties that are reviewed periodically by the Company. The Company did not have any interest rate derivatives outstanding as of December 31, 20142015 or 2013.2014.
 
  In November 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-16, (Topic 815):  Determining Whether the Host Contract in a Hybrid Financial Instrument Issued in the Form of a Share Is More Akin to Debt or to Equity.  ASU No. 2014-16 provides more direction for determining whether embedded features, such as a conversion option embedded in a share of preferred stock, need to be accounted for separately from their host shares.  ASU No. 2014-16 is effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2015.  The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or disclosures.

In November 2014, FASB issued ASU No. 2014-17, (Topic 805):  Pushdown Accounting (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force).  ASU No. 2014-17 gives acquired entities the option to apply pushdown accounting in their separate financial statements when an acquirer obtains control of them.  ASU No. 2014-17 was effective upon issuance for current and future reporting periods and any open reporting periods for which financial statements have not yet been issued.  The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or disclosures.

In January 2015, FASB issued ASU No. 2015-01, (Subtopic 225-20):  Simplifying Income Statement Presentation by Eliminating the Concept of Extraordinary Items.  ASU No. 2015-01 eliminates the concept of extraordinary items from GAAP.  ASU No. 2015-01 is effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2015 .  The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or disclosures.

In February 2015, FASB issued ASU No. 2015-02, (Topic 810):  Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis.  ASU No. 2015-02 provides amendments to respond to stakeholders’ concerns about the current accounting for consolidation of certain legal entities.  Stakeholders expressed concerns that GAAP might require a reporting entity to consolidate another legal entity in situations in which the reporting entity’s contractual rights do not give it the ability to act primarily on its own behalf, the reporting entity does not hold a majority of the legal entity’s voting rights, or the reporting entity is not exposed to a majority of the legal entity’s economic benefits or obligations.  ASU No. 2015-02 is effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2015.  The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or disclosures.
Tax effects from an uncertain tax position can be recognized in the financial statements only when it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained upon examination by the appropriate taxing authority that would have full knowledge of all relevant information.  A tax position that meets the more likely than not recognition threshold is measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than fifty percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement.  Previously recognized tax positions that no longer meet the more likely than not recognition threshold should be derecognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is no longer met.  The Company assessed the impact of this guidance and determined that it did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or disclosures.
Other accounting standards that have been issued or proposed by the FASB or other standards-setting bodies are not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or disclosures.

Management of the Company has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to reporting of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities to prepare the accompanying consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.
A-6


Results of Operations
Summary.  The Company reported earnings of $9.6 million, or $1.73 basic net earnings per share and $1.72 diluted net earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to $9.4 million, or $1.67 basic net earnings per share and $1.66 diluted net earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2014,2014.  The increase in year-to-date earnings is primarily attributable to an increase in net interest income and an increase in non-interest income, which were partially offset by a decrease in the credit to the provision for loan losses and an increase in non-interest expense, as compared to $6.7 million or $1.19 basic and diluted net earnings per share, before adjustment for preferred stock dividends and accretion, for the year ended December 31, 2013.  discussed below.

Net earnings available to common shareholders were $9.4 million or $1.67 basic net earnings per common share and $1.66 diluted net earnings per common share for the year ended December 31, 2014 represented an increase of 56% as compared to net earnings available to common shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2013 of $6.0 million or $1.08 basic net earnings per common share and $1.07 diluted net earnings per common share, for the year ended December 31, 2013.share.  The increase in year-to-date2014 earnings iswas primarily attributable to an increase in net interest income and a decrease in the provision for loan losses, which were partially offset by an increase in non-interest expense and a decrease in non-interest income, as discussed below.

Net earnings available to common shareholders for 2013 represented an increase of 26% as compared to net earnings available to common shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2012 of $4.8 million or $0.86 basic and diluted net earnings per common share.  The increase in 2013 net earnings was primarily attributable to a decrease in the provision for loan losses and an increase in non-interest income, which were partially offset by a decrease in net interest income and an increase in non-interest expense.income.

The return on average assets in 20142015 was 0.91%0.93%, compared to 0.91% in 2014 and 0.65% in 2013 and 0.56% in 2012.2013. The return on average shareholders’shareholders' equity was 9.03% in 2015 compared to 9.69% in 2014 compared toand 6.67% in 2013 and 5.58% in 2012.2013.

Net Interest Income.  Net interest income, the major component of the Company’sCompany's net income, is the amount by which interest and fees generated by interest-earning assets exceed the total cost of funds used to carry them.  Net interest income is affected by changes in the volume and mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, as well as changes in the yields earned and rates paid.  Net interest margin is calculated by dividing tax-equivalent net interest income by average interest-earning assets, and represents the Company’sCompany's net yield on its interest-earning assets.
A-6


Net interest income for 20142015 was $34.1$35.2 million compared to $31.3$34.1 million in 2013. This2014. The increase in net interest income was primarily due to ana $793,000 increase in loan interest income, resulting from an increase in the yield on investment securities andwhich was primarily attributable to an increase in the average outstanding principal balance of loans combined with aand an $803,000 decrease in interest expense, resultingwhich was primarily fromattributable to a reductiondecrease in the costaverage outstanding balance of funds.FHLB borrowings and time deposits.  The increase in loan interest income and decrease in interest expense were partially offset by a $508,000 decrease in interest income on investment securities due to a decrease in the average outstanding balance of available for sale securities during the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2014.  Net interest income decreased in 2013 from $31.5increased to $34.1 million in 2012.2014 from $31.3 million in 2013.

Table 1 sets forth for each category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, the average amounts outstanding, the interest incurred on such amounts and the average rate earned or incurred for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 2013 and 2012.2013. The table also sets forth the average rate earned on total interest-earning assets, the average rate paid on total interest-bearing liabilities, and the net yield on total average interest-earning assets for the same periods.  Yield information does not give effect to changes in fair value that are reflected as a component of shareholders’shareholders' equity.  Yields and interest income on tax-exempt investments have been adjusted to a tax equivalent basis using an effective tax rate of 37.96%37.30% for securities that are both federal and state tax exempt and an effective tax rate of 31.96%32.30% for federal tax exempt securities.  Non-accrual loans and the interest income that was recorded on thesenon-accrual loans, if any, are included in the yield calculations for loans in all periods reported.
Table 1- Average Balance Table          
          
  December 31, 2015     December 31, 2014     December 31, 2013    
(Dollars in thousands) 
Average
Balance
 Interest 
Yield /
Rate
 
Average
Balance
 Interest 
Yield /
Rate
 
Average
Balance
 Interest 
Yield /
Rate
Interest-earning assets:         
Interest and fees on loans $669,628 31,098 4.64% 631,025 30,305 4.80% 614,532 30,194 4.91%
Investments - taxable  89,998 2,240 2.49% 120,038 2,840 2.37% 141,143 1,544 1.09%
Investments - nontaxable*  181,382 7,634 4.21% 172,662 7,561 4.38% 158,535 7,070 4.46%
Other  11,243 26 0.23% 25,812 65 0.25% 36,241 85 0.23%
                    
Total interest-earning assets  952,251 40,998 4.31% 949,537 40,771 4.29% 950,451 38,893 4.09%
                    
Cash and due from banks  42,483     47,614     36,080    
Other assets  59,222     56,571     54,262    
Allowance for loan losses  (10,678)    (12,905)    (14,161)   
                    
Total assets $1,043,278     1,040,817     1,026,632    
                    
                    
Interest-bearing liabilities:                   
                    
NOW, MMDA & savings deposits $418,358 432 0.10% 392,822 499 0.13% 376,457 732 0.19%
Time deposits  173,622 870 0.50% 208,194 1,188 0.57% 230,880 1,650 0.71%
FHLB / FRB borrowings  49,840 1,735 3.48% 63,712 2,166 3.40% 69,740 2,518 3.6%1
Trust preferred securities  20,619 402 1.95% 20,619 389 1.89% 20,619 398 1.93%
Other  45,172 45 0.10% 46,439 45 0.10% 43,532 55 0.13%
                    
Total interest-bearing liabilities  707,611 3,484 0.49% 731,786 4,287 0.59% 741,228 5,353 0.72%
                    
Demand deposits  224,648     207,383     180,303    
Other liabilities  4,375     4,771     4,860    
Shareholders' equity  106,644     96,877     100,241    
                    
Total liabilities and shareholder's equity $1,043,278     1,040,817     1,026,632    
                    
Net interest spread    37,514 3.82%   36,484 3.70%   33,540 3.37%
                    
Net yield on interest-earning assets      3.94%     3.84%     3.53%
                    
Taxable equivalent adjustment                   
        Investment securities    2,332     2,351     2,197  
                    
Net interest income    35,182     34,133     31,343  
                    
*Includes U.S. Government agency securities that are non-taxable for state income tax purposes of $37.3 million in 2015, $26.0 million in 2014 and $20.2 million in 2013. Tax rates of 5.00%, 6.00% and 6.90% were used to calculate the tax equivalent yields on these securities in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
 
A-7


Table 1- Average Balance Table      
                  
 December 31, 2014 December 31, 2013 December 31, 2012
(Dollars in thousands)
Average
Balance
 Interest 
Yield /
Rate
 
Average
Balance
 Interest 
Yield /
Rate
 
Average
Balance
 Interest 
Yield /
Rate
Interest-earning assets:                 
Interest and fees on loans$631,025  30,305 4.80% 614,532  30,194 4.91% 648,595 32,758 5.05%
Investments - taxable 120,038  2,840 2.37% 141,143  1,544 1.09% 188,625 2,901 1.54%
Investments - nontaxable* 172,662  7,561 4.38% 158,535  7,070 4.46% 106,796 5,198 4.87%
Other 25,812  65 0.25% 36,241  85 0.23% 21,977 51 0.23%
                     
Total interest-earning assets 949,537  40,771 4.29% 950,451  38,893 4.09% 965,993 40,908 4.23%
                     
Cash and due from banks 47,614      36,080      24,760    
Other assets 52,245      51,239      55,618    
Allowance for loan losses (12,905)     (14,161)     (16,760)   
                     
Total assets$1,036,491      1,023,609      1,029,611    
                     
                     
Interest-bearing liabilities:                    
                     
NOW, MMDA & savings deposits$392,822  499 0.13% 376,457  732 0.19% 351,748 1,180 0.34%
Time deposits 208,194  1,188 0.57% 230,880  1,650 0.71% 282,218 3,205 1.14%
FHLB / FRB borrowings 63,712  2,166 3.40% 69,740  2,518 3.61% 70,350 2,744 3.90%
Trust preferred securities 20,619  389 1.89% 20,619  398 1.93% 20,619 438 2.12%
Other 46,439  45 0.10% 43,532  55 0.13% 45,611 129 0.28%
                     
Total interest-bearing liabilities 731,786  4,287 0.59% 741,228  5,353 0.72% 770,546 7,696 1.00%
                     
Demand deposits 207,383      180,303      153,009    
Other liabilities 4,771      4,860      4,746    
Shareholders' equity 96,877      100,241      103,805    
                     
Total liabilities and shareholder's equity$1,040,817      1,026,632      1,032,106    
                     
Net interest spread   $36,484 3.70%   $33,540 3.37%   33,212 3.23%
                     
Net yield on interest-earning assets      3.84%      3.53%     3.44%
                     
Taxable equivalent adjustment                    
        Investment securities   $2,351     $2,197     1,663  
                     
Net interest income   $34,133     $31,343     31,549  
                     
* Includes U.S. Government agency securities that are non-taxable for state income tax purposes of $26.0 million in 2014, $20.2 million in 2013 and $5.3 million in 2012. Tax rates of 6.00%, 6.90% and 6.90% were used to calculate the tax equivalent yield on these securities in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
Changes in interest income and interest expense can result from variances in both volume and rates.  Table 2 describes the impact on the Company’sCompany's tax equivalent net interest income resulting from changes in average balances and average rates for the periods indicated.  The changes in interest due to both volume and rate have been allocated to volume and rate changes in proportion to the relationship of the absolute dollar amounts of the changes in each.
 
A-8A-7

Table 2 - Rate/Volume Variance Analysis-Tax Equivalent Basis     
       
 December 31, 2015     December 31, 2014     
(Dollars in thousands)
Changes
in average
volume
 
Changes
in average
rates
 
Total
Increase
(Decrease)
 
Changes
in average
volume
 
Changes
 in average
rates
 
Total
Increase
(Decrease)
 
Interest income:      
Loans: Net of unearned income$1,823 (1,031)792 $801 (690)111 
               
Investments - taxable (729)129 (600) (365)1,661 1,296 
Investments - nontaxable 375 (302)73  624 (133)491 
Other (35)(4)(39) (26)5 (21)
Total interest income 1,434 (1,208)226  1,034 843 1,877 
               
Interest expense:              
NOW, MMDA & savings deposits 29 (96)(67) 26 (259)(233)
Time deposits (185)(133)(318) (146)(316)(462)
FHLB / FRB Borrowings (477)46 (431) (212)(140)(352)
Trust Preferred Securities - 13 13  - (9)(9)
Other (1)1 -  3 (13)(10)
Total interest expense (634)(169)(803) (329)(737)(1,066)
Net interest income$2,068 (1,039)1,029 $1,363 1,580 2,943 
 

Table 2 - Rate/Volume Variance Analysis-Tax Equivalent Basis     
             
 December 31, 2014 December 31, 2013
(Dollars in thousands)
Changes
in average
volume
 
Changes in
average
rates
 
Total
Increase
(Decrease)
 
Changes
in average
volume
 
Changes in
average
rates
 
Total
Increase
(Decrease)
 
Interest income:            
Loans: Net of unearned income$801 (690)111 $(1,697)(867)(2,564)
               
Investments - taxable (365)1,661 1,296  (625)(732)(1,357)
Investments - nontaxable 624 (133)491  2,413 (541)1,872 
Other (26)5 (21) 33 1 34 
Total interest income 1,034 843 1,877  124 (2,139)(2,015)
               
Interest expense:              
NOW, MMDA & savings deposits 26 (259)(233) 65 (513)(448)
Time deposits (146)(316)(462) (475)(1,080)(1,555)
FHLB / FRB Borrowings (212)(140)(352) (23)(203)(226)
Trust Preferred Securities - (9)(9) - (40)(40)
Other 3 (13)(10) (4)(70)(74)
Total interest expense (329)(737)(1,066) (437)(1,906)(2,343)
Net interest income$1,363 1,580 2,943 $561 (233)328 
Net interest income on a tax equivalent basis totaled $37.5 million in 2015 as compared to $36.5 million in 2014 as compared to $33.5 million in 2013.2014.  The interest rate spread, which represents the rate earned on interest-earning assets less the rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities, was 3.82% in 2015, an increase from the 2014 net interest spread of 3.70%.  The net yield on interest-earning assets in 2015 increased to 3.94% from the 2014 net yield on interest-earning assets of 3.84%.

Tax equivalent interest income increased $226,000 in 2015 primarily due to an increase in interest income resulting from an increase in the average outstanding principal balance of loans, which was partially offset by a decrease in the average outstanding balance of investment securities.  The average outstanding principal balance of loans increased $38.6 million to $669.6 million in 2015 compared to $631.0 million in 2014.  The average outstanding balance of investment securities decreased $21.3 million to $271.4 million in 2015 compared to $292.7 million in 2014.  The yield on interest-earning assets increased to 4.31% in 2015 from 4.29% in 2014.

Interest expense decreased $803,000 in 2015 compared to 2014.  The decrease in interest expense is primarily due to a decrease in the average outstanding balance of FHLB borrowings and time deposits.  Average interest-bearing liabilities decreased by $24.2 million to $707.6 million in 2015 compared to $731.8 million in 2014.  The cost of funds decreased to 0.49% in 2015 from 0.59% in 2014.

In 2014 net interest income on a tax equivalent basis increased to $36.5 million from $33.5 million in 2013.  The net interest spread was 3.70% in 2014, an increase from the 2013 net interest spread of 3.37%.  The net yield on interest-earning assets in 2014 increased to 3.84% from the 2013 net yield on interest-earning assets of 3.53%.

Tax equivalent interest income increased $1.9 million or 5% in 2014 primarily due to an increase in interest income resulting from an increase in the yield on investment securities and an increase in the average outstanding principal balance of loans.  The yield on interest-earning assets increased to 4.29% in 2014 from 4.09% in 2013.  The average outstanding principal balance of loans increased $16.5 million to $631.0 million in 2014 compared to $614.5 million in 2013.

Interest expense decreased $1.1 million or 20% in 2014 compared to 2013.  The increase in interest expense is primarily due to a decrease in the average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities.  The cost of funds decreased to 0.59% in 2014 from 0.72% in 2013.  The decrease in the cost of funds was primarily attributable to decreases in the average rate paid on interest-bearing deposit accounts and a reduction in interest-bearing liabilities.  Average interest-bearing liabilities decreased by $9.4 million to $731.8 million in 2014 compared to $741.2 million in 2013.  The decrease in average interest-bearing liabilities in 2014 was primarily attributable to a $22.7 million decrease in certificates of deposit, which was partially offset by a $16.4 million increase in interest-bearing checking and savings accounts.

In 2013 net interest income on a tax equivalent basis increased to $33.5 million from $33.2 million in 2012.  The interest rate spread was 3.37% in 2013, an increase from the 2012 net interest spread of 3.23%.  The net yield on interest-earning assets in 2013 increased to 3.53% from the 2012 net yield on interest-earning assets of 3.44%.

Provision for Loan Losses.  Provisions for loan losses are charged to income in order to bring the total allowance for loan losses to a level deemed appropriate by management of the Company based on factors such as management’smanagement's judgment as to losses within the Bank’sBank's loan portfolio, including the valuation of impaired loans, loan growth, net charge-offs, changes in the composition of the loan portfolio, delinquencies and management’smanagement's assessment of the quality of the loan portfolio and general economic climate.

The provision for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 20142015 was a credit of $699,000,$17,000, as compared to an expensea credit of $2.6 million$699,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013.  The decrease in the provision for loan losses is primarily attributable to a $1.8 million decrease in net charge-offs during the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the year ended December 31, 2013 and a $3.1 million reduction in non-accrual loans from December 31, 2013 to December 31, 2014.  The creditcredits to provision for loan losses for the yearyears ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 resulted from, and waswere considered appropriate as part of, management’smanagement's assessment and estimate of the risks in the total loan portfolio and determination of the total allowance for loan losses.  The primary factors contributing to the
A-9

decrease in the allowance for loan losses at December 31, 20142015 to $11.0$9.6 million from $13.5$11.1 million at December 31, 20132014 were the continuing positive trends in indicators of potential losses on loans, primarily non-accrual loans and the reduction in net charge-offs since 2010,2011, as shown in tableTable 3 below:
A-8

 
Table 3 - Net Charge-off AnalysisTable 3 - Net Charge-off Analysis              
                     
 Net charge-offs 
Net charge-offs as a percent of average loans
outstanding
Net charge-offs       
Net charge-offs/(recoveries) as a percent
of average loans outstanding
 Years ended December 31, Years ended December 31,Years ended December 31,     Years ended December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands) 2014 2013 2012 2011 2010 201420132012201120102015 2014 2013 2012 2011 2015 2014 2013 2012 2011
Real estate loans                     
Construction and land development$456 400 4,201 6,923 10,135 0.78%0.58%4.99%6.40%6.84%$153 456 400 4,200 6,923 0.25% 0.78% 0.58% 4.99% 6.40%
Single-family residential 237 1,613 814 2,049 2,853 0.12%0.82%0.39%0.91%1.21% 584 237 1,613 814 2,049 0.27% 0.12% 0.82% 0.39% 0.91%
Single-family residential -                               
Banco de la Gente stated income 174 132 668 675 425 0.36%0.26%1.25%1.23%0.77% 95 174 131 668 675 0.21% 0.36% 0.26% 1.25% 1.23%
Commercial 119 395 563 1,247 753 0.05%0.20%0.27%0.59%0.35% 308 119 395 563 1,247 0.13% 0.05% 0.20% 0.27% 0.59%
Multifamily and farmland -   -   -   -   -   0.00% - - - - - 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
Total real estate loans 986 2,540 6,246 10,894 14,166 0.18%0.48%1.12%1.80%2.14% 1,140 986 2,539 6,245 10,894 0.20% 0.18% 0.48% 1.12% 1.80%
 -   -   -   -   -     - - - - -          
Loans not secured by real estate                                
Commercial loans 376 458 451 193 1,668 0.53%0.73%0.75%0.34%2.61% (64)376 458 451 193 (0.07%) 0.53% 0.73% 0.75% 0.34%
Farm loans -   -   -   -   -   0.00% - - - - - 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
Consumer loans (1) 358 508 408 434 524 3.63%5.27%4.00%4.05%4.40% 400 358 509 409 434 4.00% 3.63% 5.27% 4.00% 4.05%
All other loans -   -   -   -   -   0.00% - - - - - 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
Total loans$1,720 3,506 7,105 11,521 16,358 0.27%0.57%1.10%1.65%2.16%$1,476 1,720 3,506 7,105 11,521 0.22% 0.27% 0.57% 1.10% 1.65%
                                
Provision for loan losses for the period$(699)2,584 4,924 12,632 16,438  
(Reduction of) provision for loan losses for the period$(17)(699)2,584 4,924 12,632          
                                
Allowance for loan losses at end of period$11,082 13,501 14,423 16,604 15,493  $9,589 11,082 13,501 14,423 16,604          
                                
Total loans at end of period$651,891 620,960 619,974 670,497 726,160  $689,091 651,891 620,960 619,974 670,497          
                                
Non-accrual loans at end of period$10,728 13,836 17,630 21,785 40,062  $8,432 10,728 13,836 17,630 21,785          
                                
Allowance for loan losses as a percent ofAllowance for loan losses as a percent of                              
total loans outstanding at end of period 1.70% 2.17% 2.33% 2.48% 2.13%   1.39% 1.70% 2.17% 2.33% 2.48%          
                   ��            
Non-accrual loans as a percent of                                
total loans outstanding at end of period 1.65% 2.23% 2.84% 3.25% 5.52%   1.22% 1.65% 2.23% 2.84% 3.25%          
                                
(1) The loss ratio for Consumer loans is elevated because overdraft charge-offs related to DDA and NOW accounts are reported in Consumer Loan charge-offs and recoveries. The net overdraft charge-offs are not considered material and are therefore not shown separately.
(1) The loss ratio for consumer loans is elevated because overdraft charge-offs related to DDA and NOW accounts are reported in consumer loan charge-offs and recoveries. The net overdraft charge-offs are not considered material and are therefore not shown separately.
(1) The loss ratio for consumer loans is elevated because overdraft charge-offs related to DDA and NOW accounts are reported in consumer loan charge-offs and recoveries. The net overdraft charge-offs are not considered material and are therefore not shown separately.
 
Another factor considered in taking a credit to provision expense in the yearyears ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 was the continuing decline in the construction and land development portfolio.  This portfolio has experienced the highest percentage of loss from 2010 throughin 2011 and 2012 as shown in the tableTable 3 above.  The balance outstanding declined towas $65.8 million at December 31, 2015 and $57.6 million at December 31, 2014, from $63.7 million at December 31, 2013, continuing the decline in this portfolio fromcompared to the maximum balance of $213.7 million at December 31, 2008.  Please see the section below entitled “Allowance"Allowance for Loan Losses”Losses" for a more complete discussion of the Bank’sBank's policy for addressing potential loan losses.

Non-Interest Income.  Non-interest income was $13.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $12.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014.  The increase in non-interest income is primarily attributable to a $867,000 change in gain/(loss) on sales and write-downs of other real estate, a $671,000 increase in miscellaneous non-interest income and a $326,000 increase in mortgage banking income, which were partially offset by a $463,000 decrease in service charges and fees.  The $671,000 increase in miscellaneous non-interest income is primarily due to a $282,000 increase in debit card income for the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2014, and $263,000 in net MasterCard debit card incentives recognized in the fourth quarter of 2015.

Non-interest income was $12.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $12.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013.  The decrease in non-interest income is primarily attributable to a $348,000 decrease in gains on the sale of securities, a $424,000 decrease in mortgage banking income and a $59,000 decrease in miscellaneous non-interest income, and was partially offset by a $303,000 increase in service charges and fees for the year ended December 31, 2014, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2013.

Non-interest income was $12.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $12.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.  The increase in non-interest income is primarily attributable to a $554,000 reduction in losses and write-downs on other real estate owned properties and a $144,000 increase in income from the Bank’s subsidiary, Peoples Investment Services, Inc., and was partially offset by a $604,000 decrease in the gain on sale of securities for the year ended December 31, 2013, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012.

The Company periodically evaluates its investments for any impairment which would be deemed other-than-temporary.   No investment impairments were deemed other-than-temporary in 2015, 2014 2013 or 2012.

Net losses on other real estate and repossessed assets were $622,000, $581,000 and $1.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  The increased level of net losses on other real estate and repossessed assets during 2012 was primarily attributable to increased write-downs on foreclosed property during the year ended December 31, 2012.  Management determined that the market value of these assets had decreased significantly and charges were appropriate in 2012.2013.
 
A-10A-9

 
Table 4 presents a summary of non-interest income for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 2013 and 2012.2013.
 
Table 4 - Non-Interest Income            
            
(Dollars in thousands)2014 2013 2012  2015  2014  2013 
Service charges$4,961 4,566 4,764  $4,647   4,961   4,566 
Other service charges and fees 1,080 1,172 1,940   931   1,080   1,172 
Gain on sale of securities 266 614 1,218   -   266   614 
Mortgage banking income 804 1,228 1,229   1,130   804   1,228 
Insurance and brokerage commissions 701 661 517   714   701   661 
Loss on sale and write-down of other real estate (622)(581)(1,136)
Gain/(loss) on sale and write-down of other real estate  245   (622)  (581)
Visa debit card income 3,170 2,990 2,092   3,452   3,170   2,990 
Net appraisal management fee income 525 718 737   635   525   718 
Miscellaneous 1,279 1,284 1,176   1,558   1,279   1,284 
Total non-interest income$12,164 12,652 12,537  $13,312   12,164   12,652 
 
Non-Interest Expense.Non-interest expense was $35.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to $35.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014.  The increase in non-interest expense was primarily due to a $755,000 increase in salaries and benefits expense resulting primarily from an increase in the number of full-time equivalent employees and annual salary increases, which was offset by a $757,000 decrease in other non-interest expenses during the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2014.  The decrease in other non-interest expenses is primarily due to $870,000 amortization expense incurred during 2014 that was associated with North Carolina income tax credits purchased in 2014.

Non-interest expense was $35.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, as compared to $32.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013.  The increase in non-interest expense included: (1) a $679,000 increase in salaries and benefits expense resulting primarily from an increase in the number of full-time equivalent employees, salary increases and an increase in incentive expense, (2) a $712,000 increase in occupancy expense primarily due to a $205,000 increase in building maintenance expense and a $529,000 increase in depreciation expense and (3) a $1.4 million increase in non-interest expenses other than salary, employee benefits and occupancy expenses primarily due to a $710,000 increase in amortization expense associated with North Carolina income tax credits and a $339,000 increase in prepayment penalties on Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB") borrowings during the year ended December 31, 2014, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2013.   Non-interest expense was $32.8 million for 2013 compared to $31.8 million for 2012.  The increase in non-interest expense is primarily due to the $530,000 FHLB prepayment penalty paid during the fourth quarter of 2013 and a $425,000 increase in salaries and employee benefits expense, which was primarily due to an increase in salaries, an increase in the number of full-time equivalent employees and an increase in sales incentive expense during the year ended December 31, 2013, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012.

Table 5 presents a summary of non-interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 2013 and 2012.2013.
Table 5 - Non-Interest Expense      
       
(Dollars in thousands) 2015  2014  2013 
Salaries and employee benefits $18,285   17,530   16,851 
Occupancy expense  6,288   6,251   5,539 
Office supplies  422   448   498 
FDIC deposit insurance  681   739   864 
Visa debit card expense  988   905   823 
Professional services  564   798   632 
Postage  249   280   230 
Telephone  588   574   570 
Director fees and expense  304   237   246 
Advertising  784   804   685 
Consulting fees  904   609   468 
Taxes and licenses  301   301   307 
Foreclosure/OREO expense  398   317   356 
Internet banking expense  671   644   568 
FHLB advance prepayment penalty  504   869   530 
Other operating expense  3,847   4,365   3,674 
Total non-interest expense $35,778   35,671   32,841 
 
A-10
Table 5 - Non-Interest Expense      
       
(Dollars in thousands)2014 2013 2012 
Salaries and employee benefits$17,530 16,851 16,426 
Occupancy expense 6,251 5,539 5,236 
Office supplies 448 498 369 
FDIC deposit insurance 739 864 894 
Visa debit card expense 905 823 729 
Professional services 798 632 560 
Postage 280 230 284 
Telephone 574 570 554 
Director fees and expense 237 246 266 
Advertising 804 685 695 
Consulting fees 609 468 499 
Taxes and licenses 301 307 325 
Foreclosure/OREO expense 317 356 677 
Internet banking expense 644 568 593 
FHLB advance prepayment penalty 869 530 - 
Other operating expense 4,365 3,674 3,675 
Total non-interest expense$35,671 32,841 31,782 

 
Income Taxes.  The Company reported income tax expense of $1.9$3.1 million, $1.9 million and $1.6$1.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 2013 and 2012,2013, respectively.  The Company’sCompany's effective tax rates were 17.10%24.35%, 17.10% and 21.93% in 2015, 2014 and 21.50% in 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively.  The lower effective tax rate for 2014 is primarily due to North Carolina income tax credits purchased during 2014.
A-11


Liquidity. The objectives of the Company’sCompany's liquidity policy are to provide for the availability of adequate funds to meet the needs of loan demand, deposit withdrawals, maturing liabilities and to satisfy regulatory requirements.  Both deposit and loan customer cash needs can fluctuate significantly depending upon business cycles, economic conditions and yields and returns available from alternative investment opportunities.  In addition, the Company’sCompany's liquidity is affected by off-balance sheet commitments to lend in the form of unfunded commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit.  As of December 31, 2014,2015, such unfunded commitments to extend credit were $168.7$189.4 million, while commitments in the form of standby letters of credit totaled $3.9 million.

The Company uses several funding sources to meet its liquidity requirements.  The primary funding source is core deposits, which includes demand deposits, savings accounts and non-brokered certificates of deposits of denominations less than $100,000.$250,000.  The Company considers these to be a stable portion of the Company’sCompany's liability mix and the result of on-going consumer and commercial banking relationships.  As of December 31, 2014,2015, the Company’sCompany's core deposits totaled $708.1$801.2 million, or 87%96% of total deposits.

The other sources of funding for the Company are through large denomination certificates of deposit, including brokered deposits, federal funds purchased, securities under agreement to repurchase and FHLB borrowings.  The Bank is also able to borrow from the FRB on a short-term basis.  The Bank’sBank's policies include the ability to access wholesale funding up to 40% of total assets.  The Bank’sBank's wholesale funding includes FHLB borrowings, FRB borrowings, brokered deposits and internet certificates of deposit.  The Company’sCompany's ratio of wholesale funding to total assets was 5.90%4.21% as of December 31, 2014.2015.

At December 31, 2014,2015, the Bank had a significant amount of deposits in amounts greater than $250,000.  Brokered deposits, of $11.0$4.1 million at December 31, 2014,2015, are comprised of certificates of deposit participated through the Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service (“CDARS”("CDARS") on behalf of local customers.  The balance and cost of brokered deposits are more susceptible to changes in the interest rate environment than other deposits.   Access to the brokered deposit market could be restricted if the Bank were to fall below the well capitalized level.  For additional information, please see the section below entitled “Deposits.”
"Deposits."

The Bank has a line of credit with the FHLB equal to 20% of the Bank’sBank's total assets, with an outstanding balance of $50.0$43.5 million at December 31, 2014.2015.  At December 31, 2014,2015, the carrying value of loans pledged as collateral totaled approximately $126.0$124.8 million.  The remaining availability under the line of credit with the FHLB was $27.7$38.5 million at December 31, 2014.2015.  The Bank had no borrowings from the FRB at December 31, 2014.2015.  The FRB borrowings are collateralized by a blanket assignment on all qualifying loans that the Bank owns which are not pledged to the FHLB.  At December 31, 2014,2015, the carrying value of loans pledged as collateral to the FRB totaled approximately $340.5$365.9 million.

The Bank also had the ability to borrow up to $54.5$59.5 million for the purchase of overnight federal funds from five correspondent financial institutions as of December 31, 2014.2015.

The liquidity ratio for the Bank, which is defined as net cash, interest-bearing deposits with banks, federal funds sold and certain investment securities, as a percentage of net deposits and short-term liabilities was 26.10%, 31.76%, 35.65% and 35.14%35.65% at December 31, 2015, 2014 2013 and 2012,2013, respectively.  The minimum required liquidity ratio as defined in the Bank’sBank's Asset/Liability and Interest Rate Risk Management Policy for on balance sheet liquidity was 10% at December 31, 2015, 2014 2013 and 2012.2013.

As disclosed in the Company’sCompany's Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows included elsewhere herein, net cash provided by operating activities was approximately $14.4$13.9 million during 2014.2015.  Net cash used in investing activities was $11.9$30.1 million during 20142015 and net cash used in financing activities was $10.2$13.1 million during 2014.2015.

Asset Liability and Interest Rate Risk Management.  The objective of the Company’sCompany's Asset Liability and Interest Rate Risk strategies is to identify and manage the sensitivity of net interest income to changing interest rates and to minimize the interest rate risk between interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities at various maturities.  This is done in conjunction with the need to maintain adequate liquidity and the overall goal of maximizing net interest income. Table 6 presents an interest rate sensitivity analysis for the interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2014.
2015.
A-12A-11

Table 6 - Interest Sensitivity Analysis            
             
(Dollars in thousands) Immediate  1-3 months  4-12 months  
Total
Within One
Year
  
Over One
Year & Non-
sensitive
  Total 
Interest-earning assets:            
Loans $327,973   19,601   16,400   363,974   325,117   689,091 
Mortgage loans held for  sale  4,149   -   -   4,149   -   4,149 
Investment securities available for sale  -   4,755   14,625   19,380   249,150   268,530 
Interest-bearing deposit accounts  10,569   -   -   10,569   -   10,569 
Other interest-earning assets  -   -   -   -   4,254   4,254 
Total interest-earning assets  342,691   24,356   31,025   398,072   578,521   976,593 
                         
Interest-bearing liabilities:                        
NOW, savings, and money market deposits  431,052   -   -   431,052   -   431,052 
Time deposits  16,370   22,215   59,002   97,587   59,305   156,892 
FHLB borrowings  -   43,500   -   43,500   -   43,500 
Securities sold under                        
agreement to repurchase  27,874   -   -   27,874   -   27,874 
Trust preferred securities  -   20,619   -   20,619   -   20,619 
Total interest-bearing liabilities  475,296   86,334   59,002   620,632   59,305   679,937 
                         
Interest-sensitive gap $(132,605)  (61,978)  (27,977)  (222,560)  519,216   296,656 
                         
Cumulative interest-sensitive gap $(132,605)  (194,583)  (222,560)  (222,560)  296,656     
                         
Interest-earning assets as a percentage of                 
interest-bearing liabilities  72.10%  28.21%  52.58%  64.14%  975.50%    
                                                                                                                                                     

Table 6 - Interest Sensitivity Analysis           
            
(Dollars in thousands)Immediate 
1-3
months
 
4-12
months
 
Total
Within One
Year
 
Over One
Year & Non-
sensitive
 Total
Interest-earning assets:           
Loans$298,701 12,737 91 311,529 340,362 651,891
Mortgage loans held for  sale 1,375 - - 1,375 - 1,375
Investment securities available for sale - 6,367 17,090 23,457 257,642 281,099
Interest-bearing deposit accounts 17,885 - - 17,885 - 17,885
Other interest-earning assets - - - - 4,650 4,650
Total interest-earning assets 317,961 19,104 17,181 354,246 602,654 956,900
             
Interest-bearing liabilities:            
NOW, savings, and money market deposits 407,504 - - 407,504 - 407,504
Time deposits 24,102 25,806 81,093 131,001 65,437 196,438
FHLB borrowings - 50,000 - 50,000 - 50,000
Securities sold under            
agreement to repurchase 48,430 - - 48,430 - 48,430
Trust preferred securities - 20,619 - 20,619 - 20,619
Total interest-bearing liabilities 480,036 96,425 81,093 657,554 65,437 722,991
             
Interest-sensitive gap$(162,075)(77,321)(63,912)(303,308)537,217 233,909
             
Cumulative interest-sensitive gap$(162,075)(239,396)(303,308)(303,308)233,909  
             
Interest-earning assets as a percentage of interest-bearing liabilities        
  66.24% 19.81% 21.19% 53.87% 920.97%  
 
The Company manages its exposure to fluctuations in interest rates through policies established by the Asset/Liability Committee (“ALCO”("ALCO") of the Bank.  The ALCO meets quarterly and has the responsibility for approving asset/liability management policies, formulating and implementing strategies to improve balance sheet positioning and/or earnings and reviewing the interest rate sensitivity of the Company.  ALCO tries to minimize interest rate risk between interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities by attempting to minimize wide fluctuations in net interest income due to interest rate movements.  The ability to control these fluctuations has a direct impact on the profitability of the Company. Management monitors this activity on a regular basis through analysis of its portfolios to determine the difference between rate sensitive assets and rate sensitive liabilities.

The Company’sCompany's rate sensitive assets are those earning interest at variable rates and those with contractual maturities within one year.  Rate sensitive assets therefore include both loans and AFSavailable for sale ("AFS") securities.  Rate sensitive liabilities include interest-bearing checking accounts, money market deposit accounts, savings accounts, time deposits and borrowed funds.  RateAt December 31, 2015, rate sensitive assets at December 31, 2014 totaled $956.9 million, exceedingand rate sensitive liabilities of $723.0totaled $398.1 million by $233.9 million.and $620.6 million respectively .

Included in the rate sensitive assets are $288.6$298.6 million in variable rate loans indexed to prime rate subject to immediate repricing upon changes by the Federal Open Market Committee (“FOMC”("FOMC").  The Bank utilizes interest rate floors on certain variable rate loans to protect against further downward movements in the prime rate.  At December 31, 2014,2015, the Bank had $195.1$189.7 million in loans with interest rate floors.  The floors were in effect on $192.8$164.1 million of these loans pursuant to the terms of the promissory notes on these loans.   The weighted average rate on these loans is 0.93%0.94% higher than the indexed rate on the promissory notes without interest rate floors.

The Company has an overall interest rate risk management strategy that incorporates the use of derivative instruments to minimize significant unplanned fluctuations in earnings that are caused by interest rate volatility.  By using derivative instruments, the Company is exposed to credit and market risk.  If the counterparty fails to perform, credit risk is equal to the extent of the fair-value gain in the derivative.  The Company minimizes the credit risk in derivative instruments by entering into transactions with high-quality counterparties that are reviewed periodically by the Company. The Company did not have any interest rate derivatives outstanding as of December 31, 2014.2015.

An analysis of the Company’sCompany's financial condition and growth can be made by examining the changes and trends in interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.  A discussion of these changes and trends follows.

A-13

Analysis of Financial Condition
Investment Securities.  The composition of the investment securities portfolio reflects the Company’sCompany's investment strategy of maintaining an appropriate level of liquidity while providing a relatively stable source of income.  The investment portfolio also provides a balance to interest rate risk and credit risk in other categories of
A-12

the balance sheet while providing a vehicle for the investment of available funds, furnishing liquidity, and supplying securities to pledge as required collateral for certain deposits.

All of the Company’sCompany's investment securities are held in the AFS category. At December 31, 2014,2015, the market value of AFS securities totaled $281.1$268.5 million, compared to $297.9$281.1 million and $297.8$297.9 million at December 31, 20132014 and 2012,2013, respectively.  Table 7 presents the fair value of the AFS securities held at December 31, 2015, 2014 2013 and 2012.

Table 7 - Summary of Investment Portfolio     
      
(Dollars in thousands)2014 2013 2012
U. S. Government sponsored enterprises$34,048 22,143 18,837
State and political subdivisions 152,246 145,368 125,658
Mortgage-backed securities 90,210 123,977 148,024
Corporate bonds 2,467 3,463 2,586
Trust preferred securities 750 1,250 1,250
Equity securities 1,378 1,689 1,468
Total securities$281,099 297,890 297,823
2013.
 
Table 7 - Summary of Investment Portfolio      
       
(Dollars in thousands) 2015  2014  2013 
U. S. Government sponsored enterprises $38,417   34,048   22,143 
State and political subdivisions  148,245   152,246   145,368 
Mortgage-backed securities  77,887   90,210   123,977 
Corporate bonds  1,906   2,467   3,463 
Trust preferred securities  750   750   1,250 
Equity securities  1,325   1,378   1,689 
Total securities $268,530   281,099   297,890 
The Company’sCompany's investment portfolio consists of U.S. Government sponsored enterprise securities, municipal securities, U.S. Government sponsored enterprise mortgage-backed securities, corporate bonds, trust preferred securities and equity securities.  AFS securities averaged $266.8 million in 2015, $287.4 million in 2014 and $293.8 million in 2013 and $289.0 million in 2012.2013.  Table 8 presents the amortized costmarket value of AFS securities held by the Company by maturity category at December 31, 2014.2015.   Yield information does not give effect to changes in fair value that are reflected as a component of shareholders’shareholders' equity.  Yields are calculated on a tax equivalent basis.  Yields and interest income on tax-exempt investments have been adjusted to a tax equivalent basis using an effective tax rate of 37.96%37.30% for securities that are both federal and state tax exempt and an effective tax rate of 31.96%32.30% for federal tax exempt securities.

Table 8 - Maturity Distribution and Weighted Average Yield on Investments            
                    
     After One Year After 5 Years        
 One Year or Less Through 5 Years Through 10 Years After 10 Years Totals
(Dollars in thousands)Amount Yield Amount Yield Amount Yield Amount Yield Amount Yield
Book value:                   
U.S. Government                   
sponsored enterprises$1,236 1.45% 4,425 2.48% 18,875 2.51% 9,512 2.34% 34,048 2.86%
State and political subdivisions 2,583 3.18% 36,674 3.12% 101,510 3.23% 11,479 3.43% 152,246 3.41%
Mortgage-backed securities 19,134 2.53% 41,971 2.69% 15,000 2.66% 14,105 2.94% 90,210 2.23%
Corporate bonds 504 1.45% 949 1.43% 1,014 1.24% - - 2,467 2.32%
Trust preferred securities - - - - 500 4.30% 250 8.11% 750 5.57%
Equity securities - - - - - - 1,378 0.00% 1,378 0.00%
Total securities$23,457 2.43% 84,019 2.73% 136,899 2.72% 36,724 2.84% 281,099 2.73%
 
Table 8 - Maturity Distribution and Weighted Average Yield on Investments             
                     
      After One Year  After 5 Years         
  One Year or Less  Through 5 Years  Through 10 Years  After 10 Years  Totals 
(Dollars in thousands) Amount  Yield  Amount  Yield  Amount  Yield  Amount  Yield  Amount  Yield 
Book value:                    
U.S. Government                    
sponsored enterprises $2,154   1.28%  5,808   1.93%  26,321   2.26%  4,134   1.80%  38,417   1.74%
State and political subdivisions  572   4.52%  53,693   3.21%  82,523   3.26%  11,457   3.43%  148,245   3.40%
Mortgage-backed securities  15,733   2.76%  34,057   2.75%  13,370   2.82%  14,727   3.13%  77,887   2.81%
Corporate bonds  921   1.46%  -   0.00%  985   1.51%  -   -   1,906   1.48%
Trust preferred securities  -   -   -   -   500   4.34%  250   8.11%  750   5.60%
Equity securities  -   -   -   -   -   -   1,325   0.00%  1,325   0.00%
Total securities $19,380   2.60
%
  93,558   2.81
%
  123,699   2.71
%
  31,893   3.10
%
  268,530   2.50
%
Loans.  The loan portfolio is the largest category of the Company’sCompany's earning assets and is comprised of commercial loans, real estate mortgage loans, real estate construction loans and consumer loans. The Bank grants loans and extensions of credit primarily within the Catawba Valley region of North Carolina, which encompasses Catawba, Alexander, Iredell and Lincoln counties and also in Mecklenburg, Union, Wake, Durham and DurhamForsyth counties in North Carolina.

Although the Bank has a diversified loan portfolio, a substantial portion of the loan portfolio is collateralized by real estate, which is dependent upon the real estate market.  Real estate mortgage loans include both commercial and residential mortgage loans.  At December 31, 2014,2015, the Bank had $106.4$104.6 million in residential mortgage loans, $89.2$93.3 million in home equity loans and $298.5$310.9 million in commercial mortgage loans, which include $240.4$244.8 million using commercial property as collateral and $58.1$66.1 million using residential property as collateral.   Residential mortgage loans include $59.4$61.0 million made to customers in the Bank’sBank's traditional banking offices and $47.0$43.6 million in mortgage loans originated in the Bank’s Latino banking operations.Bank's Banco offices.  All residential mortgage loans are originated as fully amortizing loans, with no negative amortization.
A-14


At December 31, 2014,2015, the Bank had $57.6$65.8 million in construction and land development loans.  Table 9 presents a breakout of these loans.

A-13

Table 9 - Construction and Land Development Loans           
           
(Dollars in thousands)
Number of
Loans
 
Balance
Outstanding
 
Non-accrual
Balance
 
Number of
Loans
  
Balance
Outstanding
  
Non-accrual
Balance
 
Land acquisition and development - commercial purposes61 $11,460 36  61  $11,208   3 
Land acquisition and development - residential purposes275  33,870 3,818  244   27,174   143 
1 to 4 family residential construction56  9,637 -  94   19,615   - 
Commercial construction6  2,650 -  11   7,794   - 
Total acquisition, development and construction398 $57,617 3,854  410  $65,791   146 

The mortgage loans originated in the traditional banking offices are generally 15 to 30 year fixed rate loans with attributes that prevent the loans from being sellable in the secondary market.  These factors may include higher loan-to-value ratio, limited documentation on income, non-conforming appraisal or non-conforming property type.  These loans are generally made to existing Bank customers and have been originated throughout the Bank’s eightBank's nine county service area, with no geographic concentration.  At December 31, 2014, there were 23 mortgage loans originated in the traditional banking offices with an aggregate outstanding balance of $2.5 million that were 30 days or more past due and 18 loans with an aggregate outstanding balance of $1.5 million in non-accrual.

Banco de la Gente single family residential stated income loans originated from 2005 to 2009 were primarily adjustable rate mortgage loans that adjust annually after the end of the first five years of the loan.  The loans are tied to the one-year T-Bill index and, if they were to adjust at December 31, 2014,2015, would have a reduction in the interest rate on the loan.  The underwriting on these loans includes both full income verification and no income verification, with loan-to-value ratios of up to 95% without private mortgage insurance.  A majority of these loans would be considered subprime loans, as they were underwritten using stated income rather than fully documented income verification.  No other loans in the Bank’sBank's portfolio would be considered subprime.  The majority of these loans have been originated within the Charlotte, North Carolina metro area (Mecklenburg County).  At this time, Charlotte has experienced a decline in values within the residential real estate market.  At December 31, 2014, there were 87 loans with an aggregate outstanding balance of $8.5 million 30 days or more past due and 21 loans with an aggregate outstanding balance of $1.5 million in non-accrual.  Total losses on this portfolio, since the first loans were originated in 2004, have amounted to approximately $3.7$3.8 million through December 31, 2014.2015.

The composition of the Bank’sBank's loan portfolio at December 31 is presented in Table 10.
 
Table 10 - Loan PortfolioTable 10 - Loan Portfolio                 Table 10 - Loan Portfolio                    
                                       
2014 2013 2012 2011 2010 2015  2014  2013  2012  2011 
(Dollars in thousands)Amount 
% of
Loans
 Amount 
% of
Loans
 Amount 
% of
Loans
 Amount 
% of
Loans
 Amount 
% of
 Loans
 Amount  % of Loans  Amount  % of Loans  Amount  % of Loans  Amount  % of Loans  Amount  % of Loans 
Real estate loans                                       
Construction and land development$57,617 8.84% 63,742 10.27% 73,176 11.80% 93,812 13.99% 124,048 17.08% $65,791   9.55%  57,617   8.84%  63,742   10.27%  73,176   11.80%  93,812   13.99%
Single-family residential 206,417 31.66% 195,975 31.56% 195,003 31.45% 212,993 31.77% 232,294 31.99%  220,690   32.03%  206,417   31.66%  195,975   31.56%  195,003   31.45%  212,993   31.77%
Single-family residential- Banco de la                                                            
Gente stated income 47,015 7.21% 49,463 7.97% 52,019 8.39% 54,058 8.06% 55,013 7.58%  43,733   6.35%  47,015   7.21%  49,463   7.97%  52,019   8.39%  54,058   8.06%
Commercial 228,558 35.06% 209,287 33.70% 200,633 32.36% 214,415 31.98% 213,487 29.40%  228,526   33.16%  228,558   35.06%  209,287   33.70%  200,633   32.36%  214,415   31.98%
Multifamily and farmland 12,400 1.90% 11,801 1.90% 8,951 1.44% 4,793 0.71% 6,456 0.89%  18,080   2.62%  12,400   1.90%  11,801   1.90%  8,951   1.44%  4,793   0.71%
Total real estate loans 552,007 84.68% 530,268 85.39% 529,782 85.45% 580,071 86.51% 631,298 86.94%  576,820   83.71%  552,007   84.68%  530,268   85.39%  529,782   85.45%  580,071   86.51%
                                                            
Loans not secured by real estate                                                            
Commercial loans 76,262 11.71% 68,047 10.97% 64,295 10.38% 60,646 9.05% 60,994 8.40%  91,010   13.22%  76,262   11.71%  68,047   10.97%  64,295   10.38%  60,646   9.05%
Farm loans 7 0.00% 19 0.00% 11 0.00% - 0.00% - 0.00%  3   0.00%  7   0.00%  19   0.00%  11   0.00%  -   0.00%
Consumer loans 10,060 1.54% 9,593 1.54% 10,148 1.64% 10,490 1.56% 11,500 1.58%  10,027   1.46%  10,060   1.54%  9,593   1.54%  10,148   1.64%  10,490   1.56%
All other loans 13,555 2.08% 13,033 2.10% 15,738 2.54% 19,290 2.88% 22,368 3.08%  11,231   1.63%  13,555   2.08%  13,033   2.10%  15,738   2.54%  19,290   2.88%
Total loans 651,891 100.00% 620,960 100.00% 619,974 100.00% 670,497 100.00% 726,160 100.00%  689,091   100.00%  651,891   100.00%  620,960   100.00%  619,974   100.00%  670,497   100.00%
                                                            
Less: Allowance for loan losses 11,082   13,501   14,423   16,604   15,493    9,589       11,082       13,501       14,423       16,604     
                                                            
Net loans$640,809   607,459   605,551   653,893   710,667   $679,502       640,809       607,459       605,551       653,893     
 
As of December 31, 2014,2015, gross loans outstanding were $651.9$689.1 million, compared to $621.0$651.9 million at December 31, 2013.2014.  Loans originated or renewed during the year ended December 31, 2014,2015, amounting to approximately $195.0$169.7 million, were offset by paydowns and payoffs of existing loans.  Average loans represented 66%70% and 65%66% of total earning assets for the years ended December 31, 20142015 and 2013,2014, respectively.  The Bank had $1.4$4.1 million and $497,000$1.4 million in mortgage loans held for sale as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and 2013, respectively.

A-15

Troubled debt restructured ("TDR") loans modified in 2015, past due TDR loans amounted to $15.0and non-accrual TDR loans totaled $8.8 million and $21.9$15.0 million at December 31, 20142015 and 2013,December 31, 2014, respectively.  The terms of these loans have been renegotiated to provide a concession to original terms, including a reduction in principal or interest as a result of the deteriorating financial position of the borrower.  There were $354,000 and $1.4 million and $355,000 in performing loans classified as TDR loans at December 31, 20142015 and 2013,December 31, 2014, respectively.

A-14

Table 11 identifies the maturities of all loans as of December 31, 20142015 and addresses the sensitivity of these loans to changes in interest rates.

Table 11 - Maturity and Repricing Data for Loans       
        
(Dollars in thousands)
Within one
year or less
 
After one year
through five
years
 
After five
years
 Total loans
Real estate loans       
Construction and land development$47,732 7,815 2,070 57,617
Single-family residential 101,734 58,069 46,614 206,417
Single-family residential- Banco de la Gente        
stated income 19,215 - 27,800 47,015
Commercial 103,449 72,907 52,202 228,558
Multifamily and farmland 3,747 4,584 4,069 12,400
Total real estate loans 275,877 143,375 132,755 552,007
         
Loans not secured by real estate        
Commercial loans 47,603 18,394 10,265 76,262
Farm loans 1 6 - 7
Consumer loans 4,272 5,262 526 10,060
All other loans 9,164 2,833 1,558 13,555
Total loans$336,917 169,870 145,104 651,891
         
Total fixed rate loans$25,388 141,605 145,104 312,097
Total floating rate loans 311,529 28,265 - 339,794
         
Total loans$336,917 169,870 145,104 651,891
  
Table 11 - Maturity and Repricing Data for Loans        
         
(Dollars in thousands) 
 
Within one
year or less
  
After one year
through five
years
  
 
After five
years
  
 
 
Total loans
 
Real estate loans        
    Construction and land development $54,295   8,359   3,137   65,791 
    Single-family residential  108,585   59,236   52,869   220,690 
    Single-family residential- Banco de la Gente                
    stated income  18,266   -   25,467   43,733 
    Commercial  99,368   81,580   47,578   228,526 
    Multifamily and farmland  5,223   5,960   6,897   18,080 
          Total real estate loans  285,737   155,135   135,948   576,820 
                 
Loans not secured by real estate                
Commercial loans  63,614   12,330   15,066   91,010 
Farm loans  3   -   -   3 
Consumer loans  4,837   4,659   531   10,027 
All other loans  8,212   1,730   1,289   11,231 
Total loans $362,403   173,854   152,834   689,091 
                 
Total fixed rate loans $14,530   157,524   152,835   324,889 
Total floating rate loans  363,975   227   -   364,202 
                 
Total loans $378,505   157,751   152,835   689,091 
 
In the normal course of business, there are various commitments outstanding to extend credit that are not reflected in the financial statements. At December 31, 2014,2015, outstanding loan commitments totaled $172.6$193.2 million.  Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the commitment contract.  Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee.  Since many of the commitments may expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.  Additional information regarding commitments is provided below in the section entitled “Contractual"Contractual Obligations and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements”Arrangements" and in Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Allowance for Loan Losses.  The allowance for loan losses reflects management’smanagement's assessment and estimate of the risks associated with extending credit and its evaluation of the quality of the loan portfolio.  The Bank periodically analyzes the loan portfolio in an effort to review asset quality and to establish an allowance for loan losses that management believes will be adequate in light of anticipated risks and loan losses.  In assessing the adequacy of the allowance, size, quality and risk of loans in the portfolio are reviewed. Other factors considered are:

·the Bank’sBank's loan loss experience;
·the amount of past due and non-performing loans;
·specific known risks;
·the status and amount of other past due and non-performing assets;
·underlying estimated values of collateral securing loans;
·current and anticipated economic conditions; and
·other factors which management believes affect the allowance for potential credit losses.

Management uses several measures to assess and monitor the credit risks in the loan portfolio, including a loan grading system that begins upon loan origination and continues until the loan is collected or collectability becomes doubtful. Upon loan origination, the Bank’sBank's originating loan officer evaluates the quality of the loan and assigns one of eight risk grades. The loan officer monitors the loan’sloan's performance and credit quality and makes
A-16

changes to the credit grade as conditions warrant. When originated or renewed, all loans over a certain dollar amount receive in-depth reviews and risk assessments by the Bank’sBank's Credit Administration. Before making any changes in these risk grades, management considers assessments as determined by the third party credit review firm (as described below), regulatory examiners and the Bank’sBank's Credit Administration. Any issues regarding the risk assessments are addressed by the Bank’sBank's senior credit administrators and factored into management’smanagement's decision to
A-15

originate or renew the loan. The Bank’sBank's Board of Directors reviews, on a monthly basis, an analysis of the Bank’sBank's reserves relative to the range of reserves estimated by the Bank’sBank's Credit Administration.

As an additional measure, the Bank engages an independent third party to review the underwriting, documentation and risk grading analyses. This independent third party reviews and evaluates loan relationships greater than $1.0 million, excluding loans in default, and loans in process of litigation or liquidation.  The third party’sparty's evaluation and report is shared with management and the Bank’sBank's Board of Directors.

Management considers certain commercial loans with weak credit risk grades to be individually impaired and measures such impairment based upon available cash flows and the value of the collateral. Allowance or reserve levels are estimated for all other graded loans in the portfolio based on their assigned credit risk grade, type of loan and other matters related to credit risk.

Management uses the information developed from the procedures described above in evaluating and grading the loan portfolio. This continual grading process is used to monitor the credit quality of the loan portfolio and to assist management in estimating the allowance for loan losses.  The provision for loan losses charged or credited to earnings is based upon management’smanagement's judgment of the amount necessary to maintain the allowance at a level appropriate to absorb probable incurred losses in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date.  The amount each quarter is dependent upon many factors, including growth and changes in the composition of the loan portfolio, net charge-offs, delinquencies, management’smanagement's assessment of loan portfolio quality, the value of collateral, and other macro-economic factors and trends.  The evaluation of these factors is performed quarterly by management through an analysis of the appropriateness of the allowance for loan losses.

The allowance for loan losses is comprised of three components: specific reserves, general reserves and unallocated reserves.  After a loan has been identified as impaired, management measures impairment.  When the measure of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan, the amount of the impairment is recorded as a specific reserve. These specific reserves are determined on an individual loan basis based on management’smanagement's current evaluation of the Bank’sBank's loss exposure for each credit, given the appraised value of any underlying collateral. Loans for which specific reserves are provided are excluded from the general allowance calculations as described below.

The general allowance reflects reserves established under GAAP for collective loan impairment.  These reserves are based upon historical net charge-offs using the greater of the last two, three, four or five years’years' loss experience.  This charge-off experience may be adjusted to reflect the effects of current conditions.  The Bank considers information derived from its loan risk ratings and external data related to industry and general economic trends in establishing reserves.

The unallocated allowance is determined through management’smanagement's assessment of probable losses that are in the portfolio but are not adequately captured by the other two components of the allowance, including consideration of current economic and business conditions and regulatory requirements. The unallocated allowance also reflects management’smanagement's acknowledgement of the imprecision and subjectivity that underlie the modeling of credit risk.  Due to the subjectivity involved in determining the overall allowance, including the unallocated portion, the unallocated portion may fluctuate from period to period based on management’smanagement's evaluation of the factors affecting the assumptions used in calculating the allowance.

There were no significant changes in the estimation methods or fundamental assumptions used in the evaluation of the allowance for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 20142015 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2013.2014.   Revisions, estimates and assumptions may be made in any period in which the supporting factors indicate that loss levels may vary from the previous estimates.

Effective December 31, 2012, stated income mortgage loans from the Banco de la Gente division of the Bank were analyzed separately from other single family residential loans in the Bank’sBank's loan portfolio.  These loans are first mortgage loans made to the Latino market, primarily in Mecklenburg and surrounding counties.  These loans are non-traditional mortgages in that the customer normally did not have a credit history, so all credit information was accumulated by the loan officers.  These loans were made as stated income loans rather than full documentation loans because the customer may not have had complete documentation on the income supporting the loan.
 
A-17

Various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Bank’sBank's allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require adjustments to the allowance based on their judgments of information available to them at the time of their examinations.  Management believes it has established the allowance for credit losses pursuant to GAAP, and has taken into account the views of its regulators and the current economic environment.  Management considers the allowance for loan losses adequate to cover the estimated losses
A-16

inherent in the Bank’sBank's loan portfolio as of the date of the financial statements.  Although management uses the best information available to make evaluations, significant future additions to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in economic and other conditions, thus adversely affecting the operating results of the Company.

Net charge-offs for 2015 and 2014 and 2013 were $1.7$1.5 million and $3.5$1.7 million, respectively.  The ratio of net charge-offs to average total loans was 0.22% in 2015, 0.27% in 2014 and 0.57% in 2013 and 1.10% in 2012.2013.  The Bank strives to proactively work with its customers to identify potential problems.  If found, the Bank works to quickly recognize identifiable losses and to establish a plan, with the borrower, if possible, to have the loans paid off.  This process increased the levels of charge-offs and provision for loan losses in 2009 through 2013 as compared to historical periods prior to 2009.  The yearyears ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 saw a return of net charge-offs to pre-crisis levels.  Management expects this to continue in 2015.2016. The allowance for loan losses was $9.6 million or 1.4% of total loans outstanding at December 31, 2015.  For December 31, 2014 and 2013, the allowance for loan losses amounted to $11.1 million or 1.7% of total loans outstanding at December 31, 2014.  For December 31, 2013 and 2012, the allowance for loan losses amounted to $13.5 million, or 2.17%2.2% of total loans outstanding, and $14.4 million, or 2.33% of total loans outstanding, respectively.

Table 12 presents the percentage of loans assigned to each risk grade at December 31, 20142015 and 2013.

Table 12 - Loan Risk Grade Analysis   
 Percentage of Loans
 By Risk Grade
Risk Grade2014 2013
Risk Grade 1 (Excellent Quality)2.18% 2.40%
Risk Grade 2 (High Quality)22.30% 18.82%
Risk Grade 3 (Good Quality)50.76% 49.49%
Risk Grade 4 (Management Attention)16.54% 18.69%
Risk Grade 5 (Watch)4.62% 5.05%
Risk Grade 6 (Substandard)3.30% 5.25%
Risk Grade 7 (Doubtful)0.00% 0.00%
Risk Grade 8 (Loss)0.00% 0.00%
2014.
 
A-18

Table 12 - Loan Risk Grade Analysis    
  Percentage of Loans 
  By Risk Grade 
Risk Grade 2015  2014 
Risk Grade 1 (Excellent Quality)  1.66%  2.18%
Risk Grade 2 (High Quality)  24.40%  22.30%
Risk Grade 3 (Good Quality)  53.64%  50.76%
Risk Grade 4 (Management Attention)  14.26%  16.54%
Risk Grade 5 (Watch)  3.26%  4.62%
Risk Grade 6 (Substandard)  2.53%  3.30%
Risk Grade 7 (Doubtful)  0.00%  0.00%
Risk Grade 8 (Loss)  0.00%  0.00%
 
Table 13 presents an analysis of the allowance for loan losses, including charge-off activity.

Table 13 - Analysis of Allowance for Loan Losses                   
                   
(Dollars in thousands)2014 2013 2012 2011 2010 2015  2014  2013  2012  2011 
Allowance for loan losses at beginning$13,501 $14,423 16,604 15,493 15,413 $11,082   13,501   14,423   16,604   15,493 
                               
Loans charged off:                               
Commercial 430  502 555 314 1,730  38   430   502   555   314 
Real estate - mortgage 789  2,441 2,491 4,196 4,194  1,064   789   2,441   2,491   4,196 
Real estate - construction 884  777 4,728 7,164 10,224  197   884   777   4,728   7,164 
Consumer 534  652 557 586 763  545   534   652   557   586 
Total loans charged off 2,637  4,372 8,331 12,260 16,911  1,844   2,637   4,372   8,331   12,260 
                               
Recoveries of losses previously charged off:                               
Commercial 54  44 104 121 62  101   54   44   104   121 
Real estate - mortgage 259  302 446 225 162  77   259   302   446   225 
Real estate - construction 428  377 528 241 89  45   428   377   528   241 
Consumer 176  143 148 152 240  145   176   143   148   152 
Total recoveries 917  866 1,226 739 553  368   917   866   1,226   739 
Net loans charged off 1,720  3,506 7,105 11,521 16,358  1,476   1,720   3,506   7,105   11,521 
                               
Provision for loan losses (699) 2,584 4,924 12,632 16,438  (17)  (699)  2,584   4,924   12,632 
                               
Allowance for loan losses at end of year$11,082 $13,501 14,423 16,604 15,493 $9,589   11,082   13,501   14,423   16,604 
                               
Loans charged off net of recoveries, as                               
a percent of average loans outstanding 0.27%  0.57% 1.10% 1.65% 2.16%  0.22%  0.27%  0.57%  1.10%  1.65%
                               
Allowance for loan losses as a percent                               
of total loans outstanding at end of year 1.70%  2.17% 2.33% 2.48% 2.13%  1.39%  1.70%  2.17%  2.33%  2.48%
 
A-17

Non-performing Assets.  Non-performing assets declined to $9.2 million or 0.9% of total assets at December 31, 2015, compared to $12.7 million or 1.2% of total assets at December 31, 2014, compared to $16.4 million or 1.6% of total assets at December 31, 2013.2014.  The decline in non-performing assets is due to a $3.1$2.3 million decrease in non-accrual loans and a $882,000$1.3 million decrease in other real estate owned, which were partially offset by a $17,000 increase in loans 90 days past due and still accruing,accruing.  Non-performing loans include $146,000 in construction and was partially offset by a $337,000 increaseland development loans, $8.1 million in commercial and residential mortgage loans and $181,000 in other real estate owned.  Non-performing loans includeat December 31, 2015, as compared to $3.9 million in construction and land development loans, $6.6 million in commercial and residential mortgage loans and $251,000 in other loans at December 31, 2014, as compared to $6.5 million in construction and land development loans, $7.9 million in commercial and residential mortgage loans and $277,000 in other loans at December 31, 2013.  The Bank had no loans 90 days past due and still accruing as of December 31, 2014.  The Bank had loans 90 days past due and still accruing totaling $882,000 as of December 31, 2013.  Other real estate owned totaled $2.0 million$739,000 and $1.7$2.0 million as of December 31, 20142015 and 2013,2014, respectively. The Bank had no repossessed assets as of December 31, 20142015 and 2013.2014.

At December 31, 2014,2015, the Bank had non-performing loans, defined as non-accrual and accruing loans past due more than 90 days, of $10.7$8.4 million or 1.65%1.23% of total loans.  Non-performing loans at December 31, 20132014 were $14.7$10.7 million or 2.37%1.65% of total loans.

Management continually monitors the loan portfolio to ensure that all loans potentially having a material adverse impact on future operating results, liquidity or capital resources have been classified as non-performing.  Should economic conditions deteriorate, the inability of distressed customers to service their existing debt could cause higher levels of non-performing loans.    Management does expect the trend of declining levels of non-accrual loans to continue in 2015.2016.

It is the general policy of the Bank to stop accruing interest income when a loan is placed on non-accrual status and any interest previously accrued but not collected is reversed against current income.  Generally a loan is placed on non-accrual status when it is over 90 days past due and there is reasonable doubt that all principal will be collected.
A-19


A summary of non-performing assets at December 31 for each of the years presented is shown in Table 14.

Table 14 - Non-performing Assets                   
                   
(Dollars in thousands)2014 2013 2012 2011 2010 2015  2014  2013  2012  2011 
Non-accrual loans$10,728 $13,836 $17,630 21,785 40,062 $8,432   10,728   13,836   17,630   21,785 
Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing -  882  2,403 2,709 210  17   -   882   2,403   2,709 
Total non-performing loans 10,728  14,718  20,033 24,494 40,272  8,449   10,728   14,718   20,033   24,494 
All other real estate owned 2,016  1,679  6,254 7,576 6,673  739   2,016   1,679   6,254   7,576 
Repossessed assets -  -  10 - -  -   -   -   10   - 
Total non-performing assets$12,744 $16,397 $26,297 32,070 46,945 $9,188   12,744   16,397   26,297   32,070 
                                
TDR loans not included in above, (not 90 days                    
past due or on nonaccrual)  5,102   7,217   7,953   10,864   13,689 
                    
As a percent of total loans at year end                                
Non-accrual loans 1.65%  2.23%  2.84% 3.25% 5.52%  1.22%  1.65%  2.23%  2.84%  3.25%
Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing 0.00%  0.14%  0.39% 0.40% 0.03%  0.00%  0.00%  0.14%  0.39%  0.40%
                                
Total non-performing assets                                
as a percent of total assets at year end 1.22%  1.58%  2.60% 3.01% 4.40%  0.88%  1.22%  1.58%  2.60%  3.01%
                                
Total non-performing loans                                
as a percent of total loans at year-end 1.65%  2.37%  3.23% 3.65% 5.55%  1.23%  1.65%  2.37%  3.23%  3.65%
 
Deposits.  The Company primarily uses deposits to fund its loan and investment portfolios. The Company offers a variety of deposit accounts to individuals and businesses. Deposit accounts include checking, savings, money market and time deposits. As of December 31, 2014,2015, total deposits were $814.7$832.2 million, compared to $799.4$814.7 million at December 31, 2013.2014.  Core deposits, which include demand deposits, savings accounts and non-brokered certificates of deposits of denominations less than $250,000, amounted to $801.2 million at December 31, 2015, compared to $755.8 million at December 31, 2014, compared to $735.1 million at December 31, 2013.2014.

Time deposits in amounts of $250,000 or more totaled $47.9$26.9 million and $49.2$47.9 million at December 31, 20142015 and 2013,2014, respectively.  At December 31, 2014,2015, brokered deposits amounted to $11.4$4.3 million as compared to $15.1$11.4 million at December 31, 2013.2014.  CDARS balances included in brokered deposits amounted to $11.0$4.1 million and $15.1$11.0 million as of December 31, 20142015 and 2013,2014, respectively.  Brokered deposits are generally considered to be more susceptible to withdrawal as a result of interest rate changes and to be a less stable source of funds, as compared to deposits from the local market.  Brokered deposits outstanding as of December 31, 20142015 have a weighted average rate of 0.13%0.10% with a weighted average original term of 1114 months.

A-18

Table 15 is a summary of the maturity distribution of time deposits in amounts of $100,000$250,000 or more as of December 31, 2014.

Table 15 - Maturities of Time Deposits over $100,000 
  
(Dollars in thousands)2014
Three months or less$28,149
Over three months through six months 14,427
Over six months through twelve months 27,023
Over twelve months 36,854
Total$106,453
2015.
 
Table 15 - Maturities of Time Deposits of $250,000 or greater 
  
(Dollars in thousands) 2015
Three months or less $6,438
Over three months through six months  3,724
Over six months through twelve months  2,048
Over twelve months  14,681
Total $26,891
Borrowed Funds. The Company has access to various short-term borrowings, including the purchase of federal funds and borrowing arrangements from the FHLB and other financial institutions.  At December 31, 20142015 and 2013,2014, FHLB borrowings totaled $50.0$43.5 million and $65.0$50.0 million, respectively.  Average FHLB borrowings for 2015 and 2014 and 2013 were $63.7$49.8 million and $69.7$63.7 million, respectively. The maximum amount of outstanding FHLB borrowings was $50.0 million in 2015 and $65.0 million in 2014 and $70.0 million in 2013.2014.  The FHLB borrowings outstanding at December 31, 20142015 had interest rates ranging from 1.79%2.14% to 3.64%3.73% and 2018 maturity dates.all mature in 2018.  The weighted average rate on FHLB borrowings was 3.47% and 3.33% at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.  Additional information regarding FHLB borrowings is provided in Note 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Bank had no borrowings from the FRB at December 31, 20142015 and 2013.2014.  FRB borrowings are collateralized by a blanket assignment on all qualifying loans that the Bank owns which are not pledged to the FHLB.  At December 31, 2014,2015, the carrying value of loans pledged as collateral totaled approximately $340.5$365.9 million.
A-20


Securities sold under agreements to repurchase amounted to $48.1were $27.9 million and $45.4 million as ofat December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.2015, as compared to $48.4 million at December 31, 2014.  This decrease is primarily due to a customer transferring $13.0 million from securities sold under agreements to repurchase to a non-interest bearing demand account in December 2015.

Junior subordinated debentures amounted to $20.6 million as of December 31, 20142015 and 2013.2014.

Contractual Obligations and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements.  The Company’sCompany's contractual obligations and other commitments as of December 31, 20142015 are summarized in Table 16 below.  The Company’sCompany's contractual obligations include the repayment of principal and interest related to FHLB advances and junior subordinated debentures, as well as certain payments under current lease agreements.  Other commitments include commitments to extend credit.  Because not all of these commitments to extend credit will be drawn upon, the actual cash requirements are likely to be significantly less than the amounts reported for other commitments below.

Table 16 - Contractual Obligations and Other Commitments        
          
(Dollars in thousands)
Within One
Year
 
One to
Three Years
 
Three to
Five Years
 
Five Years
 or More
 Total
Contractual Cash Obligations         
Long-term borrowings$- - 50,000 - 50,000
Junior subordinated debentures - - - 20,619 20,619
Operating lease obligations 600 1,140 991 1,854 4,585
Total$600 1,140 50,991 22,473 75,204
           
Other Commitments          
Commitments to extend credit$71,687 16,928 18,109 62,009 168,733
Standby letters of credit          
and financial guarantees written 3,911 - - - 3,911
Total$75,598 16,928 18,109 62,009 172,644
 
Table 16 - Contractual Obligations and Other Commitments         
           
(Dollars in thousands) 
Within One
Year
  
One to
Three Years
  
Three to
Five Years
  
Five Years
or More
  
 
Total
 
Contractual Cash Obligations          
Long-term borrowings $-   43,500   -   -   43,500 
Junior subordinated debentures  -   -   -   20,619   20,619 
Operating lease obligations  664   1,051   912   1,548   4,175 
Total $664   44,551   912   22,167   68,294 
                     
Other Commitments                    
Commitments to extend credit $76,710   13,823   17,623   81,195   189,351 
Standby letters of credit                    
and financial guarantees written  3,872   -   -   -   3,872 
Total $80,582   13,823   17,623   81,195   193,223 
A-19

The Company enters into derivative contracts to manage various financial risks.  A derivative is a financial instrument that derives its cash flows, and therefore its value, by reference to an underlying instrument, index or referenced interest rate.  Derivative contracts are carried at fair value on the consolidated balance sheet with the fair value representing the net present value of expected future cash receipts or payments based on market interest rates as of the balance sheet date.  Derivative contracts are written in amounts referred to as notional amounts, which only provide the basis for calculating payments between counterparties and are not a measure of financial risk.  Therefore, the derivative amounts recorded on the balance sheet do not represent the amounts that may ultimately be paid under these contracts.  Further discussions of derivative instruments are included above in the section entitled “Asset"Asset Liability and Interest Rate Risk Management”Management" beginning on page A-12A-11 and in Notes 1, 10 and 15 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Capital ResourcesShareholders’Shareholders' equity was $104.9 million, or 10.1% of total assets, as of December 31, 2015, compared to $98.7 million, or 9.5% of total assets, as of December 31, 2014, compared to $83.7 million, or 8.1% of total assets, as of December 31, 2013.  The2014.  This increase in shareholders' equity is primarily due to an increase in retained earnings and an increasedue to net income, which was partially offset by a decrease in accumulated other comprehensive income resulting from an increase in the unrealized gain on investment securities.

The Company received regulatory approval in December 2013common stock due to repurchase and redeem the remaining 12,524 outstanding102,050 shares of its Series A preferred stock.  Thecommon stock repurchased during 2015 under the Company's stock repurchase and redemption was completed on January 17, 2014 and was reflected on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013.   “Accrued interest payable and other liabilities” at December 31, 2013 includes $12.6 million for the payment to preferred shareholders of principal and accrued dividends on January 17,program implemented in September 2014.

Average shareholders’shareholders' equity as a percentage of total average assets is one measure used to determine capital strength.   Average shareholders’shareholders' equity as a percentage of total average assets was 9.35%10.27%, 9.35% and 9.79% for 2015, 2014 and 10.08% for 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively.   The return on average shareholders’shareholders' equity was 9.03% at December 31, 2015 as compared to 9.69% and 6.67% at December 31, 2014 as compared to 6.67% and 5.58% at December 31, 2013, and December 31, 2012, respectively.  Total cash dividends paid on common stock amounted to $1.6 million, $1.0 million and $677,000 during 2015, 2014 and $1.0 million during 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively.  The Company did not pay any dividends on preferred stock during 2015 and 2014.

The Board of Directors, at its discretion, can issue shares of preferred stock up to a maximum of 5,000,000 shares.  The Board is authorized to determine the number of shares, voting powers, designations, preferences, limitations and relative rights.
A-21


In September 2014, the Company’sCompany's Board of Directors authorized a stock repurchase program, pursuant to which up to $2 million will be allocated to repurchase the Company’sCompany's common stock.  Any purchases under the Company’sCompany's stock repurchase program may be made periodically as permitted by securities laws and other legal requirements in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions.  The timing and amount of any repurchase of shares will be determined by the Company’sCompany's management, based on its evaluation of market conditions and other factors.  The repurchase program may be suspended at any time or from time-to-time without prior notice.  The Company has repurchased $82,000,approximately $2.0 million, or 4,537106,587 shares of its common stock, under this program as of December 31, 2014.2015.

In 2013, the Federal Reserve Board approved its final rule on the Basel III capital standards, which implement changes to the regulatory capital framework for banking organizations.  The Basel III capital standards, which became effective January 1, 2015, include new risk-based capital and leverage ratios, which will be phased in from 2015 to 2019. The new minimum capital level requirements applicable to the Company and the Bank under the final rules are as follows: (i) a new common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5%; (ii) a Tier 1 capital ratio of 6% (increased from 4%); (iii) a total risk based capital ratio of 8% (unchanged from previous rules); and (iv) a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4% (unchanged from previous rules).  An additional capital conservation buffer will be added to the minimum requirements for capital adequacy purposes beginning on January 1, 2016 at 0.625% and will be phased in through 2019 (increasing by 0.625% on each subsequent January 1, until it reaches 2.5% on January 1, 2019).  This will result in the following minimum ratios beginning in 2019: (i) a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 7.0%, (ii) a Tier 1 capital ratio of 8.5%, and (iii) a total capital ratio of 10.5%. Under the final rules, an institution is subject to limitations on paying dividends, engaging in share repurchases, and paying discretionary bonuses if its capital level falls below the buffer amount.  These limitations establish a maximum percentage of eligible retained earnings that could be utilized for such actions.

Under the regulatory capital guidelines, financial institutions are currently required to maintain a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, with a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4.0%6.0% or greater.greater and a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5% or greater, as required by Basel III capital standards referenced above.  Tier 1 capital is generally defined as shareholders’shareholders' equity and trust preferred securities less all intangible assets and goodwill.  Tier 1 capital at December 31, 2014, 20132015 and 2012December 31, 2014 includes $20.0 million in trust preferred securities.  The Company’sCompany's Tier 1 capital ratio was 15.33%, 14.83%15.37% and 16.04%15.33% at December 31, 2014, 20132015 and 2012,December 31, 2014, respectively.  Total risk-based capital is defined as Tier 1 capital plus supplementary capital.  Supplementary capital, or Tier 2 capital, consists of the Company’sCompany's allowance for loan losses, not exceeding 1.25% of the Company’sCompany's risk-weighted assets. Total risk-based capital ratio is therefore defined as the ratio of total capital (Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital) to risk-weighted assets.  The Company’sCompany's total risk-based capital ratio was 16.62%, 16.14%16.63% and 17.34%16.62% at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  In addition to theThe Company's common equity Tier 1 capital consists of
A-20

common stock and total risk-basedretained earnings.   The Company's common equity Tier 1 capital requirements, financialratio was 12.79% and 12.62% at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.  Financial institutions are also required to maintain a leverage ratio of Tier 1 capital to total average assets of 4.0% or greater.  The Company’sCompany's Tier 1 leverage capital ratio was 10.74%, 10.08%11.44% and 11.12%10.74% at December 31, 2014, 20132015 and 2012,December 31, 2014, respectively.

The Bank’sBank's Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio was 14.78%, 14.43%14.85% and 15.54%14.78% at December 31, 2014, 20132015 and 2012,December 31, 2014, respectively.  The total risk-based capital ratio for the Bank was 16.06%, 15.73%16.11% and 16.84%16.06% at December 31, 2014, 20132015 and 2012,December 31, 2014, respectively.   The Bank’sBank's common equity Tier 1 capital ratio was 14.85% and 14.78% at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.  The Bank's Tier 1 leverage capital ratio was 10.33%, 9.79%11.03% and 10.76%10.33% at December 31, 2014, 20132015 and 2012,December 31, 2014, respectively.

A bank is considered to be “well capitalized”"well capitalized" if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0 %10.0% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0%8.0% or greater, a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 6.5% or greater and has a leverage ratio of 5.0% or greater.  Based upon these guidelines, the Bank was considered to be “well capitalized”"well capitalized" at December 31, 2014, 2014 and 2012.

On July 2, 2014, the Federal Reserve Board approved its final rule on the Basel III capital standards, which implement changes to the regulatory capital framework for banking organizations.  Capital levels at the Company and the Bank currently exceed the new capital requirements, which became effective on January 1, 2015.

The Company’sCompany's key equity ratios as of December 31, 2015, 2014 2013 and 20122013 are presented in Table 17.
 
Table 17 - Equity Ratios           
           
2014 2013 2012 2015  2014  2013 
Return on average assets0.91% 0.65% 0.56%  0.93%  0.91%  0.65%
Return on average equity9.69% 6.67% 5.58%  9.03%  9.69%  6.67%
Dividend payout ratio *10.76% 11.17% 20.96%  16.12%  10.76%  11.17%
Average equity to average assets9.35% 9.79% 10.08%  10.27%  9.35%  9.79%
                 
* As a percentage of net earnings available to common shareholders.                 
 
A-22

Quarterly Financial Data.  The Company’sCompany's consolidated quarterly operating results for the years ended December 31, 20142015 and 20132014 are presented in Table 18.

Table 18 - Quarterly Financial Data            
                
 2014 2013
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)First Second Third Fourth First Second Third Fourth
Total interest income$9,545 9,576 9,583 9,716 $9,103 8,909 9,188 9,496
Total interest expense 1,111 1,085 1,076 1,015  1,463 1,372 1,285 1,233
Net interest income 8,434 8,491 8,507 8,701  7,640 7,537 7,903 8,263
                  
Provision for loan losses (349)67 256 (673) 1,053 773 337 421
Other income 2,841 3,110 3,207 3,006  3,427 3,309 3,111 2,805
Other expense 8,123 8,067 8,541 10,940  7,738 7,979 7,889 9,235
Income before income taxes 3,501 3,467 2,917 1,440  2,276 2,094 2,788 1,412
                  
Income taxes 923 916 475 (377) 518 461 870 30
Net earnings 2,578 2,551 2,442 1,817  1,758 1,633 1,918 1,382
                  
Dividends and accretion of preferred stock - - - -  157 156 156 187
Net earnings available                 
to common shareholders$2,578 2,551 2,442 1,817 $1,601 1,477 1,762 1,195
                  
                  
Basic earnings per common share 0.46 0.45 0.43 0.33 $0.29 0.26 0.31 0.22
Diluted earnings per common share$0.46 0.45 0.43 0.32 $0.29 0.26 0.31 0.21
 
Table 18 - Quarterly Financial Data                
                 
  2015        2014       
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) First  Second  Third  Fourth  First  Second  Third  Fourth 
Total interest income $9,567   9,191   9,947   9,961  $9,545   9,576   9,583   9,716 
Total interest expense  884   875   874   851   1,111   1,085   1,076   1,015 
Net interest income  8,683   8,316   9,073   9,110   8,434   8,491   8,507   8,701 
                                 
(Reduction of) provision for loan losses  173   (214)  235   (211)  (349)  67   256   (673)
Other income  3,245   3,297   3,266   3,504   2,841   3,110   3,207   3,006 
Other expense  8,748   8,337   8,669   10,024   8,123   8,067   8,541   10,940 
Income before income taxes  3,007   3,490   3,435   2,801   3,501   3,467   2,917   1,440 
                                 
Income taxes  679   866   942   613   923   916   475   (377)
Net earnings  2,328   2,624   2,493   2,188   2,578   2,551   2,442   1,817 
                                 
                                 
Basic net earnings per share  0.41   0.47   0.45   0.40  $0.46   0.45   0.43   0.33 
Diluted net earnings per share $0.41   0.47   0.45   0.39  $0.46   0.45   0.43   0.32 
 
A-23A-21

 
QUANTATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Market risk reflects the risk of economic loss resulting from adverse changes in market prices and interest rates.  This risk of loss can be reflected in either diminished current market values or reduced potential net interest income in future periods.

The Company’sCompany's market risk arises primarily from interest rate risk inherent in its lending and deposit taking activities. The structure of the Company’sCompany's loan and deposit portfolios is such that a significant decline (increase) in interest rates may adversely (positively) impact net market values and interest income. Management seeks to manage the risk through the utilization of its investment securities and off-balance sheet derivative instruments. During the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 2013 and 2012,2013, the Company used interest rate contracts to manage market risk as discussed above in the section entitled “Asset"Asset Liability and Interest Rate Risk Management."

Table 19 presents in tabular form the contractual balances and the estimated fair value of the Company’sCompany's on-balance sheet financial instruments at their expected maturity dates for the period ended December 31, 2014.2015. The expected maturity categories take into consideration historical prepayment experience as well as management’smanagement's expectations based on the interest rate environment at December 31, 2014.2015.  For core deposits without contractual maturity (i.e. interest-bearing checking, savings, and money market accounts), the table presents principal cash flows based on management’smanagement's judgment concerning their most likely runoff or repricing behaviors.
Table 19 - Market Risk Table   
    
(Dollars in thousands)Principal/Notional Amount Maturing in Year Ended December 31,
Loans Receivable2016201720182019   2020 ThereafterTotalFair Value
Fixed rate$45,54144,39346,75137,212  52,277 109,052335,226339,264
Average interest rate 5.03%4.72%4.82%4.83%  4.78% 5.57%  
Variable rate$85,26840,32333,72947,476  33,809 113,260353,865353,865
Average interest rate 4.57%4.44%4.36%4.08%  4.19% 3.99%  
          689,091693,129
Investment Securities           
Interest bearing cash$10,569---  - -10,56910,569
Average interest rate 0.28%---  - -  
Securities available for sale$31,27615,33920,56122,849  23,527 154,978268,530268,530
Average interest rate 4.72%4.11%4.60%4.45%  4.27% 4.43%  
Nonmarketable equity securities$----  - 3,6363,6363,636
Average interest rate ----  - 3.95%  
            
Debt Obligations           
Deposits$97,54127,83024,1612,920  4,562 675,161832,175827,874
Average interest rate 0.33%0.56%0.61%0.75%  0.75% 0.07%  
Advances from FHLB$--43,500-  - -43,50043,144
Average interest rate --3.53%-  - -  
Securities sold under agreement to repurchase$27,874---  - -27,87427,874
Average interest rate 0.10%---  - -  
Junior subordinated debentures$----  - 20,61920,61920,619
Average interest rate ----  - 2.00%  
 
Table 19 - Market Risk Table         
             
(Dollars in thousands)Principal/Notional Amount Maturing in Year Ended December 31,
Loans Receivable2015 2016 2017 
2018 &
2019
 Thereafter TotalFair Value
Fixed rate$56,228 44,450 37,221 78,116 96,082 312,097304,914
Average interest rate 5.1%1 4.96% 4.84% 4.88% 5.62%   
Variable rate$70,230 37,628 36,583 74,705 120,648 339,794339,794
Average interest rate 4.64% 4.49% 4.45% 4.20% 4.07%   
            651,891644,708
Investment Securities             
Interest bearing cash$17,885 - - - - 17,88517,885
Average interest rate 0.28% - - - -   
Securities available for sale$23,770 9,909 15,729 44,552 187,139 281,099281,099
Average interest rate 4.35% 4.75% 4.11% 4.51% 4.52%   
Nonmarketable equity securities$- - - - 4,031 4,0314,031
Average interest rate - - - - 3.50%   
              
Debt Obligations             
Deposits$130,291 37,655 17,138 11,353 618,263 814,700813,288
Average interest rate 0.39% 0.74% 0.80% 0.93% 0.08%   
Advances from FHLB$- - - 50,000 - 50,00049,598
Average interest rate - - - 3.33% -   
Securities sold under agreement to repurchase$48,430 - - - - 48,43048,430
Average interest rate 0.10% - - - -   
Junior subordinated debentures$- - - - 20,619 20,61920,619
Average interest rate - - - - 1.82%   
A-24A-22

 
Table 20 presents the simulated impact to net interest income under varying interest rate scenarios and the theoretical impact of rate changes over a twelve-month period referred to as “rate"rate ramps."  The table shows the estimated theoretical impact on the Company’sCompany's tax equivalent net interest income from hypothetical rate changes of plus and minus 1%, 2% and 3% as compared to the estimated theoretical impact of rates remaining unchanged.  The table also shows the simulated impact to market value of equity under varying interest rate scenarios and the theoretical impact of immediate and sustained rate changes referred to as “rate shocks”"rate shocks" of plus and minus 1%, 2% and 3% as compared to the theoretical impact of rates remaining unchanged.  The prospective effects of the hypothetical interest rate changes are based upon various assumptions, including relative and estimated levels of key interest rates.  This type of modeling has limited usefulness because it does not allow for the strategies management would utilize in response to sudden and sustained rate changes.  Also, management does not believe that rate changes of the magnitude presented are likely in the forecast period presented.
 
Table 20 - Interest Rate Risk     
     
(Dollars in thousands)     
  
Estimated Resulting Theoretical Net
Interest Income
 
Hypothetical rate change (ramp over 12 months)  Amount  % Change 
 +3%  $38,394   3.75% 
 +2%  $38,254   3.37% 
 +1%  $37,590   1.58% 
 0%  $37,007   0.00% 
 -1%  $36,062   -2.55% 
 -2%  $35,095   -5.17% 
 -3%  $34,774   -6.03% 
           
           
           
    
Estimated Resulting Theoretical
Market Value of Equity
 
Hypothetical rate change (immediate shock)  Amount  % Change 
 +3%  $132,725   5.11% 
 +2%  $138,518   9.70% 
 +1%  $136,099   7.79% 
 0%  $126,268   0.00% 
 -1%  $108,460   -14.10% 
 -2%  $89,254   -29.31% 
 -3%  $98,461   -22.02% 
Table 20 - Interest Rate Risk  
   
(Dollars in thousands)  
 
Estimated Resulting Theoretical Net
Interest Income
Hypothetical rate change (ramp over 12 months) Amount% Change
+3% $                    36,6171.86%
+2% $                    36,6662.00%
+1% $                    36,0730.35%
0% $                    35,9470.00%
-1% $                    35,015-2.59%
-2% $                    33,952-5.55%
-3% $                    33,625-6.46%
   
   
   
 
Estimated Resulting Theoretical
Market Value of Equity
Hypothetical rate change (immediate shock) Amount% Change
+3% $                  115,0850.33%
+2% $                  121,7036.10%
+1% $                  119,7394.39%
0% $                  114,7070.00%
-1% $                    99,895-12.91%
-2% $                    86,340-24.73%
-3% $                    93,108-18.83%

 
 
A-25A-23

 
PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2015, 2014 2013 and 2012
2013 
  
  
INDEX
PAGE(S) 
  
PAGE(S)
  
ReportReports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on the Consolidated Financial StatementsA-27A-25 - A-26
  
Financial Statements 
Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 20142015 and 20132014A-28A-27
  
Consolidated Statements of Earnings for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 2013 and 20122013A-29A-28
  
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013
2013 and 2012A-30A-29
  
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013
2014, 2013 and 2012A-31A-30
  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 2013 and 20122013A-32A-31 - A-33A-32
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial StatementsA-34A-33 - A-62A-64


A-24

 

A-25


 
A-26

PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES   
     
Consolidated Balance Sheets    
     
December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014    
     
(Dollars in thousands)    
  December 31,  December 31, 
Assets
 
2015
  
2014
 
       
Cash and due from banks, including reserve requirements $29,194   51,213 
of $14,587 at 12/31/15 and $12,569 at 12/31/14        
Interest-bearing deposits  10,569   17,885 
Cash and cash equivalents  39,763   69,098 
         
Investment securities available for sale  268,530   281,099 
Other investments  3,636   4,031 
Total securities  272,166   285,130 
         
Mortgage loans held for sale  4,149   1,375 
         
Loans  689,091   651,891 
Less allowance for loan losses  (9,589)  (11,082)
Net loans  679,502   640,809 
         
Premises and equipment, net  16,976   17,000 
Cash surrender value of life insurance  14,546   14,125 
Other real estate  739   2,016 
Accrued interest receivable and other assets  10,640   10,941 
Total assets $1,038,481   1,040,494 
         
Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity
        
         
Deposits:        
Noninterest-bearing demand $244,231   210,758 
NOW, MMDA & savings  431,052   407,504 
Time, $250,000 or more  26,891   47,872 
Other time  130,001   148,566 
Total deposits  832,175   814,700 
         
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase  27,874   48,430 
FHLB borrowings  43,500   50,000 
Junior subordinated debentures  20,619   20,619 
Accrued interest payable and other liabilities  9,449   8,080 
Total liabilities  933,617   941,829 
         
Commitments        
         
Shareholders' equity:        
Series A preferred stock, $1,000 stated value; authorized        
5,000,000 shares; no shares issued and outstanding  -   - 
Common stock, no par value; authorized        
20,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 5,510,538        
shares at 12/31/15, and 5,612,588 shares at 12/31/14  46,171   48,088 
Retained earnings  53,183   45,124 
Accumulated other comprehensive income  5,510   5,453 
Total shareholders' equity  104,864   98,665 
         
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity $1,038,481   1,040,494 
         
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.        
 


A-27


PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES   
       
Consolidated Statements of Earnings      
       
For the Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013     
       
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)      
       
  
2015
  
2014
  
2013
 
       
       
Interest income:      
Interest and fees on loans $31,098   30,305   30,194 
Interest on due from banks  26   65   85 
Interest on investment securities:            
U.S. Government sponsored enterprises  2,616   2,995   1,639 
States and political subdivisions  4,600   4,677   4,427 
Other  326   378   351 
Total interest income  38,666   38,420   36,696 
             
Interest expense:            
NOW, MMDA & savings deposits  432   499   732 
Time deposits  870   1,188   1,650 
FHLB borrowings  1,735   2,166   2,518 
Junior subordinated debentures  402   389   398 
Other  45   45   55 
Total interest expense  3,484   4,287   5,353 
             
Net interest income  35,182   34,133   31,343 
             
(Reduction of) provision for loan losses  (17)  (699)  2,584 
             
Net interest income after provision for loan losses  35,199   34,832   28,759 
             
Non-interest income:            
Service charges  4,647   4,961   4,566 
Other service charges and fees  931   1,080   1,172 
Gain on sale of securities  -   266   614 
Mortgage banking income  1,130   804   1,228 
Insurance and brokerage commissions  714   701   661 
Gain/(loss) on sales and write-downs of            
other real estate  245   (622)  (581)
Miscellaneous  5,645   4,974   4,992 
Total non-interest income  13,312   12,164   12,652 
             
Non-interest expense:            
Salaries and employee benefits  18,285   17,530   16,851 
Occupancy  6,288   6,251   5,539 
Professional fees  1,468   1,401   1,088 
Advertising  784   804   685 
Debit card expense  988   905   823 
FDIC insurance  681   739   864 
Other  7,284   8,041   6,991 
Total non-interest expense  35,778   35,671   32,841 
             
Earnings before income taxes  12,733   11,325   8,570 
             
Income tax expense  3,100   1,937   1,879 
             
Net earnings  9,633   9,388   6,691 
             
Dividends and accretion of preferred stock  -   -   656 
             
Net earnings available to common shareholders $9,633   9,388   6,035 
             
Basic net earnings per common share $1.73   1.67   1.08 
Diluted net earnings per common share $1.72   1.66   1.07 
Cash dividends declared per common share $0.28   0.18   0.12 
             
             
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.         
 
PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
     
Consolidated Balance Sheets
     
December 31, 2014 and 2013
     
(Dollars in thousands)
Assets2014 2013 
     
     
Cash and due from banks, including reserve requirements$51,213  49,902 
of $12,569 and $11,472      
Interest-bearing deposits 17,885  26,871 
Cash and cash equivalents 69,098  76,773 
       
Investment securities available for sale 281,099  297,890 
Other investments 4,031  4,990 
Total securities 285,130  302,880 
       
Mortgage loans held for sale 1,375  497 
       
Loans 651,891  620,960 
Less allowance for loan losses (11,082) (13,501)
Net loans 640,809  607,459 
       
Premises and equipment, net 17,000  16,358 
Cash surrender value of life insurance 14,125  13,706 
Other real estate 2,016  1,679 
Accrued interest receivable and other assets 10,941  15,332 
Total assets$1,040,494  1,034,684 
       
Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity      
       
Deposits:      
Non-interest bearing demand$210,758  195,265 
NOW, MMDA & savings 407,504  386,893 
Time, $250,000 or more 47,872  49,168 
Other time 148,566  168,035 
Total deposits 814,700  799,361 
       
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase 48,430  45,396 
FHLB borrowings 50,000  65,000 
Junior subordinated debentures 20,619  20,619 
Accrued interest payable and other liabilities 8,080  20,589 
Total liabilities 941,829  950,965 
       
Commitments      
       
Shareholders' equity:      
       
Series A preferred stock, $1,000 stated value; authorized      
5,000,000 shares; no shares issued      
and outstanding -     -    
Common stock, no par value; authorized      
20,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding      
5,612,588 shares in 2014 and  5,613,495 shares in 2013 48,088  48,133 
Retained earnings 45,124  36,758 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) 5,453  (1,172)
Total shareholders' equity 98,665  83,719 
       
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity$1,040,494  1,034,684 
       
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.      

A-28

PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES     
       
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)      
       
For the Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013      
       
(Dollars in thousands)      
       
  
2015
  
2014
  
2013
 
       
       
Net earnings $9,633   9,388   6,691 
             
Other comprehensive income (loss):            
Unrealized holding gains (losses) on securities            
available for sale  93   11,117   (10,498)
Reclassification adjustment for gains on            
securities available for sale            
included in net earnings  -   (266)  (614)
             
Total other comprehensive income (loss),            
before income taxes  93   10,851   (11,112)
             
Income tax (benefit) expense related to other            
comprehensive (loss) income:            
             
Unrealized holding gains (losses) on securities            
available for sale  36   4,330   (4,089)
Reclassification adjustment for gains on            
securities available for sale            
included in net earnings  -   (104)  (239)
             
Total income tax expense (benefit) related to            
other comprehensive income (loss)  36   4,226   (4,328)
             
Total other comprehensive income (loss),            
net of tax  57   6,625   (6,784)
             
Total comprehensive income (loss) $9,690   16,013   (93)
             
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.         
 
PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
       
Consolidated Statements of Earnings
       
For the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012
       
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
       
 2014 2013 2012 
       
       
Interest income:      
Interest and fees on loans$30,305 30,194 32,758 
Interest on due from banks 65 85 51 
Interest on investment securities:       
U.S. Government sponsored enterprises 2,995 1,639 2,746 
States and political subdivisions 4,677 4,427 3,403 
Other 378 351 287 
Total interest income 38,420 36,696 39,245 
        
Interest expense:       
NOW, MMDA & savings deposits 499 732 1,180 
Time deposits 1,188 1,650 3,205 
FHLB borrowings 2,166 2,518 2,744 
Junior subordinated debentures 389 398 438 
Other 45 55 129 
Total interest expense 4,287 5,353 7,696 
        
Net interest income 34,133 31,343 31,549 
        
(Reduction of) provision for loan losses (699)2,584 4,924 
        
Net interest income after provision for loan losses 34,832 28,759 26,625 
        
Non-interest income:       
Service charges 4,961 4,566 4,764 
Other service charges and fees 1,080 1,172 1,940 
Gain on sale of securities 266 614 1,218 
Mortgage banking income 804 1,228 1,229 
Insurance and brokerage commissions 701 661 517 
Loss on sales and write-downs of       
other real estate (622)(581)(1,136)
Miscellaneous 4,974 4,992 4,005 
Total non-interest income 12,164 12,652 12,537 
        
Non-interest expense:       
Salaries and employee benefits 17,530 16,851 16,426 
Occupancy 6,251 5,539 5,236 
Other 11,890 10,451 10,120 
Total non-interest expense 35,671 32,841 31,782 
        
Earnings before income taxes 11,325 8,570 7,380 
        
Income tax expense 1,937 1,879 1,587 
        
Net earnings 9,388 6,691 5,793 
        
Dividends and accretion of preferred stock -    656 1,010 
        
Net earnings available to common shareholders$9,388 6,035 4,783 
        
Basic net earnings per common share$1.67 1.08 0.86 
Diluted net earnings per common share$1.66 1.07 0.86 
Cash dividends declared per common share$0.18 0.12 0.18 
        
        
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.     
A-29

PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES       
              
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity         
              
For the Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013           
              
(Dollars in thousands)             
              
                 Accumulated     
                 Other     
 Stock Shares       Stock Amount      Retained   Comprehensive     
 Preferred   Common    Preferred   Common   Earnings   Income   Total  
Balance, December 31, 201212,524  5,613,495  $12,524  48,133  31,478  5,612  97,747 
                      
Preferred stock repurchase(12,524) -   (12,524) -  -  -  (12,524)
Cash dividends declared on                     
Series A preferred stock-  -   -  -  (734) -  (734)
Cash dividends declared on                     
common stock-  -   -  -  (677) -  (677)
Net earnings-  -   -  -  6,691  -  6,691 
Change in accumulated other                     
comprehensive income,                     
net of tax-  -   -  -  -  (6,784) (6,784)
Balance, December 31, 2013-  5,613,495  $-  48,133  36,758  (1,172) 83,719 
                      
Common stock                     
repurchase-  (4,537)  -  (82) -  -  (82)
Cash dividends declared on                     
common stock-  -   -  -  (1,022) -  (1,022)
Stock options exercised-  3,630   -  37  -  -  37 
Net earnings-  -   -  -  9,388  -  9,388 
Change in accumulated other                     
comprehensive income,                     
net of tax-  -   -  -  -  6,625  6,625 
Balance, December 31, 2014-  5,612,588  $-  48,088  45,124  5,453  98,665 
                      
Common stock                     
repurchase-  (102,050)  -  (1,917) -  -  (1,917)
Cash dividends declared on                     
common stock-  -   -  -  (1,574) -  (1,574)
Net earnings-  -   -  -  9,633  -  9,633 
Change in accumulated other                     
comprehensive income,                     
net of tax-  -   -  -  -  57  57 
Balance, December 31, 2015-  5,510,538  $-  46,171  53,183  5,510  104,864 
                      
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.             
 
PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
       
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)
       
For the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012
       
(Dollars in thousands)
       
 2014 2013 2012 
       
       
Net earnings$9,388 6,691 5,793 
        
Other comprehensive income (loss):       
Unrealized holding gains (losses) on securities       
available for sale 11,117 (10,498)5,371 
Reclassification adjustment for gains on       
securities available for sale       
included in net earnings (266)(614)(1,218)
        
Total other comprehensive income (loss),       
before income taxes 10,851 (11,112)4,153 
        
Income tax (benefit) expense related to other       
comprehensive (loss) income:       
        
Unrealized holding gains (losses) on securities       
available for sale 4,330 (4,089)2,091 
Reclassification adjustment for gains on       
securities available for sale       
included in net earnings (104)(239)(474)
        
Total income tax expense (benefit) related to       
other comprehensive income (loss) 4,226 (4,328)1,617 
        
Total other comprehensive income (loss),       
net of tax 6,625 (6,784)2,536 
        
Total comprehensive income (loss)$16,013 (93)8,329 
        
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.     
A-30


 
PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
               
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity
               
For the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012
               
(Dollars in thousands)
               
           Accumulated   
           Other   
 Stock Shares Stock Amount Retained Comprehensive   
 Preferred Common Preferred Common Earnings Income Total 
Balance, December 31, 201125,054 5,544,160 $24,758 48,298 26,895 3,076 103,027 
                
Accretion of Series A               
preferred stock- -  70 - (70)- - 
Preferred stock and               
warrant repurchase(12,530)-  (12,304)(704)886 - (12,122)
Cash dividends declared on               
Series A preferred stock- -  - - (1,023)- (1,023)
Cash dividends declared on               
common stock- -  - - (1,003)- (1,003)
Stock options exercised- 69,335  - 539 - - 539 
Net earnings- -  - - 5,793 - 5,793 
Change in accumulated other               
comprehensive income,               
net of tax- -  - - - 2,536 2,536 
Balance, December 31, 201212,524 5,613,495 $12,524 48,133 31,478 5,612 97,747 
                
Accretion of Series A               
preferred stock(12,524)-  (12,524)- - - (12,524)
Cash dividends declared on               
Series A preferred stock- -  - - (734)- (734)
Cash dividends declared on               
common stock- -  - - (677)- (677)
Net earnings- -  - - 6,691 - 6,691 
Change in accumulated other               
comprehensive income,               
net of tax- -  - - - (6,784)(6,784)
Balance, December 31, 2013- 5,613,495 $- 48,133 36,758 (1,172)83,719 
                
Common stock               
repurchase- (4,537) - (82- - (82)
Cash dividends declared on               
common stock- -  - - (1,022)- (1,022)
Stock options exercised- 3,630  - 37 - - 38 
Net earnings- -  - - 9,388 - 9,388 
Change in accumulated other               
comprehensive income,               
net of tax- -  - - - 6,625 6,625 
Balance, December 31, 2014- 5,612,588 $- 48,088 45,124 5,453 98,665 
                
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.         
PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES     
       
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows      
       
For the Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013      
       
(Dollars in thousands)      
       
  
2015
  
2014
  
2013
 
       
       
Cash flows from operating activities:      
Net earnings $9,633   9,388   6,691 
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to            
net cash provided by operating activities:            
Depreciation, amortization and accretion  6,053   6,889   8,453 
(Reduction)/Provision for loan losses  (17)  (699)  2,584 
Deferred income taxes  100   178   534 
Gain on sale of investment securities  -   (266)  (614)
Gain on sale of other real estate  (363)  (5)  (14)
Write-down of other real estate  118   627   595 
Restricted stock expense  487   389   173 
Change in:            
Mortgage loans held for sale  (2,774)  (878)  6,425 
Cash surrender value of life insurance  (421)  (419)  (432)
Other assets  165   (778)  1,508 
Other liabilities  882   15   (982)
             
Net cash provided by operating activities  13,863   14,441   24,921 
             
Cash flows from investing activities:            
Purchases of investment securities available for sale  (19,220)  (32,851)  (98,129)
Proceeds from sales, calls and maturities of investment securities            
available for sale  5,475   36,148   63,597 
Proceeds from paydowns of investment securities available for sale  22,732   20,202   17,463 
Purchases of other investments  (6)  -   - 
FHLB stock redemption  401   959   609 
Net change in loans  (43,441)  (36,692)  (6,137)
Purchases of premises and equipment  (2,354)  (3,120)  (2,434)
Proceeds from sale of other real estate and repossessions  6,287   3,456   5,797 
             
Net cash used by investing activities  (30,126)  (11,898)  (19,234)
             
Cash flows from financing activities:            
Net change in deposits  17,475   15,339   17,836 
Net change in securities sold under agreement to repurchase  (20,556)  3,034   10,818 
Proceeds from FHLB borrowings  20,001   -   15,001 
Repayments of FHLB borrowings  (26,501)  (15,000)  (20,001)
Proceeds from FRB borrowings  1   1   1 
Repayments of FRB borrowings  (1)  (1)  (1)
Preferred stock and warrant repurchase  -   (12,524)  - 
Stock options exercised  -   37   - 
Common stock repurchased  (1,917)  (82)  - 
Cash dividends paid on Series A preferred stock  -   -   (734)
Cash dividends paid on common stock  (1,574)  (1,022)  (677)
             
Net cash (used) provided by financing activities  (13,072)  (10,218)  22,243 
             
Net change in cash and cash equivalents  (29,335)  (7,675)  27,930 
             
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period  69,098   76,773   48,843 
             
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period $39,763   69,098   76,773 
 
A-31

PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES     
       
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, continued      
       
For the Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013      
       
(Dollars in thousands)      
       
       
  
2015
  
2014
  
2013
 
       
       
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:      
Cash paid during the year for:      
Interest $2,667   4,388   5,452 
Income taxes $2,278   1,939   2,256 
             
Noncash investing and financing activities:            
Change in unrealized (loss) gain on investment securities            
 available for sale, net $57   6,625   (6,784)
Transfer of loans to other real estate and repossessions $4,825   4,415   2,353 
Financed portion of sale of other real estate $60   374   708 
Accrued redemption of Series A Preferred Stock $-   -   12,632 
             
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.            
 
PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
       
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
       
For the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012
       
(Dollars in thousands)
       
 2014 2013 2012 
       
       
Cash flows from operating activities:      
Net earnings$9,388 6,691 5,793 
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to       
net cash provided by operating activities:       
Depreciation, amortization and accretion 6,889 8,453 8,876 
Provision for loan losses (699)2,584 4,924 
Deferred income taxes 178 534 (213)
Gain on sale of investment securities (266)(614)(1,218)
(Gain) loss on sale of other real estate (5)(14)98 
Write-down of other real estate 627 595 1,038 
Restricted stock expense 389 173 42 
Change in:       
Mortgage loans held for sale (878)6,425 (1,776)
Cash surrender value of life insurance (419)(432)(438)
Other assets (778)1,508 (441)
Other liabilities 15 (982)2,342 
        
Net cash provided by operating activities 14,441 24,921 19,027 
        
Cash flows from investing activities:       
Purchases of investment securities available for sale (32,851)(98,129)(88,304)
Proceeds from calls, maturities and paydowns of investment securities       
available for sale 36,148 63,597 63,225 
Proceeds from sales of investment securities available for sale 20,202 17,463 47,076 
Purchases of other investments -   -   (493)
FHLB stock redemption 959 609 606 
Net change in loans (36,692)(6,137)38,170 
Purchases of premises and equipment (3,120)(2,434)(917)
Proceeds from sale of other real estate and repossessions 3,456 5,797 5,434 
        
Net cash (used) provided by investing activities (11,898)(19,234)64,797 
        
Cash flows from financing activities:       
Net change in deposits 15,339 17,836 (45,586)
Net change in securities sold under agreement to repurchase 3,034 10,818 (5,022)
Proceeds from FHLB borrowings -   15,001 25,400 
Repayments of FHLB borrowings (15,000)(20,001)(25,400)
Proceeds from FRB borrowings 1 1 2 
Repayments of FRB borrowings (1)(1)(2)
Preferred stock and warrant repurchase (12,524)-   (12,122)
Stock options exercised 37 -   539 
Common stock repurchased (82)-   - 
Cash dividends paid on Series A preferred stock -   (734)(1,023)
Cash dividends paid on common stock (1,022)(677)(1,003)
        
Net cash (used) provided by financing activities (10,218)22,243 (64,217)
        
Net change in cash and cash equivalents (7,675)27,930 19,607 
        
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period 76,773 48,843 29,236 
        
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period$69,098 76,773 48,843 
A-32

PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
       
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, continued
       
For the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012
       
(Dollars in thousands)
       
       
 2014 2013 2012 
       
       
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:      
Cash paid during the year for:      
Interest$4,388 5,452 7,822 
Income taxes$1,939 2,256 2,013 
        
Noncash investing and financing activities:       
Change in unrealized (loss) gain on investment securities       
 available for sale, net$6,625 (6,784)2,536 
Change in unrealized gain on derivative financial       
 instruments, net$-   -   -   
Transfer of loans to other real estate and repossessions$4,415 2,353 6,323 
Financed portion of sale of other real estate$374 708 1,076 
Accretion of Series A preferred stock$-   -   70 
Discount on preferred stock repurchased$-   -   835 
    Accrued redemption of Series A Preferred Stock$-   12,632 -   
        
        
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.       
A-33

 
PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(1)Summary of Significant Accounting Policiees
OrganizationPolicies

Organization
Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. (“Bancorp”("Bancorp") received regulatory approval to operate as a bank holding company on July 22, 1999, and became effective August 31, 1999.  Bancorp is primarily regulated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, and serves as the one-bank holding company for Peoples Bank (the “Bank”"Bank").

The Bank commenced business in 1912 upon receipt of its banking charter from the North Carolina State Banking Commission (the “SBC”"SBC"). The Bank is primarily regulated by the SBC and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”"FDIC") and undergoes periodic examinations by these regulatory agencies. The Bank, whose main office is in Newton, North Carolina, provides a full range of commercial and consumer banking services primarily in Catawba, Alexander, Lincoln, Mecklenburg, Iredell, Union, Wake, Durham and DurhamForsyth counties in North Carolina.

Peoples Investment Services, Inc. is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank and began operations in 1996 to provide investment and trust services through agreements with an outside party.

Real Estate Advisory Services, Inc. (“REAS”("REAS") is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank and began operations in 1997 to provide real estate appraisal and property management services to individuals and commercial customers of the Bank.

Community Bank Real Estate Solutions, LLC is a wholly owned subsidiary of Bancorp and began operations in 2009 as a “clearing house”"clearing house" for appraisal services for community banks.  Other banks are able to contract with Community Bank Real Estate Solutions, LLC to find and engage appropriate appraisal companies in the area where the property is located.

In March 2015, the Bank established a new wholly owned subsidiary, PB Real Estate Holdings, LLC, which will acquire, manageacquires, manages and disposedisposes of real property, other collateral and other assets obtained in the ordinary course of collecting debts previously contracted.

The Bank operates four offices focused on the Latino population under the name Banco de la Gente.  These offices are operated as a division of the Bank.  Banco de la Gente offers normal and customary banking services as are offered in the Bank's other branches such as the taking of deposits and the making of loans and therefore is not considered a reportable segment of the Company (as defined below).

Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of Bancorp and its wholly owned subsidiaries, the Bank and Community Bank Real Estate Solutions, LLC, along with the Bank’sBank's wholly owned subsidiaries, Peoples Investment Services, Inc., REAS and REASPB Real Estate Holdings, LLC (collectively called the “Company”"Company").  All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Basis of Presentation
The accounting principles followed by the Company, and the methods of applying these principles, conform with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”("GAAP") and with general practices in the banking industry. In preparing the financial statements in conformity with GAAP, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts in the financial statements. Actual results could differ significantly from these estimates. Material estimates common to the banking industry that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term include, but are not limited to, the determination of the allowance for loan losses and valuation of real estate acquired in connection with or in lieu of foreclosure on loans.

Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash, due from banks and interest-bearing deposits are considered cash and cash equivalents for cash flow reporting purposes.


A-33


Investment Securities
There are three classifications the Company is able to classify its investment securities: trading, available for sale, or held to maturity. Trading securities are bought and held principally for sale in the near term. Held to maturity securities are those securities for which the Company has the ability and intent to hold until maturity. All other securities not included in trading or held to maturity are classified as available for sale. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company classified all of its investment securities as available for sale.

Available for sale securities are recorded at fair value. Unrealized holding gains and losses, net of the related tax effect, are excluded from earnings and are reported as a separate component of shareholders' equity until realized.

Management evaluates investment securities for other-than-temporary impairment on an annual basis.  A decline in the market value of any investment below cost that is deemed other-than-temporary is charged to earnings for the decline in value deemed to be credit related and a new cost basis in the security is established.  The decline in value attributed to non-credit related factors is recognized in comprehensive income.

Premiums and discounts are amortized or accreted over the life of the related security as an adjustment to the yield.  Realized gains and losses for securities classified as available for sale are included in earnings and are derived using the specific identification method for determining the cost of securities sold.

Other Investments
Other investments include equity securities with no readily determinable fair value.  These investments are carried at cost.

Mortgage Loans Held for Sale
Mortgage loans held for sale are carried at lower of aggregate cost or market value.  The cost of mortgage loans held for sale approximates the market value.

Loans
Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity are reported at the principal amount outstanding, net of the allowance for loan losses. Interest on loans is calculated by using the simple interest method on daily balances of the principal amount outstanding.  The recognition of certain loan origination fee income and certain loan origination costs is deferred when such loans are originated and amortized over the life of the loan.

A loan is impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan will not be collected.  Impaired loans are measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows, discounted at the loan's effective interest rate, or at the loan's observable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.

Accrual of interest is discontinued on a loan when management believes, after considering economic conditions and collection efforts, that the borrower's financial condition is such that collection of interest is doubtful. Interest previously accrued but not collected is reversed against current period earnings.

Allowance for Loan Losses
The allowance for loan losses reflects management's assessment and estimate of the risks associated with extending credit and its evaluation of the quality of the loan portfolio.  The Bank periodically analyzes the loan portfolio in an effort to review asset quality and to establish an allowance for loan losses that management believes will be adequate in light of anticipated risks and loan losses.  In assessing the adequacy of the allowance, size, quality and risk of loans in the portfolio are reviewed. Other factors considered are:

·the Bank's loan loss experience;
·the amount of past due and non-performing loans;
·specific known risks;
·the status and amount of other past due and non-performing assets;
·underlying estimated values of collateral securing loans;
·current and anticipated economic conditions; and
·other factors which management believes affect the allowance for potential credit losses.

Management uses several measures to assess and monitor the credit risks in the loan portfolio, including a loan grading system that begins upon loan origination and continues until the loan is collected or collectability becomes doubtful. Upon loan origination, the Bank's originating loan officer evaluates the quality of the loan and assigns
A-34

one of eight risk grades. The loan officer monitors the loan's performance and credit quality and makes changes to the credit grade as conditions warrant. When originated or renewed, all loans over a certain dollar amount receive in-depth reviews and risk assessments by the Bank's Credit Administration. Before making any changes in these risk grades, management considers assessments as determined by the third party credit review firm (as described below), regulatory examiners and the Bank's Credit Administration. Any issues regarding the risk assessments are addressed by the Bank's senior credit administrators and factored into management's decision to originate or renew the loan. The Bank's Board of Directors reviews, on a monthly basis, an analysis of the Bank's reserves relative to the range of reserves estimated by the Bank's Credit Administration.

As an additional measure, the Bank engages an independent third party to review the underwriting, documentation and risk grading analyses. This independent third party reviews and evaluates loan relationships greater than $1.0 million, excluding loans in default, and loans in process of litigation or liquidation.  The third party's evaluation and report is shared with management and the Bank's Board of Directors.

Management considers certain commercial loans with weak credit risk grades to be individually impaired and measures such impairment based upon available cash flows and the value of the collateral. Allowance or reserve levels are estimated for all other graded loans in the portfolio based on their assigned credit risk grade, type of loan and other matters related to credit risk.

Management uses the information developed from the procedures described above in evaluating and grading the loan portfolio. This continual grading process is used to monitor the credit quality of the loan portfolio and to assist management in estimating the allowance for loan losses.  The provision for loan losses charged or credited to earnings is based upon management's judgment of the amount necessary to maintain the allowance at a level appropriate to absorb probable incurred losses in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date.  The amount each quarter is dependent upon many factors, including growth and changes in the composition of the loan portfolio, net charge-offs, delinquencies, management's assessment of loan portfolio quality, the value of collateral, and other macro-economic factors and trends.  The evaluation of these factors is performed quarterly by management through an analysis of the appropriateness of the allowance for loan losses.

The allowance for loan losses is comprised of three components: specific reserves, general reserves and unallocated reserves.  After a loan has been identified as impaired, management measures impairment.  When the measure of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan, the amount of the impairment is recorded as a specific reserve. These specific reserves are determined on an individual loan basis based on management's current evaluation of the Bank's loss exposure for each credit, given the appraised value of any underlying collateral. Loans for which specific reserves are provided are excluded from the general allowance calculations as described below.

The general allowance reflects reserves established under GAAP for collective loan impairment.  These reserves are based upon historical net charge-offs using the greater of the last two, three, four or five years' loss experience.  This charge-off experience may be adjusted to reflect the effects of current conditions.  The Bank considers information derived from its loan risk ratings and external data related to industry and general economic trends in establishing reserves.

The unallocated allowance is determined through management's assessment of probable losses that are in the portfolio but are not adequately captured by the other two components of the allowance, including consideration of current economic and business conditions and regulatory requirements. The unallocated allowance also reflects management's acknowledgement of the imprecision and subjectivity that underlie the modeling of credit risk.  Due to the subjectivity involved in determining the overall allowance, including the unallocated portion, the unallocated portion may fluctuate from period to period based on management's evaluation of the factors affecting the assumptions used in calculating the allowance.

There were no significant changes in the estimation methods or fundamental assumptions used in the evaluation of the allowance for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2014.   Revisions, estimates and assumptions may be made in any period in which the supporting factors indicate that loss levels may vary from the previous estimates.

Effective December 31, 2012, stated income mortgage loans from the Banco de la Gente division of the Bank were analyzed separately from other single family residential loans in the Bank's loan portfolio.  These loans are first mortgage loans made to the Latino market, primarily in Mecklenburg and surrounding counties.  These loans are non-traditional mortgages in that the customer normally did not have a credit history, so all credit information was accumulated by the loan officers.  These loans were made as stated income loans rather than full
A-35

documentation loans because the customer may not have had complete documentation on the income supporting the loan.

Various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Bank's allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require adjustments to the allowance based on their judgments of information available to them at the time of their examinations.  Management believes it has established the allowance for credit losses pursuant to GAAP, and has taken into account the views of its regulators and the current economic environment.  Management considers the allowance for loan losses adequate to cover the estimated losses inherent in the Bank's loan portfolio as of the date of the financial statements. Although management uses the best information available to make evaluations, significant future additions to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in economic and other conditions, thus adversely affecting the operating results of the Company.

Mortgage Banking Activities
Mortgage banking income represents net gains from the sale of mortgage loans and fees received from borrowers and loan investors related to the Bank's origination of single-family residential mortgage loans.

Mortgage loans serviced for others are not included in the accompanying balance sheets. The unpaid principal balances of mortgage loans serviced for others was approximately $1.6 million, $2.1 million and $2.4 million at December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

The Bank originates certain fixed rate mortgage loans and commits these loans for sale.  The commitments to originate fixed rate mortgage loans and the commitments to sell these loans to a third party are both derivative contracts.  The fair value of these derivative contracts is immaterial and has no effect on the recorded amounts in the financial statements.

Premises and Equipment
Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed primarily using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. When assets are retired or otherwise disposed, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and any gain or loss is reflected in earnings for the period. The cost of maintenance and repairs that do not improve or extend the useful life of the respective asset is charged to earnings as incurred, whereas significant renewals and improvements are capitalized. The range of estimated useful lives for premises and equipment are generally as follows:
Buildings and improvements 10 - 50 years
Furniture and equipment 3 - 10 years
Other Real Estate
Foreclosed assets include all assets received in full or partial satisfaction of a loan.  Foreclosed assets are reported at fair value less estimated selling costs.  Any write-downs at the time of foreclosure are charged to the allowance for loan losses.  Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed by management, and a valuation allowance is established if fair value less estimated selling costs declines below carrying value.  Costs relating to the development and improvement of the property are capitalized.  Revenues and expenses from operations are included in other expenses.  Changes in the valuation allowance are included in loss on sale and write-down of other real estate.

Income Taxes
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Additionally, the recognition of future tax benefits, such as net operating loss carryforwards, is required to the extent that the realization of such benefits is more likely than not to occur. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which the assets and liabilities are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income tax expense in the period that includes the enactment date.

In the event the future tax consequences of differences between the financial reporting bases and the tax bases of the Company's assets and liabilities results in a deferred tax asset, an evaluation of the probability of being able to realize the future benefits indicated by such asset is required. A valuation allowance is provided for the portion of the deferred tax asset when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. In assessing the realizability of a deferred tax asset, management considers the scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies.
A-36

Tax effects from an uncertain tax position can be recognized in the financial statements only when it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained upon examination by the appropriate taxing authority that would have full knowledge of all relevant information.  A tax position that meets the more likely than not recognition threshold is measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than fifty percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement.  Previously recognized tax positions that no longer meet the more likely than not recognition threshold should be derecognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is no longer met.  The Company assessed the impact of this guidance and determined that it did not have a material impact on the Company's financial position, results of operations or disclosures.

Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities
In the normal course of business, the Company enters into derivative contracts to manage interest rate risk by modifying the characteristics of the related balance sheet instruments in order to reduce the adverse effect of changes in interest rates. All material derivative financial instruments are recorded at fair value in the financial statements.  The fair value of derivative contracts related to the origination of fixed rate mortgage loans and the commitments to sell these loans to a third party is immaterial and has no effect on the recorded amounts in the financial statements.

The disclosure requirements for derivatives and hedging activities have the intent to provide users of financial statements with an enhanced understanding of: (a) how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, (b) how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for and (c) how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity's financial position, financial performance, and cash flows.  The disclosure requirements include qualitative disclosures about objectives and strategies for using derivatives, quantitative disclosures about the fair value of and gains and losses on derivative instruments, and disclosures about credit-risk-related contingent features in derivative instruments.

On the date a derivative contract is entered into, the Company designates the derivative as a fair value hedge, a cash flow hedge, or a trading instrument. Changes in the fair value of instruments used as fair value hedges are accounted for in the earnings of the period simultaneous with accounting for the fair value change of the item being hedged. Changes in the fair value of the effective portion of cash flow hedges are accounted for in other comprehensive income rather than earnings. Changes in fair value of instruments that are not intended as a hedge are accounted for in the earnings of the period of the change.

If a derivative instrument designated as a fair value hedge is terminated or the hedge designation removed, the difference between a hedged item's then carrying amount and its face amount is recognized into income over the original hedge period. Likewise, if a derivative instrument designated as a cash flow hedge is terminated or the hedge designation removed, related amounts accumulated in other accumulated comprehensive income are reclassified into earnings over the original hedge period during which the hedged item affects income.

The accounting for changes in the fair value of derivatives depends on the intended use of the derivative, whether the Company has elected to designate a derivative in a hedging relationship and apply hedge accounting and whether the hedging relationship has satisfied the criteria necessary to apply hedge accounting. Derivatives designated and qualifying as a hedge of the exposure to changes in the fair value of an asset, liability, or firm commitment attributable to a particular risk, such as interest rate risk, are considered fair value hedges. Derivatives designated and qualifying as a hedge of the exposure to variability in expected future cash flows, or other types of forecasted transactions, are considered cash flow hedges. Hedge accounting generally provides for the matching of the timing of gain or loss recognition on the hedging instrument with the recognition of the changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are attributable to the hedged risk in a fair value hedge or the earnings effect of the hedged forecasted transactions in a cash flow hedge.  The Company may enter into derivative contracts that are intended to economically hedge certain of its risks, even though hedge accounting does not apply or the Company elects not to apply hedge accounting.

The Company formally documents all hedging relationships, including an assessment that the derivative instruments are expected to be highly effective in offsetting the changes in fair values or cash flows of the hedged items.

Advertising Costs
Advertising costs are expensed as incurred.

Stock-Based Compensation
The Company has an Omnibus Stock Ownership and Long Term Incentive Plan that was approved by shareholders on May 7, 2009 (the "Plan") whereby certain stock-based rights, such as stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance units, stock appreciation rights or book value shares, may be granted to
A-37

eligible directors and employees.  A total of 267,560 shares are currently remaining for possible issuance under the Plan.   All stock-based rights under the Plan must be granted or awarded by May 7, 2019 (or ten years from the Plan effective date).

The Company granted 29,514 restricted stock units under the Plan at a grant date fair value of $7.90 per share during the first quarter of 2012, of which 5,355 restricted stock units were forfeited by the executive officers of the Company as required by the agreement with the U.S. Department of the Treasury ("UST") in conjunction with the Company's participation in the Capital Purchase Program ("CPP") under the Troubled Asset Relief Program ("TARP").  In July 2012, the Company granted 5,355 restricted stock units at a grant date fair value of $8.25 per share. The Company granted 26,795 restricted stock units under the Plan at a grant date fair value of $11.90 per share during the second quarter of 2013.  The Company granted 21,056 restricted stock units under the Plan at a grant date fair value of $15.70 per share during the first quarter of 2014.  The Company granted 15,075 restricted stock units under the Plan at a grant date fair value of $17.97 per share during the first quarter of 2015.  The Company recognizes compensation expense on the restricted stock units over the period of time the restrictions are in place (five years from the grant date for the 2012 grants, four years from the grant date for the 2013 and 2015 grants and three years from the grant date for the 2014 grants).  The amount of expense recorded each period reflects the changes in the Company's stock price during such period.  As of December 31, 2015, the total unrecognized compensation expense related to the restricted stock unit grants under the Plan was $678,000.

The Company recognized compensation expense for restricted stock units granted under the Plan of $487,000, $389,000 and $173,000 for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Net Earnings Per Share
Net earnings per common share is based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period while the effects of potential common shares outstanding during the period are included in diluted earnings per common share. The average market price during the year is used to compute equivalent shares.

The reconciliations of the amounts used in the computation of both "basic earnings per common share" and "diluted earnings per common share" for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 are as follows:
For the year ended December 31, 2015: 
Net Earnings
Available to
Common
Shareholders
(Dollars in
thousands)
  
Common
Shares
  
Per Share
Amount
Basic earnings per common share $9,633   5,559,235  $1.73
Effect of dilutive securities:           
Restricted stock units  -   47,954    
Diluted earnings per common share $9,633   5,607,189  $1.72
            
For the year ended December 31, 2014: 
Net Earnings
Available to
Common
Shareholders
(Dollars in
thousands)
  
Common
Shares
  
Per Share
Amount
Basic earnings per common share $9,388   5,615,666  $1.67
Effect of dilutive securities:           
Restricted stock units  -   26,326    
Diluted earnings per common share $9,388   5,641,992  $1.66
A-38

For the year ended December 31, 2013: 
Net Earnings
Available to
Common
Shareholders
 (Dollars in
thousands)
  
 
Common
Shares
  
Per Share
Amount
Basic earnings per common share $6,035   5,613,495  $1.08
Effect of dilutive securities:           
Restricted stock units and stock options  -   9,725    
Diluted earnings per common share $6,035   5,623,220  $1.07
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In November 2015, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2015-17, (Topic 740):  Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes.  ASU No. 2015-17 simplifies classification of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities.  ASU No. 2015-17 is effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2016.  The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company's results of operations, financial position or disclosures.

In January 2016, FASB issued ASU No. 2016-01, (Subtopic 825-10):  Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities.  ASU No. 2016-01 addresses certain aspects of recognition, measurement, presentation, and disclosure of financial instruments.  ASU No. 2016-01 is effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2017.  The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company's results of operations, financial position or disclosures.
In February 2016, FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, (Topic 842):  Leases.  ASU No. 2016-02 increases transparency and comparability among organizations by recognizing lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet and disclosing key information about leasing arrangements.  ASU No. 2016-02 is effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2018.  The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company's results of operations, financial position or disclosures.
Other accounting standards that have been issued or proposed by FASB or other standards-setting bodies are not expected to have a material impact on the Company's results of operations, financial position or disclosures.

Reclassification
Certain amounts in the 2013 and 2014 consolidated financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the 2015 presentation.

(2)    Investment Securities

Investment securities available for sale at December 31, 2015 and 2014 are as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)       
  December 31, 2015     
  
Amortized
 Cost
  
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
  
Gross
Unrealized
 Losses
  
Estimated
Fair Value
Mortgage-backed securities $76,406   1,526   45   77,887
U.S. Government               
sponsored enterprises  38,173   399   155   38,417
State and political subdivisions  141,500   6,817   72   148,245
Corporate bonds  1,928   -   22   1,906
Trust preferred securities  750   -   -   750
Equity securities  748   577   -   1,325
Total $259,505   9,319   294   268,530
                
A-39

(Dollars in thousands)        
  December 31, 2014     
  
Amortized
Cost
  
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
  
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
  
Estimated
Fair Value
 
Mortgage-backed securities $88,496   1,766   52   90,210 
U.S. Government                
sponsored enterprises  33,766   418   136   34,048 
State and political subdivisions  145,938   6,534   226   152,246 
Corporate bonds  2,469   16   18   2,467 
Trust preferred securities  750   -   -   750 
Equity securities  748   630   -   1,378 
Total $272,167   9,364   432   281,099 
The current fair value and associated unrealized losses on investments in debt securities with unrealized losses at December 31, 2015 and 2014 are summarized in the tables below, with the length of time the individual securities have been in a continuous loss position.
(Dollars in thousands)           
  December 31, 2015         
  Less than 12 Months  12 Months or More  Total   
  Fair Value  
Unrealized
Losses
  Fair Value  
Unrealized
Losses
  Fair Value  
Unrealized
Losses
Mortgage-backed securities $7,891   45   -   -   7,891   45
U.S. Government                       
sponsored enterprises  3,074   13   10,828   142   13,902   155
State and political subdivisions  2,198   4   3,930   68   6,128   72
Corporate bonds  1,500   22   -   -   1,500   22
Total $14,663   84   14,758   210   29,421   294
                        
(Dollars in thousands)                       
  December 31, 2014                 
  Less than 12 Months  12 Months or More  Total     
  Fair Value  
Unrealized
Losses
  Fair Value  
Unrealized
Losses
  Fair Value  
Unrealized
Losses
Mortgage-backed securities $436   1   2,963   51   3,399   52
U.S. Government                       
sponsored enterprises  2,996   4   9,850   132   12,846   136
State and political subdivisions  567   1   14,998   225   15,565   226
Corporate bonds  -   -   525   18   525   18
Total $3,999   6   28,336   426   32,335   432
At December 31, 2015, unrealized losses in the investment securities portfolio relating to debt securities totaled $294,000.  The unrealized losses on these debt securities arose due to changing interest rates and are considered to be temporary.  From the December 31, 2015 tables above, eight out of 172 securities issued by state and political subdivisions contained unrealized losses, 12 out of 80 securities issued by U.S. Government sponsored enterprises, including mortgage-backed securities, contained unrealized losses, and two out of three securities issued by corporations contained unrealized losses.  These unrealized losses are considered temporary because of acceptable financial condition and results of operations on each security and the repayment sources of principal and interest on U.S. Government sponsored enterprises, including mortgage-backed securities, are government backed.

The Company periodically evaluates its investments for any impairment which would be deemed other-than-temporary.   No investment impairments were deemed other-than-temporary in 2015, 2014 or 2013.
A-40


The amortized cost and estimated fair value of investment securities available for sale at December 31, 2015, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities of mortgage-backed securities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

December 31, 2015   
(Dollars in thousands)   
  
Amortized
Cost
  
Estimated
Fair Value
Due within one year $3,666   3,647
Due from one to five years  57,322   60,001
Due from five to ten years  106,136   109,829
Due after ten years  15,227   15,841
Mortgage-backed securities  76,406   77,887
Equity securities  748   1,325
Total $259,505   268,530
No securities available for sale were sold during the year ended December 31, 2015.  During 2014, proceeds from sales of securities available for sale were $20.2 million and resulted in gross gains of $291,000 and gross losses of $25,000.  During 2013, proceeds from sales of securities available for sale were $17.5 million and resulted in gross gains of $738,000 and gross losses of $124,000.

Securities with a fair value of approximately $91.0 million and $89.9 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, were pledged to secure public deposits, Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta ("FHLB") borrowings and for other purposes as required by law.

GAAP establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. There is a three-level fair value hierarchy for fair value measurements.  Level 1 inputs are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that a company has the ability to access at the measurement date. Level 2 inputs are inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.  The table below presents the balance of securities available for sale, which are measured at fair value on a recurring basis by level within the fair value hierarchy as of December 31, 2015 and 2014.
(Dollars in thousands)       
  December 31, 2015      
  
Fair Value
Measurements
  
Level 1
Valuation
  
Level 2
Valuation
  
Level 3
Valuation
Mortgage-backed securities $77,887   -   77,887   -
U.S. Government               
sponsored enterprises $38,417   -   38,417   -
State and political subdivisions $148,245   -   148,245   -
Corporate bonds $1,906   -   1,906   -
Trust preferred securities $750   -   -   750
Equity securities $1,325   1,325   -   -
(Dollars in thousands)       
  December 31, 2014      
  
Fair Value
Measurements
  
Level 1
Valuation
  
Level 2
Valuation
  
Level 3
Valuation
Mortgage-backed securities $90,210   -   90,210   -
U.S. Government               
sponsored enterprises $34,048   -   34,048   -
State and political subdivisions $152,246   -   152,246   -
Corporate bonds $2,467   -   2,467   -
Trust preferred securities $750   -   -   750
Equity securities $1,378   1,378   -   -
A-41

Fair values of investment securities available for sale are determined by obtaining quoted prices on nationally recognized securities exchanges when available.  If quoted prices are not available, fair value is determined using matrix pricing, which is a mathematical technique used widely in the industry to value debt securities without relying exclusively on quoted prices for the specific securities but rather by relying on the securities' relationship to other benchmark quoted securities.

The following is an analysis of fair value measurements of investment securities available for sale using Level 3, significant unobservable inputs, for the year ended December 31, 2015.
(Dollars in thousands) 
  
Investment Securities
There are three classifications the Company is able to classify its investment securities: trading, availableAvailable for sale, Sale
Level 3 Valuation
Balance, beginning of period$750
Change in book value-
Change in gain/(loss) realized and unrealized-
Purchases/(sales and calls)-
Transfers in and/or (out) of Level 3-
Balance, end of period$750
Change in unrealized gain/(loss) for assets still held to maturity. Trading securities are bought and held principally for sale in the near term. Held to maturity securities are those securities for which the Company has the ability and intent to hold until maturity. All other securities not included in trading or held to maturity are classified as available for sale. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company classified all of its investment securities as available for sale.Level 3$-
 
 (3)    Loans
A-34

Available for sale securities are recorded at fair value. Unrealized holding gains and losses, net of the related tax effect, are excluded from earnings and are reported as a separate component of shareholders’ equity until realized.
Major classifications of loans at December 31, 2015 and 2014 are summarized as follows:
(Dollars in thousands)   
  December 31, 2015  December 31, 2014
Real estate loans:   
Construction and land development $65,791   57,617
Single-family residential  220,690   206,417
Single-family residential -       
Banco de la Gente stated income  43,733   47,015
Commercial  228,526   228,558
Multifamily and farmland  18,080   12,400
Total real estate loans  576,820   552,007
        
Loans not secured by real estate:       
Commercial loans  91,010   76,262
Farm loans  3   7
Consumer loans  10,027   10,060
All other loans  11,231   13,555
        
Total loans  689,091   651,891
        
Less allowance for loan losses  9,589   11,082
        
Total net loans $679,502   640,809
The Bank grants loans and extensions of credit primarily within the Catawba Valley region of North Carolina, which encompasses Catawba, Alexander, Iredell and Lincoln counties and also in Mecklenburg, Union, Wake, Durham and Forsyth counties of North Carolina.  Although the Bank has a diversified loan portfolio, a substantial portion of the loan portfolio is collateralized by improved and unimproved real estate, the value of which is dependent upon the real estate market.  Risk characteristics of the major components of the Bank's loan portfolio are discussed below:

Management evaluates investment securities for other-than-temporary impairment
·Construction and land development loans – The risk of loss is largely dependent on an annual basis.  A decline in the marketinitial estimate of whether the property's value of any investment below cost that is deemed other-than-temporary is charged to earnings for the decline in value deemed to be credit related and a new cost basis in the security is established.  The decline in value attributed to non-credit related factors is recognized in comprehensive income.

Premiums and discounts are amortizedat completion equals or accreted over the life of the related security as an adjustment to the yield.  Realized gains and losses for securities classified as available for sale are included in earnings and are derived using the specific identification method for determiningexceeds the cost of securities sold.

Other Investments
Other investments include equity securities with no readily determinable fair value.  These investments are carried at cost.

Mortgage Loans Held for Sale
Mortgage loans held for sale are carried at lowerproperty construction and the availability of aggregate cost or market value.  The costtake-out financing.  During the construction phase, a number of mortgage loans held for sale approximates the market value.

Loans
Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity are reported at the principal amount outstanding, net of the allowance for loan losses. Interest on loans is calculated by using the simple interest method on daily balances of the principal amount outstanding.   The recognition of certain loan origination fee income and certain loan origination costs is deferred when such loans are originated and amortized over the life of the loan.

A loan is impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan will not be collected.  Impaired loans are measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows, discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or at the loan’s observable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.

Accrual of interest is discontinued on a loan when management believes, after considering economic conditions and collection efforts, that the borrower’s financial condition is such that collection of interest is doubtful. Interest previously accrued but not collected is reversed against current period earnings.

Allowance for Loan Losses
The allowance for loan losses reflects management’s assessment and estimate of the risks associated with extending credit and its evaluation of the quality of the loan portfolio.  The Bank periodically analyzes the loan portfoliofactors can result in an effort to review asset quality and to establish an allowance for loan losses that management believes will be adequate in light of anticipated risks and loan losses.  In assessing the adequacy of the allowance, size, quality and risk of loans in the portfolio are reviewed. Other factors considered are:

·  the Bank’s loan loss experience;delays
·  the amount of past due and non-performing loans;
·  specific known risks;
A-42
·  the status and amount of other past due and non-performing assets;

·  underlying estimated values of collateral securing loans;
·  current and anticipated economic conditions; and
·  other factors which management believes affect the allowance for potential credit losses.

Management uses several measures to assess and monitor
or cost overruns.  If the credit risks in the loan portfolio, including a loan grading system that begins upon loan origination and continues until the loanestimate is collectedinaccurate or collectability becomes doubtful. Upon loan origination, the Bank’s originating loan officer evaluates the quality of the loan and assigns one of eight risk grades. The loan officer monitors the loan’s performance and credit quality and makes changes to the credit grade as conditions warrant. When originated or renewed, all loans over a certain dollar amount receive in-depth reviews and risk assessments by the Bank’s Credit Administration. Before making any changes in these risk grades, management considers assessments as determined by the third party credit review firm (as described below), regulatory examiners and the Bank’s Credit Administration. Any issues regarding the risk assessments are addressed by the Bank’s senior credit administrators and factored into management’s decision to originate or renew the loan. The Bank’s Board of Directors reviews, on a monthly basis, an analysis of the Bank’s reserves relative to the range of reserves estimated by the Bank’s Credit Administration.
A-35

As an additional measure, the Bank engages an independent third party to review the underwriting, documentation and risk grading analyses. This independent third party reviews and evaluates loan relationships greater than $1.0 million, excluding loans in default, and loans in process of litigation or liquidation.  The third party’s evaluation and report is shared with management and the Bank’s Board of Directors.

Management considers certain commercial loans with weak credit risk grades to be individually impaired and measures such impairment based upon available cash flows andif actual construction costs exceed estimates, the value of the collateral. Allowance or reserve levels are estimated for all other graded loans in the portfolio based on their assigned credit risk grade, type of loan and other matters related to credit risk.

Management uses the information developed from the procedures described above in evaluating and gradingproperty securing the loan portfolio. This continual grading process is usedmay be insufficient to monitor the credit qualityensure full repayment when completed through a permanent loan, sale of the loan portfolioproperty, or by seizure of collateral.  As of December 31, 2015, construction and to assist management in estimating the allowance for loan losses.   The provision for loan losses charged or credited to earnings is based upon management’s judgmentland development loans comprised approximately 10% of the amount necessary to maintain the allowance at a level appropriate to absorb probable incurred losses in theBank's total loan portfolio at the balance sheet date.  The amount each quarter is dependent upon many factors, including growth and changes in the composition of the loan portfolio, net charge-offs, delinquencies, management’s assessment of loan portfolio quality, the value of collateral, and other macro-economic factors and trends.  The evaluation of these factors is performed quarterly by management through an analysis of the appropriateness of the allowance for loan losses.

The allowance for loan losses is comprised of three components: specific reserves, general reserves and unallocated reserves.  After a loan has been identified as impaired, management measures impairment.  When the measure of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan, the amount of the impairment is recorded as a specific reserve. These specific reserves are determined on an individual loan basis based on management’s current evaluation of the Bank’s loss exposure for each credit, given the appraised value of any underlying collateral. Loans for which specific reserves are provided are excluded from the general allowance calculations as described below.

The general allowance reflects reserves established under GAAP for collective loan impairment.  These reserves are based upon historical net charge-offs using the greater of the last two, three, four or five years’ loss experience.  This charge-off experience may be adjusted to reflect the effects of current conditions.  The Bank considers information derived from its loan risk ratings and external data related to industry and general economic trends in establishing reserves.

The unallocated allowance is determined through management’s assessment of probable losses that are in the portfolio but are not adequately captured by the other two components of the allowance, including consideration of current economic and business conditions and regulatory requirements. The unallocated allowance also reflects management’s acknowledgement of the imprecision and subjectivity that underlie the modeling of credit risk.  Due to the subjectivity involved in determining the overall allowance, including the unallocated portion, the unallocated portion may fluctuate from period to period based on management’s evaluation of the factors affecting the assumptions used in calculating the allowance.

There were no significant changes in the estimation methods or fundamental assumptions used in the evaluation of the allowance for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2013.   Revisions, estimates and assumptions may be made in any period in which the supporting factors indicate that loss levels may vary from the previous estimates.

Effective December 31, 2012, stated income mortgage loans from the Banco de la Gente division of the Bank were analyzed separately from other single family residential loans in the Bank’s loan portfolio.  These loans are first mortgage loans made to the Latino market, primarily in Mecklenburg and surrounding counties.  These loans are non-traditional mortgages in that the customer normally did not have a credit history, so all credit information was accumulated by the loan officers.  These loans were made as stated income loans rather than full documentation loans because the customer may not have had complete documentation on the income supporting the loan.

Various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Bank’s allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require adjustments to the allowance based on their judgments of information available to them at the time of their examinations.  Management believes it has established the allowance for credit losses pursuant to GAAP, and has taken into account the views of its regulators and the current economic environment.  Management considers the allowance for loan losses adequate to cover the estimated losses inherent in the Bank’s loan portfolio as of the date of the financial statements. Although management uses the best information available to make evaluations, significant future additions to the allowance
A-36

may be necessary based on changes in economic and other conditions, thus adversely affecting the operating results of the Company.

Mortgage Banking Activities
Mortgage banking income represents net gains from the sale of mortgage loans and fees received from borrowers and loan investors related to the Bank’s origination of single-family residential mortgage loans.

Mortgage loans serviced for others are not included in the accompanying balance sheets. The unpaid principal balances of mortgage loans serviced for others was approximately $2.1 million, $2.4 million and $3.1 million at December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

The Bank originates certain fixed rate mortgage loans and commits these loans for sale.  The commitments to originate fixed rate mortgage loans and the commitments to sell these loans to a third party are both derivative contracts.  The fair value of these derivative contracts is immaterial and has no effect on the recorded amounts in the financial statements.

Premises and Equipment
Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed primarily using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. When assets are retired or otherwise disposed, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and any gain or loss is reflected in earnings for the period. The cost of maintenance and repairs that do not improve or extend the useful life of the respective asset is charged to earnings as incurred, whereas significant renewals and improvements are capitalized. The range of estimated useful lives for premises and equipment are generally as follows:
Buildings and improvements10 - 50 years
Furniture and equipment3 - 10 years
 
Other Real Estate
Foreclosed assets include all assets received in full or partial satisfaction
·Single-family residential loans – Declining home sales volumes, decreased real estate values and higher than normal levels of a loan.  Foreclosed assets are reported at fair value less estimated selling costs.  Any write-downs at the time of foreclosure are chargedunemployment could contribute to the allowance for loan losses.  Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed by management, and a valuation allowance is established if fair value declines below carrying value.  Costs relating to the development and improvement of the property are capitalized.  Revenues and expenses from operations are included in other expenses.  Changes in the valuation allowance are included in loss on sale and write-down of other real estate.  

Income Taxes
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Additionally, the recognition of future tax benefits, such as net operating loss carryforwards, is required to the extent that the realization of such benefits is more likely than not to occur. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which the assets and liabilities are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income tax expense in the period that includes the enactment date.

In the event the future tax consequences of differences between the financial reporting bases and the tax bases of the Company’s assets and liabilities results in a deferred tax asset, an evaluation of the probability of being able to realize the future benefits indicated by such asset is required. A valuation allowance is provided for the portion of the deferred tax asset when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. In assessing the realizability of a deferred tax asset, management considers the scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies.

Tax effects from an uncertain tax position can be recognized in the financial statements only when it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained upon examination by the appropriate taxing authority that would have full knowledge of all relevant information.  A tax position that meets the more likely than not recognition threshold is measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than fifty percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement.  Previously recognized tax positions that no longer meet the more likely than not recognition threshold should be derecognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is no longer met.  The Company assessed the impact of this guidance and determined that it did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or disclosures.
A-37

Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities
In the normal course of business, the Company enters into derivative contracts to manage interest rate risk by modifying the characteristics of the related balance sheet instruments in order to reduce the adverse effect of changes in interest rates. All material derivative financial instruments are recorded at fair value in the financial statements.  The fair value of derivative contracts related to the origination of fixed rate mortgage loans and the commitments to sell these loans to a third party is immaterial and has no effect on the recorded amounts in the financial statements.

The disclosure requirements for derivatives and hedging activities have the intent to provide users of financial statements with an enhanced understanding of: (a) how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, (b) how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for and (c) how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance, and cash flows.  The disclosure requirements include qualitative disclosures about objectives and strategies for using derivatives, quantitative disclosures about the fair value of and gains and losses on derivative instruments, and disclosures about credit-risk-related contingent features in derivative instruments.

On the date a derivative contract is entered into, the Company designates the derivative as a fair value hedge, a cash flow hedge, or a trading instrument. Changes in the fair value of instruments used as fair value hedges are accounted for in the earnings of the period simultaneous with accounting for the fair value change of the item being hedged. Changes in the fair value of the effective portion of cash flow hedges are accounted for in other comprehensive income rather than earnings. Changes in fair value of instruments that are not intended as a hedge are accounted for in the earnings of the period of the change.

If a derivative instrument designated as a fair value hedge is terminated or the hedge designation removed, the difference between a hedged item’s then carrying amount and its face amount is recognized into income over the original hedge period. Likewise, if a derivative instrument designated as a cash flow hedge is terminated or the hedge designation removed, related amounts accumulated in other accumulated comprehensive income are reclassified into earnings over the original hedge period during which the hedged item affects income.

The accounting for changes in the fair value of derivatives depends on the intended use of the derivative, whether the Company has elected to designate a derivative in a hedging relationship and apply hedge accounting and whether the hedging relationship has satisfied the criteria necessary to apply hedge accounting. Derivatives designated and qualifying as a hedge of the exposure to changes in the fair value of an asset, liability, or firm commitment attributable to a particular risk, such as interest rate risk, are considered fair value hedges. Derivatives designated and qualifying as a hedge of the exposure to variability in expected future cash flows, or other types of forecasted transactions, are considered cash flow hedges. Hedge accounting generally provides for the matching of the timing of gain or loss recognition on the hedging instrument with the recognition of the changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are attributable to the hedged risk in a fair value hedge or the earnings effect of the hedged forecasted transactions in a cash flow hedge.  The Company may enter into derivative contracts that are intended to economically hedge certain of its risks, even though hedge accounting does not apply or the Company elects not to apply hedge accounting.

The Company formally documents all hedging relationships, including an assessment that the derivative instruments are expected to be highly effective in offsetting the changes in fair values or cash flows of the hedged items.

Advertising Costs
Advertising costs are expensed as incurred.

Stock-Based Compensation
The Company has an Omnibus Stock Ownership and Long Term Incentive Plan (the “1999 Plan”) whereby certain stock-based rights, such as stock options, restricted stock and restricted stock units were granted to eligible directors and employees.  The 1999 Plan expired on May 13, 2009 but still governs the rights and obligations of the parties for grants made thereunder.

Under the 1999 Plan, the Company granted incentive stock options to certain eligible employees in order that they may purchase Company stock at a price equal to the fair market value on the date of the grant.  The options granted in 1999 vested over a five-year period.  Options granted subsequent to 1999 vested over a three-year period.  All options expire ten years after issuance.these loans.  As of December 31, 2014, there were no outstanding options under the 1999 Plan.  A summary2015, single-family residential loans comprised approximately 38% of the stock option activity forBank's total loan portfolio, including Banco de la Gente single-family residential stated income loans which were approximately 6% of the year ended December 31, 2014 is presented below:
A-38

Bank's total loan portfolio.

Stock Option Activity
For the Year Ended December 31, 2014
         
 Shares 
Weighted
Average Option
Price Per Share
 
Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Term (in
years)
  
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
(Dollars in
thousands)
Outstanding, December 31, 20133,630 $10.31     
          
Granted during the period-   $-     
Expired during the period-   $-     
Forfeited during the period-   $-     
Exercised during the period(3,630)$10.31     
          
Outstanding, December 31, 2014-   $-                                           -    
          
Exercisable, December 31, 2014 -   $-                                               -    
In addition, under
·Commercial real estate loans – Repayment is dependent on income being generated in amounts sufficient to cover operating expenses and debt service.  These loans also involve greater risk because they are generally not fully amortizing over a loan period, but rather have a balloon payment due at maturity.  A borrower's ability to make a balloon payment typically will depend on being able to either refinance the 1999 Plan,loan or timely sell the Company granted 3,000 restricted stock units in 2007 at a grant date fair value of $17.40 per share. The Company granted 1,750 restricted stock units at a grant date fair value of $12.80 per share during the third quarter of 2008 and 2,000 restricted stock units at a grant date fair value of $11.37 per share during the fourth quarter of 2008. The Company recognized compensation expense on the restricted stock units over the period of time the restrictions were in place (three years from the grant date for the grants of restricted stock units to date under the 1999 Plan).  The amount of expense recorded in each period reflected the changes in the Company’s stock price during such period.underlying property.  As of December 31, 2014, there was no unrecognized compensation expense related to2015, commercial real estate loans comprised approximately 33% of the 2007 and 2008 restricted stock unit grants granted under the 1999 Plan.Bank's total loan portfolio.

The Company also has an Omnibus Stock Ownership and Long Term Incentive Plan that was approved by shareholders on May 7, 2009 (the “2009 Plan”) whereby certain stock-based rights, such as stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance units, stock appreciation rights or book value shares, may be granted to eligible directors and employees.  A total of 282,635 shares are currently reserved for possible issuance under
·Commercial loans – Repayment is generally dependent upon the 2009 Plan.   All stock-based rights under the 2009 Plan must be granted or awarded by May 7, 2019 (or ten years from the 2009 Plan effective date).

The Company granted 29,514 restricted stock units under the 2009 Plan at a grant date fair value of $7.90 per share during the first quarter of 2012, of which 5,355 restricted stock units were forfeited by the executive officerssuccessful operation of the Company as required byborrower's business.   In addition, the agreement withcollateral securing the U.S. Departmentloans may depreciate over time, be difficult to appraise, be illiquid, or fluctuate in value based on the success of the Treasury (“UST”) in conjunction with the Company’s participation in the Capital Purchase Program (“CPP”) under the Troubled Asset Relief Program (“TARP”).  In July 2012, the Company granted 5,355 restricted stock units at a grant date fair value of $8.25 per share. The Company granted 26,795 restricted stock units under the 2009 Plan at a grant date fair value of $11.90 per share during the second quarter of 2013.  The Company granted 21,056 restricted stock units under the 2009 Plan at a grant date fair value of $15.70 per share during the first quarter of 2014.  The Company recognizes compensation expense on the restricted stock units over the period of time the restrictions are in place (five years from the grant date for the 2012 grants, four years from the grant date for the 2013 grants and three years from the grant date for the 2014 grants).  The amount of expense recorded each period reflects the changes in the Company’s stock price during such period.business.  As of December 31, 2014, the total unrecognized compensation expense related to the restricted stock unit grants under the 2009 Plan was $770,000.

The Company recognized compensation expense for restricted stock units granted under the 2009 Plan of $389,000, $173,000 and $42,000 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Net Earnings Per Share
Net earnings per common share is based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period while the effects of potential common shares outstanding during the period are included in diluted earnings per common share. The average market price during the year is used to compute equivalent shares.

The reconciliations2015, commercial loans comprised approximately 13% of the amounts used in the computation of both “basic earnings per common share” and “diluted earnings per common share” for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:
A-39

For the year ended December 31, 2014:
Net Earnings
Available to
Common
Shareholders
(Dollars in
thousands)
 
Common
Shares
 
Per Share
Amount
Basic earnings per common share$9,388 5,615,666 $1.67
Effect of dilutive securities:       
Stock options -   26,326   
Diluted earnings per common share$9,388 5,641,992 $1.66
        
For the year ended December 31, 2013:
Net Earnings
Available to
Common
Shareholders
(Dollars in
thousands)
 
Common
Shares
 
Per Share
Amount
Basic earnings per common share$6,035 5,613,495 $1.08
Effect of dilutive securities:       
Stock options -   9,725   
Diluted earnings per common share$6,035 5,623,220 $1.07
        
For the year ended December 31, 2012:
Net Earnings
Available to
Common
Shareholders
(Dollars in
thousands)
 
Common
Shares
 
Per Share
Amount
Basic earnings per common share$4,783 5,559,401 $0.86
Effect of dilutive securities:       
Stock options -   3,206   
Diluted earnings per common share$4,783 5,562,607 $0.86
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In November 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-16, (Topic 815):  Determining Whether the Host Contract in a Hybrid Financial Instrument Issued in the Form of a Share Is More Akin to Debt or to Equity.  ASU No. 2014-16 provides more direction for determining whether embedded features, such as a conversion option embedded in a share of preferred stock, need to be accounted for separately from their host shares.  ASU No. 2014-16 is effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2015.  The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or disclosures.

In November 2014, FASB issued ASU No. 2014-17, (Topic 805):  Pushdown Accounting (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force).  ASU No. 2014-17 gives acquired entities the option to apply pushdown accounting in their separate financial statements when an acquirer obtains control of them.  ASU No. 2014-17 was effective upon issuance for current and future reporting periods and any open reporting periods for which financial statements have not yet been issued.  The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or disclosures.

In January 2015, FASB issued ASU No. 2015-01, (Subtopic 225-20):  Simplifying Income Statement Presentation by Eliminating the Concept of Extraordinary Items.  ASU No. 2015-01 eliminates the concept of extraordinary items from GAAP.  ASU No. 2015-01 is effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2015.  The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or disclosures.

In February 2015, FASB issued ASU No. 2015-02, (Topic 810):  Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis.  ASU No. 2015-02 provides amendments to respond to stakeholders’ concerns about the current accounting for consolidation of certain legal entities.  Stakeholders expressed concerns that GAAP might require a reporting entity to consolidate another legal entity in situations in which the reporting entity’s contractual rights do not give it the ability to act primarily on its own behalf, the reporting entity does not hold a majority of the legal entity’s
A-40

voting rights, or the reporting entity is not exposed to a majority of the legal entity’s economic benefits or obligations.  ASU No. 2015-02 is effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2015.  The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or disclosures.  
Other accounting standards that have been issued or proposed by FASB or other standards-setting bodies are not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s results ofoperations, financial position or disclosures.

Reclassification
Certain amounts in the 2012 and 2013 consolidated financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the 2014 presentation.

(2)    Investment Securities

Investment securities available for sale at December 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)       
 December 31, 2014
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Estimated
Fair Value
Mortgage-backed securities$88,496 1,766 52 90,210
U.S. Government        
sponsored enterprises 33,766 418 136 34,048
State and political subdivisions 145,938 6,534 226 152,246
Corporate bonds 2,469 16 18 2,467
Trust preferred securities 750 -   -   750
Equity securities 748 630 -   1,378
Total$272,167 9,364 432 281,099
         
(Dollars in thousands)        
 December 31, 2013
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Estimated
Fair Value
Mortgage-backed securities$123,706 1,040 769 123,977
U.S. Government        
sponsored enterprises 22,115 97 69 22,143
State and political subdivisions 148,468 1,987 5,087 145,368
Corporate bonds 3,522 11 70 3,463
Trust preferred securities 1,250 -   -   1,250
Equity securities 748 941 -   1,689
Total$299,809 4,076 5,995 297,890
The current fair value and associated unrealized losses on investments in debt securities with unrealized losses at December 31, 2014 and 2013 are summarized in the tables below, with the length of time the individual securities have been in a continuous loss position.
A-41

(Dollars in thousands)           
 December 31, 2014
 Less than 12 Months 12 Months or More Total
 Fair Value 
Unrealized
Losses
 Fair Value 
Unrealized
Losses
 Fair Value 
Unrealized
Losses
Mortgage-backed securities$436 1 2,963 51 3,399 52
U.S. Government            
sponsored enterprises 2,996 4 9,850 132 12,846 136
State and political subdivisions 567 1 14,998 225 15,565 226
Corporate bonds -   -   525 18 525 18
Total$3,999 6 28,336 426 32,335 432
             
(Dollars in thousands)            
 December 31, 2013
 Less than 12 Months 12 Months or More Total
 Fair Value 
Unrealized
Losses
 Fair Value 
Unrealized
Losses
 Fair Value 
Unrealized
Losses
Mortgage-backed securities$40,857 691 10,128 78 50,985 769
U.S. Government            
sponsored enterprises 9,714 69 -   -   9,714 69
State and political subdivisions 77,187 4,863 1,824 224 79,011 5,087
Corporate bonds 1,984 16 511 54 1,984 70
Total$129,742 5,639 12,463 356 141,694 5,995
At December 31, 2014, unrealized losses in the investment securities portfolio relating to debt securities totaled $432,000.  The unrealized losses on these debt securities arose due to changing interest rates and are considered to be temporary.  From the December 31, 2014 tables above, 20 out of 176 securities issued by state and political subdivisions contained unrealized losses, eight out of 80 securities issued by U.S. Government sponsored enterprises, including mortgage-backed securities, contained unrealized losses, and one out of four securities issued by corporations contained unrealized losses.  These unrealized losses are considered temporary because of acceptable financial condition and results of operations on each security and the repayment sources of principal and interest on U.S. Government sponsored enterprises, including mortgage-backed securities, are government backed.

The Company periodically evaluates its investments for any impairment which would be deemed other-than-temporary.   No investment impairments were deemed other-than-temporary in 2014, 2013 or 2012.
The amortized cost and estimated fair value of investment securities available for sale at December 31, 2014, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities of mortgage-backed securities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

December 31, 2014   
(Dollars in thousands)   
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Estimated
Fair Value
Due within one year$4,308 4,323
Due from one to five years 40,564 42,548
Due from five to ten years 117,452 121,399
Due after ten years 20,599 21,241
Mortgage-backed securities 88,496 90,210
Equity securities 748 1,378
Total$272,167 281,099
Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale during 2014 were $20.2 million and resulted in gross gains of $291,000 and gross losses of $25,000.  During 2013, proceeds from sales of securities available for sale were $17.5 million and resulted in gross gains of $738,000 and gross losses of $124,000.  During 2012, the proceeds from sales of securities available for sale were $47.1 million and resulted in gross gains of $1.3 million and gross losses of $103,000.
A-42

Securities with a fair value of approximately $89.9 million and $86.0 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, were pledged to secure public deposits, Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta (“FHLB”) borrowings and for other purposes as required by law.

GAAP establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. There is a three-level fair value hierarchy for fair value measurements.  Level 1 inputs are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that a company has the ability to access at the measurement date. Level 2 inputs are inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.  The table below presents the balance of securities available for sale, which are measured at fair value on a recurring basis by level within the fair value hierarchy as of December 31, 2014 and 2013.

(Dollars in thousands)       
 December 31, 2014
 
Fair Value
Measurements
 
Level 1
Valuation
 
Level 2
Valuation
 
Level 3
Valuation
Mortgage-backed securities$90,210 - 90,210 -
U.S. Government        
sponsored enterprises$34,048 - 34,048 -
State and political subdivisions$152,246 - 152,246 -
Corporate bonds$2,467 - 2,467 -
Trust preferred securities$750 - - 750
Equity securities$1,378 1,378 - -
         
         
(Dollars in thousands)        
 December 31, 2013
 
Fair Value
Measurements
 
Level 1
Valuation
 
Level 2
Valuation
 
Level 3
Valuation
Mortgage-backed securities$123,977 - 123,977 -
U.S. Government        
sponsored enterprises$22,143 - 22,143 -
State and political subdivisions$145,368 - 145,368 -
Corporate bonds$3,463 - 3,463 -
Trust preferred securities$1,250 - - 1,250
Equity securities$1,689 1,689 - -
Fair values of investment securities available for sale are determined by obtaining quoted prices on nationally recognized securities exchanges when available.  If quoted prices are not available, fair value is determined using matrix pricing, which is a mathematical technique used widely in the industry to value debt securities without relying exclusively on quoted prices for the specific securities but rather by relying on the securities’ relationship to other benchmark quoted securities.

The following is an analysis of fair value measurements of investment securities available for sale using Level 3, significant unobservable inputs, for the year ended December 31, 2014.
(Dollars in thousands)  
 
Investment Securities
Available for Sale
 Level 3 Valuation
Balance, beginning of period$1,250 
Change in book value - 
Change in gain/(loss) realized and unrealized - 
Purchases/(sales and calls) (500)
Transfers in and/or (out) of Level 3 - 
Balance, end of period$750 
    
Change in unrealized gain/(loss) for assets still held in Level 3$- 
A-43

 (3)    Loans

Major classifications of loans at December 31, 2014 and 2013 are summarized as follows:
(Dollars in thousands)   
 December 31, 2014 December 31, 2013
Real estate loans:   
Construction and land development$57,617 63,742
Single-family residential 206,417 195,975
Single-family residential -    
Banco de la Gente stated income 47,015 49,463
Commercial 228,558 209,287
Multifamily and farmland 12,400 11,801
Total real estate loans 552,007 530,268
     
Loans not secured by real estate:    
Commercial loans 76,262 68,047
Farm loans 7 19
Consumer loans 10,060 9,593
All other loans 13,555 13,033
     
Total loans 651,891 620,960
     
Less allowance for loan losses 11,082 13,501
     
Total net loans$640,809 607,459
The Bank grants loans and extensions of credit primarily within the Catawba Valley region of North Carolina, which encompasses Catawba, Alexander, Iredell and Lincoln counties and also in Mecklenburg, Union, Wake and Durham counties of North Carolina.  Although the Bank has a diversified loan portfolio, a substantial portion of the loan portfolio is collateralized by improved and unimproved real estate, the value of which is dependent upon the real estate market.  Risk characteristics of the major components of the Bank’s loan portfolio are discussed below:

·  Construction and land development loans – The risk of loss is largely dependent on the initial estimate of whether the property’s value at completion equals or exceeds the cost of property construction and the availability of take-out financing.  During the construction phase, a number of factors can result in delays or cost overruns.  If the estimate is inaccurate or if actual construction costs exceed estimates, the value of the property securing the loan may be insufficient to ensure full repayment when completed through a permanent loan, sale of the property, or by seizure of collateral.  As of December 31, 2014, construction and land development loans comprised approximately 9% of the Bank’sBank's total loan portfolio.

·  Single-family residential loans – Declining home sales volumes, decreased real estate values and higher than normal levels of unemployment could contribute to losses on these loans.  As of December 31, 2014, single-family residential loans comprised approximately 39% of the Bank’s total loan portfolio, including Banco de la Gente single-family residential stated income loans which were approximately 7% of the Bank’s total loan portfolio.Loans are considered past due if the required principal and interest payments have not been received as of the date such payments were due. Loans are placed on non-accrual status when, in management's opinion, the borrower may be unable to meet payment obligations as they become due, as well as when required by regulatory provisions. Loans may be placed on non-accrual status regardless of whether or not such loans are considered past due. When interest accrual is discontinued, all unpaid accrued interest is reversed. Interest income is subsequently recognized only to the extent cash payments are received in excess of principal due. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.

The following tables present an age analysis of past due loans, by loan type, as of December 31, 2015 and 2014:
December 31, 2015           
(Dollars in thousands)           
  
 
Loans 30-89
Days Past
Due
  
 
Loans 90 or
More Days
Past Due
  
 
Total
Past Due
Loans
  
 
Total
Current
Loans
  
 
 
Total
Loans
  
Accruing
Loans 90 or
More Days
Past Due
Real estate loans:           
Construction and land development $330   17   347   65,444   65,791   -
Single-family residential  2,822   1,385   4,207   216,483   220,690   -
Single-family residential -                       
Banco de la Gente stated income  7,021   114   7,135   36,598   43,733   -
Commercial  2,619   157   2,776   225,750   228,526   -
Multifamily and farmland  -   -   -   18,080   18,080   -
Total real estate loans  12,792   1,673   14,465   562,355   576,820   -
                        
Loans not secured by real estate:                       
Commercial loans  185   40   225   90,785   91,010   17
Farm loans  -   -   -   3   3   -
Consumer loans  136   8   144   9,883   10,027   -
All other loans  -   -   -   11,231   11,231   -
Total loans $13,113   1,721   14,834   674,257   689,091   17
A-43

December 31, 2014           
(Dollars in thousands)           
  
 
Loans 30-89
Days Past
Due
  
 
Loans 90 or
More Days
Past Due
  
 
Total
Past Due
Loans
  
 
Total
Current
Loans
  
 
 
Total
Loans
  
Accruing
 Loans 90 or
More Days
Past Due
Real estate loans:           
Construction and land development $294   3,540   3,834   53,783   57,617   -
Single-family residential  5,988   268   6,256   200,161   206,417   -
Single-family residential -                       
Banco de la Gente stated income  8,998   610   9,608   37,407   47,015   -
Commercial  3,205   366   3,571   224,987   228,558   -
Multifamily and farmland  85   -   85   12,315   12,400   -
Total real estate loans  18,570   4,784   23,354   528,653   552,007   -
                        
Loans not secured by real estate:                       
Commercial loans  241   49   290   75,972   76,262   -
Farm loans  -   -   -   7   7   -
Consumer loans  184   -   184   9,876   10,060   -
All other loans  -   -   -   13,555   13,555   -
Total loans $18,995   4,833   23,828   628,063   651,891   -
The following table presents the Bank's non-accrual loans as of December 31, 2015 and 2014: 
(Dollars in thousands)   
  December 31, 2015  December 31, 2014
Real estate loans:   
Construction and land development $146   3,854
Single-family residential  4,023   2,370
Single-family residential -       
Banco de la Gente stated income  1,106   1,545
Commercial  2,992   2,598
Multifamily and farmland  -   110
Total real estate loans  8,267   10,477
        
Loans not secured by real estate:       
Commercial loans  113   176
Consumer loans  52   75
Total $8,432   10,728
At each reporting period, the Bank determines which loans are impaired.  Accordingly, the Bank's impaired loans are reported at their estimated fair value on a non-recurring basis.  An allowance for each impaired loan that is collateral-dependent is calculated based on the fair value of its collateral.  The fair value of the collateral is based on appraisals performed by REAS, a subsidiary of the Bank.  REAS is staffed by certified appraisers that also perform appraisals for other companies.  Factors, including the assumptions and techniques utilized by the appraiser, are considered by management.  If the recorded investment in the impaired loan exceeds the measure of fair value of the collateral, a valuation allowance is recorded as a component of the allowance for loan losses.  An allowance for each impaired loan that is not collateral dependent is calculated based on the present value of projected cash flows.  If the recorded investment in the impaired loan exceeds the present value of projected cash flows, a valuation allowance is recorded as a component of the allowance for loan losses.  Impaired loans under $250,000 are not individually evaluated for impairment with the exception of the Bank's troubled debt restructured ("TDR") loans in the residential mortgage loan portfolio, which are individually evaluated for impairment.  Impaired loans collectively evaluated for impairment totaled $8.4 million and $8.1 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.  Accruing impaired loans were $25.0 million and $25.6  million at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.  Interest income recognized on accruing impaired loans was $1.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014.  No interest income is recognized on non-accrual impaired loans subsequent to their classification as non-accrual.
A-44


The following tables present the Bank's impaired loans as of December 31, 2015 and 2014:
December 31, 2015           
(Dollars in thousands)           
            
  
Unpaid
Contractual
Principal
Balance
  
Recorded
Investment
With No
Allowance
  
Recorded
Investment
With
Allowance
  
Recorded
Investment
in Impaired
 Loans
  
Related
Allowance
  
Average
Outstanding
Impaired
Loans
Real estate loans:           
Construction and land development $643   216   226   442   12   705
Single-family residential  8,828   1,489   6,805   8,294   189   10,852
Single-family residential -                       
Banco de la Gente stated income  20,375   -   19,215   19,215   1,143   18,414
Commercial  4,556   -   4,893   4,893   179   5,497
Multifamily and farmland  96   -   83   83   -   93
Total impaired real estate loans  34,498   1,705   31,222   32,927   1,523   35,561
                        
Loans not secured by real estate:                       
Commercial loans  180   -   161   161   3   132
Consumer loans  286   -   260   260   4   283
Total impaired loans $34,964   1,705   31,643   33,348   1,530   35,976
December 31, 2014           
(Dollars in thousands)           
            
  
Unpaid
Contractual
Principal
Balance
  
Recorded
 Investment
With No
Allowance
  
Recorded
Investment
With
Allowance
  
Recorded
Investment
 in Impaired
Loans
  
Related
Allowance
  
Average
Outstanding
Impaired
 Loans
Real estate loans:           
Construction and land development $5,481   3,639   555   4,194   31   5,248
Single-family residential  6,717   933   5,540   6,473   154   7,430
Single-family residential -                       
Banco de la Gente stated income  21,243   -   20,649   20,649   1,191   19,964
Commercial  4,752   1,485   2,866   4,351   272   4,399
Multifamily and farmland  111   -   110   110   1   154
Total impaired real estate loans  38,304   6,057   29,720   35,777   1,649   37,195
                        
Loans not secured by real estate:                       
Commercial loans  218   -   201   201   4   641
Consumer loans  318   -   313   313   5   309
Total impaired loans $38,840   6,057   30,234   36,291   1,658   38,145
The fair value measurements for mortgage loans held for sale, impaired loans and other real estate on a non-recurring basis at December 31, 2015 and 2014 are presented below.  The Company's valuation methodology is discussed in Note 15.
(Dollars in thousands)       
  
Fair Value
Measurements
December 31, 2015 
 
Level 1
Valuation
  
Level 2
Valuation
  
Level 3
Valuation
Mortgage loans held for sale $4,149   -   -   4,149
Impaired loans $31,818   -   -   31,818
Other real estate $739   -   -   739
A-45

  Fair Value Measurements December 31, 2014  
Level 1
Valuation
  
Level 2
Valuation
  
Level 3
Valuation
Mortgage loans held for sale $1,375   -   -   1,375
Impaired loans $34,633   -   -   34,633
Other real estate $2,016   -   -   2,016
             
(Dollars in thousands)       
  
Fair Value
December 31, 2015
  
Fair Value
December 31, 2014
 
Valuation
Technique
 
Significant Unobservable
Inputs
  
General Range
of Significant Unobservable
Input Values
Mortgage loans
 held for sale
 $4,149   1,375 
Rate lock
commitment
  N/A   N/A
Impaired loans $31,818   34,633 
 Appraised value
and discounted
 cash flows
 
Discounts to
reflect current
market conditions
 and ultimate collectability
   0 - 25%
Other real estate $739   2,016  Appraised value 
Discounts to
reflect current
 market conditions
and estimated
costs to sell
   0 - 25%
       Changes in the allowance for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2015 were as follows:
(Dollars in thousands)                    
  Real Estate Loans                 
  
Construction
and Land Development
  
Single-
Family Residential
  
Single-
Family Residential
- Banco de
la Gente
Stated
Income
  Commercial  
Multifamily
and
Farmland
  Commercial  Farm  
Consumer
and All
Other
  Unallocated  Total 
Allowance for loan losses:                    
Beginning balance $2,785   2,566   1,610   1,902   7   1,098   -   233   881   11,082 
Charge-offs  (198)  (618)  (117)  (329)  -   (37)  -   (545)  -   (1,844)
Recoveries  45   34   22   21   -   101   -   145   -   368 
Provision  (447)  552   (55)  323   (7)  (320)  -   339   (402)  (17)
Ending balance $2,185   2,534   1,460   1,917   -   842   -   172   479   9,589 
                                         
                                         
Ending balance: individually                                        
evaluated for impairment $-   96   1,115   171   -   -   -   -   -   1,382 
Ending balance: collectively                                        
evaluated for impairment  2,185   2,438   345   1,746   -   842   -   172   479   8,207 
Ending balance $2,185   2,534   1,460   1,917   -   842   -   172   479   9,589 
                                         
Loans:                                        
Ending balance $65,791   220,690   43,733   228,526   18,080   91,010   3   21,258   -   689,091 
                                         
Ending balance: individually                                        
evaluated for impairment $216   2,636   17,850   4,212   -   -   -   -   -   24,914 
Ending balance: collectively                                        
evaluated for impairment $65,575   218,054   25,883   224,314   18,080   91,010   3   21,258   -   664,177 
A-46

Changes in the allowance for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2014 were as follows:
(Dollars in thousands)                    
  Real Estate Loans                 
  
Construction
and Land Development
  
Single-
Family Residential
  
Single-
Family Residential
- Banco de
la Gente
Stated
Income
  Commercial  
Multifamily
and
Farmland
  Commercial  Farm  
Consumer
and All
Other
  Unallocated  Total 
Allowance for loan losses:                    
Beginning balance $3,218   3,123   1,863   2,219   37   1,069   -   245   1,727   13,501 
Charge-offs  (884)  (309)  (190)  (290)  -   (430)  -   (534)  -   (2,637)
Recoveries  428   72   16   171   -   54   -   176   -   917 
Provision  23   (320)  (79)  (198)  (30)  405   -   346   (846)  (699)
Ending balance $2,785   2,566   1,610   1,902   7   1,098   -   233   881   11,082 
                                         
                                         
Ending balance: individually                                        
evaluated for impairment $-   82   1,155   260   -   -   -   -   -   1,497 
Ending balance: collectively                                        
evaluated for impairment  2,785   2,484   455   1,642   7   1,098   -   233   881   9,585 
Ending balance $2,785   2,566   1,610   1,902   7   1,098   -   233   881   11,082 
                                         
Loans:                                        
Ending balance $57,617   206,417   47,015   228,558   12,400   76,262   7   23,615   -   651,891 
                                         
Ending balance: individually                                        
evaluated for impairment $3,639   2,298   18,884   3,345   -   -   -   -   -   28,166 
Ending balance: collectively                                        
evaluated for impairment $53,978   204,119   28,131   225,213   12,400   76,262   7   23,615   -   623,725 
Changes in the allowance for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2013 were as follows:
(Dollars in thousands)                    
  Real Estate Loans                 
  
Construction
and Land Development
  
Single-
Family Residential
  
Single-
Family Residential
- Banco de
la Gente
Stated
Income
  Commercial  
Multifamily
and
Farmland
  Commercial  Farm  
Consumer
and All
Other
  Unallocated  Total 
Allowance for loan losses:                    
Beginning balance $4,399   3,231   1,998   2,049   28   1,088   -   245   1,385   14,423 
Charge-offs  (777)  (1,724)  (272)  (445)  -   (502)  -   (652)  -   (4,372)
Recoveries  377   111   141   50   -   44   -   143   -   866 
Provision  (781)  1,505   (4)  565   9   439   -   509   342   2,584 
Ending balance $3,218   3,123   1,863   2,219   37   1,069   -   245   1,727   13,501 
                                         
                                         
Ending balance: individually                                        
evaluated for impairment $-   39   1,268   171   -   -   -   -   -   1,478 
Ending balance: collectively                                        
evaluated for impairment  3,218   3,084   595   2,048   37   1,069   -   245   1,727   12,023 
Ending balance $3,218   3,123   1,863   2,219   37   1,069   -   245   1,727   13,501 
                                         
Loans:                                        
Ending balance $63,742   195,975   49,463   209,287   11,801   68,047   19   22,626   -   620,960 
                                         
Ending balance: individually                                        
evaluated for impairment $6,293   3,127   19,958   3,767   -   256   -   265   -   33,666 
Ending balance: collectively                                        
evaluated for impairment $57,449   192,848   29,505   205,520   11,801   67,791   19   22,361   -   587,294 
The Bank utilizes an internal risk grading matrix to assign a risk grade to each of its loans.  Loans are graded on a scale of 1 to 8.  These risk grades are evaluated on an ongoing basis.  A description of the general characteristics of the eight risk grades is as follows:
·
Risk Grade 1 – Excellent Quality: Loans are well above average quality and a minimal amount of credit risk exists.  CD or cash secured loans or properly margined actively traded stock or bond secured loans would fall in this
grade.

·
Risk Grade 2 – High Quality: Loans are of good quality with risk levels well within the Company's range of acceptability.  The organization or individual is established with a history of successful performance though
·  Commercial real estate loans – Repayment is dependent on income being generated in amounts sufficient to cover operating expenses and debt service.  These loans also involve greater risk because they are generally not fully amortizing over a loan period, but rather have a balloon payment due at maturity.  A borrower’s ability to make a balloon payment typically will depend on being able to either refinance the loan or timely sell the underlying property.  As of December 31, 2014, commercial real estate loans comprised approximately 35% of the Bank’s total loan portfolio.somewhat susceptible to economic changes.

·  Commercial loans – Repayment is generally dependent upon the successful operation of the borrower’s business.   In addition, the collateral securing the loans may depreciate over time, be difficult to appraise, be illiquid, or fluctuate in value based on the success of the business.  As of December 31, 2014, commercial loans comprised approximately 12% of the Bank’s total loan portfolio.
A-44
A-47

Loans are considered past due if the required principal and interest payments have not been received as of the date such payments were due. Loans are placed on non-accrual status when, in management’s opinion, the borrower may be unable to meet payment obligations as they become due, as well as when required by regulatory provisions. Loans may be placed on non-accrual status regardless of whether or not such loans are considered past due. When interest accrual is discontinued, all unpaid accrued interest is reversed. Interest income is subsequently recognized only to the extent cash payments are received in excess of principal due. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.

The following tables present an age analysis of past due loans, by loan type, as of December 31, 2014 and 2013:

December 31, 2014        
(Dollars in thousands)        
 
Loans 30-89
Days Past
Due
 
Loans 90 or
More Days
Past Due
 
Total
Past Due
Loans
 
Total
Current
Loans
 
Total
Loans
 
Accruing
Loans 90 or
More Days
Past Due
Real estate loans:           
Construction and land development$294 3,540 3,834 53,783 57,617 -  
Single-family residential 5,988 268 6,256 200,161 206,417 -  
Single-family residential -            
Banco de la Gente stated income 8,998 610 9,608 37,407 47,015 -  
Commercial 3,205 366 3,571 224,987 228,558 -  
Multifamily and farmland 85 -   85 12,315 12,400 -  
Total real estate loans 18,570 4,784 23,354 528,653 552,007 -  
             
Loans not secured by real estate:            
Commercial loans 241 49 290 75,972 76,262 -  
Farm loans -   -   -   7 7 -  
Consumer loans 184 -   184 9,876 10,060 -  
All other loans -   -   -   13,555 13,555 -  
Total loans$18,995 4,833 23,828 628,063 651,891 -  
             
             
December 31, 2013            
(Dollars in thousands)            
 
Loans 30-89
Days Past
Due
 
Loans 90 or
More Days
Past Due
 
Total
Past Due
 Loans
 
Total
Current
Loans
 
Total
Loans
 
Accruing
 Loans 90 or
More Days
Past Due
Real estate loans:            
Construction and land development$3,416 5,426 8,842 54,900 63,742 -  
Single-family residential 4,518 1,555 6,073 189,902 195,975 -  
Single-family residential -            
Banco de la Gente stated income 9,833 1,952 11,785 37,678 49,463 881
Commercial 1,643 486 2,129 207,158 209,287 -  
Multifamily and farmland 177 -   177 11,624 11,801 -  
Total real estate loans 19,587 9,419 29,006 501,262 530,268 881
             
Loans not secured by real estate:            
Commercial loans 424 29 453 67,594 68,047 -  
Farm loans -   -   -   19 19 -  
Consumer loans 181 3 184 9,409 9,593 1
All other loans    - -   -   13,033 13,033 -  
Total loans$20,192 9,451 29,643 591,317 620,960 882
A-45

The following table presents the Bank’s non-accrual loans as of December 31, 2014 and 2013:

(Dollars in thousands)   
 December 31, 2014 December 31, 2013
Real estate loans:   
Construction and land development$3,854 6,546
Single-family residential 2,370 2,980
Single-family residential -    
Banco de la Gente stated income 1,545 1,990
Commercial 2,598 2,043
Multifamily and farmland 110 -  
Total real estate loans 10,477 13,559
     
Loans not secured by real estate:    
Commercial loans 176 250
Consumer loans 75 27
Total$10,728 13,836
At each reporting period, the Bank determines which loans are impaired.  Accordingly, the Bank’s impaired loans are reported at their estimated fair value on a non-recurring basis.  An allowance for each impaired loan that is collateral-dependent is calculated based on the fair value of its collateral.  The fair value of the collateral is based on appraisals performed by REAS, a subsidiary of the Bank.  REAS is staffed by certified appraisers that also perform appraisals for other companies.  Various factors, including the assumptions and techniques utilized by the appraiser, are considered by management in determining the impairment of a loan.  If the recorded investment in the impaired loan exceeds the measure of fair value of the collateral, a valuation allowance is recorded as a component of the allowance for loan losses.  An allowance for each impaired loan that is non-collateral dependent is calculated based on the present value of projected cash flows.  If the recorded investment in the impaired loan exceeds the present value of projected cash flows, a valuation allowance is recorded as a component of the allowance for loan losses.  Impaired loans under $250,000 are not individually evaluated for impairment with the exception of the Bank’s troubled debt restructured (“TDR”) loans in the residential mortgage loan portfolio, which are individually evaluated for impairment.  Accruing impaired loans were $25.6 million and $27.6 million at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.  Interest income recognized on accruing impaired loans was $1.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.  No interest income is recognized on non-accrual impaired loans subsequent to their classification as non-accrual.

The following tables present the Bank’s impaired loans as of December 31, 2014 and 2013:

December 31, 2014          
(Dollars in thousands)          
            
 
Unpaid
Contractual
Principal
Balance
 
Recorded
 Investment
With No
Allowance
 
Recorded
Investment
With
Allowance
 
Recorded
Investment
in Impaired
 Loans
 
Related
Allowance
 
Average
Outstanding
Impaired
Loans
Real estate loans:           
Construction and land development$5,481 3,639 555 4,194 31 5,248
Single-family residential 6,717 933 5,540 6,473 154 7,430
Single-family residential -            
Banco de la Gente stated income 21,243 -   20,649 20,649 1,191 19,964
Commercial 4,752 1,485 2,866 4,351 272 4,399
Multifamily and farmland 111 - 110 110 1 154
Total impaired real estate loans 38,304 6,057 29,720 35,777 1,649 37,195
             
Loans not secured by real estate:            
Commercial loans 218 -   201 201 4 641
Consumer loans 318 -   313 313 5 309
Total impaired loans$38,840 6,057 30,234 36,291 1,658 38,145
A-46

 
 
·Risk Grade 3 – Good Quality: Loans of average quality with risk levels within the Company's range of acceptability but higher than normal. This may be a new organization or an existing organization in a transitional phase (e.g. expansion, acquisition, market change).
December 31, 2013          
(Dollars in thousands)          
 
Unpaid
Contractual
Principal
Balance
 
Recorded
 Investment
With No
Allowance
 
Recorded
Investment
With
Allowance
 
Recorded
Investment
in Impaired
Loans
 
Related
Allowance
 
Average
 Outstanding
 Impaired
Loans
Real estate loans:           
Construction and land development$9,861 6,293 868 7,161 53 8,289
Single-family residential 7,853 1,428 5,633 7,061 123 7,859
Single-family residential -            
Banco de la Gente stated income 22,034 -   21,242 21,242 1,300 21,242
Commercial 5,079 3,045 1,489 4,534 182 4,171
Multifamily and farmland 177 -   177 177 1 184
Total impaired real estate loans 45,004 10,766 29,409 40,175 1,659 41,745
             
Loans not secured by real estate:            
Commercial loans 999 257 724 981 15 826
Consumer loans 302 264 35 299 1 247
Total impaired loans$46,305 11,287 30,168 41,455 1,675 42,818
The fair value measurements for impaired
·Risk Grade 4 – Management Attention: These loans have higher risk and other real estate on a non-recurring basis at December 31, 2014 and 2013servicing needs but still are presented below.  The fair value measurement process uses certified appraisals and other market-based information; however, in many cases, it also requires significant input based on management’s knowledgeacceptable. Evidence of and judgment about current market conditions, specific issues relating to the collateral, and other matters.  As a result, all fair value measurements for impaired loans and other real estatemarginal performance or deteriorating trends is observed.  These are considered Level 3.

(Dollars in thousands)         
 
Fair Value
Measurements
December 31, 2014
 
Level 1
Valuation
 
Level 2
Valuation
 
Level 3
Valuation
 
Total Gains/(Losses) for
the Year Ended
December 31, 2014
Impaired loans$34,633 - - 34,633 (1,444)
Other real estate$2,016 - - 2,016 (622)
            
(Dollars in thousands)         
 
Fair Value
Measurements
December 31, 2013
 
Level 1
Valuation
 
Level 2
Valuation
 
Level 3
Valuation
 
Total Gains/(Losses) for
the Year Ended
December 31, 2013
Impaired loans$39,780 - - 39,780 (3,207)
Other real estate$1,679 - - 1,679 (581)
A-47

Changesnot problem credits presently, but may be in the allowance for loan losses forfuture if the year ended December 31, 2014 were as follows:borrower is unable to change its present course.

(Dollars in thousands)                  
 Real Estate Loans           
 
Construction
and Land Development
 
Single-
Family
Residential
 
Single-
Family
Residential -
Banco de la
Gente
Stated
Income
 Commercial 
Multifamily
and
Farmland
 Commercial Farm 
Consumer
and All
Other
 Unallocated Total 
Allowance for loan losses:                    
Beginning balance$3,218 3,123 1,863 2,219 37 1,069 - 245 1,727 13,501 
Charge-offs (884)(309)(190)(290)- (430)- (534)- (2,637)
Recoveries 428 72 16 171 - 54 - 176 - 917 
Provision 23 (320)(79)(198)(30)405 - 346 (846)(699)
Ending balance$2,785 2,566 1,610 1,902 7 1,098 - 233 881 11,082 
                      
                      
Ending balance: individually                     
evaluated for impairment$- 82 1,155 260 - - - - - 1,497 
Ending balance: collectively                     
evaluated for impairment 2,785 2,484 455 1,642 7 1,098 - 233 881 9,585 
Ending balance$2,785 2,566 1,610 1,902 7 1,098 - 233 881 11,082 
                      
Loans:                     
Ending balance$57,617 206,417 47,015 228,558 12,400 76,262 7 23,615 - 651,891 
                      
Ending balance: individually                     
evaluated for impairment$3,639 2,298 18,884 3,345 - - - - - 28,166 
Ending balance: collectively                     
evaluated for impairment$53,978 204,119 28,131 225,213 12,400 76,262 7 23,615 - 623,725 
Changes in
·Risk Grade 5 – Watch: These loans are currently performing satisfactorily, but there has been some recent past due history on repayment and there are potential weaknesses that may, if not corrected, weaken the allowance for loan losses forasset or inadequately protect the year ended December 31, 2013 were as follows:
(Dollars in thousands)                   
 Real Estate Loans           
 
Construction
and Land Development
 
Single-
Family
Residential
 
Single-
Family
Residential - Banco de la
Gente
Stated
Income
 Commercial 
Multifamily
and
Farmland
 Commercial Farm 
Consumer
and All
Other
 Unallocated Total 
Allowance for loan losses:                    
Beginning balance$4,399 3,231 1,998 2,049 28 1,088 - 245 1,385 14,423 
Charge-offs (777)(1,724)(272)(445)- (502)- (652)- (4,372)
Recoveries 377 111 141 50 - 44 - 143 - 866 
Provision (781)1,505 (4)565 9 439 - 509 342 2,584 
Ending balance$3,218 3,123 1,863 2,219 37 1,069 - 245 1,727 13,501 
                      
                      
Ending balance: individually                     
evaluated for impairment$- 39 1,268 171 - - - - - 1,478 
Ending balance: collectively                     
evaluated for impairment 3,218 3,084 595 2,048 37 1,069 - 245 1,727 12,023 
Ending balance$3,218 3,123 1,863 2,219 37 1,069 - 245 1,727 13,501 
                      
Loans:                     
Ending balance$63,742 195,975 49,463 209,287 11,801 68,047 19 22,626 - 620,960 
                      
Ending balance: individually                     
evaluated for impairment$6,293 3,127 19,958 3,767 - 256 - 265 - 33,666 
Ending balance: collectively                     
evaluated for impairment$57,449 192,848 29,505 205,520 11,801 67,791 19 22,361 - 587,294 
A-48

Changes in the allowance for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2012 were as follows:
(Dollars in thousands)                  
 Real Estate Loans            
 
Construction
and Land Development
 
Single-
Family Residential
 
Single-
Family Residential - Banco de la
Gente
Stated
Income
 Commercial 
Multifamily
and
Farmland
 Commercial Farm 
Consumer
and All
Other
 Unallocated Total 
Allowance for loan losses:                    
Beginning balance$7,182 3,253 2,104 1,731 13 1,029 - 255 1,037 16,604 
Charge-offs (4,728)(886)(668)(937)- (555)- (557)- (8,331)
Recoveries 528 72 - 374 - 104 - 148 - 1,226 
Provision 1,417 792 562 881 15 510 - 399 348 4,924 
Ending balance$4,399 3,231 1,998 2,049 28 1,088 - 245 1,385 14,423 
                      
Allowance for loan losses:                     
Ending balance: individually                     
evaluated for impairment$24 84 1,254 - - - - - - 1,362 
Ending balance: collectively                     
evaluated for impairment 4,375 3,147 744 2,049 28 1,088 - 245 1,385 13,061 
Ending balance$4,399 3,231 1,998 2,049 28 1,088 - 245 1,385 14,423 
                      
Loans:                     
Ending balance$73,176 195,003 52,019 200,633 8,951 64,295 11 25,886 - 619,974 
                      
Ending balance: individually                     
evaluated for impairment$11,961 3,885 20,024 4,569 - 346 - - - 40,785 
Ending balance: collectively                     
evaluated for impairment$61,215 191,118 31,995 196,064 8,951 63,949 11 25,886 - 579,189 
The Company utilizes an internal risk grading matrix to assign a risk grade to each of its loans.  Loans are graded on a scale of 1 to 8.  These risk grades are evaluated on an ongoing basis.  A description of the general characteristics of the eight risk grades is as follows:

·  Risk Grade 1 – Excellent Quality: Loans are well above average quality and a minimal amount of credit risk exists.  CD or cash secured loans or properly margined actively traded stock or bond secured loans would fall in this grade.
·  Risk Grade 2 – High Quality: Loans are of good quality with risk levels well within the Company’s range of acceptability.  The organization or individual is established with a history of successful performance though somewhat susceptible to economic changes.
·  Risk Grade 3 – Good Quality: Loans of average quality with risk levels within the Company’s range of acceptability but higher than normal. This may be a new organization or an existing organization in a transitional phase (e.g. expansion, acquisition, market change).
·  Risk Grade 4 – Management Attention: These loans have higher risk and servicing needs but still are acceptable. Evidence of marginal performance or deteriorating trends is observed.  These are not problem credits presently, but may be in the future if the borrower is unable to change its present course.
·  Risk Grade 5 – Watch: These loans are currently performing satisfactorily, but there has been some recent past due history on repayment and there are potential weaknesses that may, if not corrected, weaken the asset or inadequately protect the Company’sCompany's position at some future date.
·Risk Grade 6 – Substandard: A Substandard loan is inadequately protected by the current sound net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or the collateral pledged (if there is any).  There is a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt.  There is a distinct possibility that the Company will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.
·Risk Grade 7 – Doubtful: Loans classified as Doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in loans classified Substandard, plus the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values highly questionable and improbable. Doubtful is a temporary grade where a loss is expected but is presently not quantified with any degree of accuracy. Once the loss position is determined, the amount is charged off.
·  Risk Grade 8 – Loss: Loans classified as Loss are considered uncollectable and of such little value that their continuance as bankable assets is not warranted.  This classification does not mean that the asset has absolutely no recovery or salvage value, but rather that it is not practical or desirable to defer writing off this worthless loan even though partial recovery may be realized in the future.  Loss is a temporary grade until the appropriate authority is obtained to charge the loan off.
·
A-49

The following tables presentRisk Grade 8 – Loss: Loans classified as Loss are considered uncollectable and of such little value that their continuance as bankable assets is not warranted.  This classification does not mean that the credit risk profile of eachasset has absolutely no recovery or salvage value, but rather that it is not practical or desirable to defer writing off this worthless loan type based on internally assigned risk grades as of December 31, 2014 and 2013.

December 31, 2014                  
(Dollars in thousands)                  
 Real Estate Loans          
 
Construction
and Land Development
 
Single-
Family
Residential
 
Single-
Family
Residential -
Banco de la
Gente
Stated
Income
 Commercial 
Multifamily
and
Farmland
 Commercial Farm Consumer All Other Total
                    
1- Excellent Quality$- 15,099 - - - 924 - 1,232 - 17,255
2- High Quality 6,741 74,367 - 39,888 241 18,730 - 3,576 1,860 145,403
3- Good Quality 24,641 74,453 21,022 142,141 8,376 44,649 7 4,549 8,055 327,893
4- Management Attention 13,013 30,954 12,721 36,433 1,001 11,312 - 566 3,640 109,640
5- Watch 9,294 5,749 5,799 6,153 2,672 383 - 46 - 30,096
6- Substandard 3,928 5,795 7,473 3,943 110 264 - 87 - 21,600
7- Doubtful - - - - - - - - - -
8- Loss - - - - - - - 4 - 4
Total$57,617 206,417 47,015 228,558 12,400 76,262 7 10,060 13,555 651,891
                     
December 31, 2013                   
(Dollars in thousands)                   
 Real Estate Loans          
 
Construction
 and Land Development
 
Single-
Family
Residential
 
Single-
Family
Residential -
Banco de la
Gente
Stated
Income
 Commercial 
Multifamily
and
Farmland
 Commercial Farm Consumer All Other Total
                     
1- Excellent Quality$7 15,036 - - - 365 - 1,270 - 16,678
2- High Quality 7,852 60,882 - 33,340 715 8,442 - 3,519 2,139 116,889
3- Good Quality 22,899 73,118 22,255 123,604 7,882 44,353 19 4,061 8,565 306,756
4- Management Attention 14,464 34,090 8,369 42,914 286 13,704 - 358 2,329 116,514
5- Watch 8,163 6,806 8,113 5,190 2,741 320 - 50 - 31,383
6- Substandard 10,357 6,043 10,726 4,239 177 863 - 330 - 32,735
7- Doubtful - - - - - - - - - -
8- Loss - - - - - - - 5 - 5
Total$63,742 195,975 49,463 209,287 11,801 68,047 19 9,593 13,033 620,960
Total TDR loans amountedeven though partial recovery may be realized in the future.  Loss is a temporary grade until the appropriate authority is obtained to charge the loan off.
The following tables present the credit risk profile of each loan type based on internally assigned risk grades as of December 31, 2015 and 2014.
December 31, 2015                   
(Dollars in thousands)                   
  Real Estate Loans                
  
Construction
 and Land Development
  
Single-
Family Residential
  
Single-
Family Residential
- Banco de
la Gente
 Stated
Income
  Commercial  
Multifamily
and
Farmland
  Commercial  Farm  Consumer  All Other  Total
                    
1- Excellent Quality $-   15,189   -   -   -   700   -   1,091   -   16,980
2- High Quality  10,144   86,061   -   38,647   2,998   24,955   -   3,647   1,665   168,117
3- Good Quality  35,535   78,843   19,223   148,805   12,058   58,936   3   4,571   7,828   365,802
4- Management Attention  12,544   30,259   15,029   31,824   335   5,905   -   620   1,738   98,254
5- Watch  7,265   4,322   3,308   4,561   2,689   332   -   43   -   22,520
6- Substandard  303   6,016   6,173   4,689   -   182   -   55   -   17,418
7- Doubtful  -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -
8- Loss  -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -
Total $65,791   220,690   43,733   228,526   18,080   91,010   3   10,027   11,231   689,091
December 31, 2014                   
(Dollars in thousands)                   
  Real Estate Loans           
  
Construction
and Land Development
  
Single-
Family Residential
  
Single-
Family Residential
 - Banco de
la Gente
Stated
Income
  Commercial  
Multifamily
and
Farmland
  Commercial  Farm  Consumer  All Other  Total
                    
1- Excellent Quality $-   15,099   -   -   -   924   -   1,232   -   17,255
2- High Quality  6,741   74,367   -   39,888   241   18,730   -   3,576   1,860   145,403
3- Good Quality  24,641   74,453   21,022   142,141   8,376   44,649   7   4,549   8,055   327,893
4- Management Attention  13,013   30,954   12,721   36,433   1,001   11,312   -   566   3,640   109,640
5- Watch  9,294   5,749   5,799   6,153   2,672   383   -   46   -   30,096
6- Substandard  3,928   5,795   7,473   3,943   110   264   -   87   -   21,600
7- Doubtful  -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -
8- Loss  -   -   -   -   -   -   -   4   -   4
Total $57,617   206,417   47,015   228,558   12,400   76,262   7   10,060   13,555   651,891
A-48

TDR loans modified in 2015, past due TDR loans and non-accrual TDR loans totaled $8.8 million and $15.0 million and $21.9 million at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, and 2013, respectively.  The terms of these loans have been renegotiated to provide a concession to original terms, including a reduction in principal or interest as a result of the deteriorating financial position of the borrower.  There were $354,000 and $1.4 million and $355,000 in performing loans classified as TDR loans at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.

The following table presents an analysis of loan modifications during the year ended December 31, 2015:
Year ended December 31, 2015     
(Dollars in thousands)     
  
Number of
Contracts
  
Pre-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
  
Post-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
Real estate loans:     
Construction and land development  1  $216   216
Single-family residential  3   288   271
Total TDR loans  4  $504   487
During the year ended December 31, 2015, four loans were modified that were considered to be new TDR loans.   The interest rate was modified on these TDR loans.

The following table presents an analysis of loan modifications during the year ended December 31, 2014:
Year ended December 31, 2014     
(Dollars in thousands)     
  
Number of
Contracts
  
Pre-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
 Investment
  
Post-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
Real estate loans:     
Construction and land development  1  $291   266
Single-family residential  2   849   845
    Single-family residential -           
Banco de la Gente stated income  3   281   278
Total TDR loans  6  $1,421   1,389
During the year ended December 31, 2014, six loans were modified that were considered to be new TDR loans.   The interest rate was modified on these TDR loans.
There were no TDR loans with a payment default occurring within 12 months of the restructure date, and the payment default occurring during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014.  TDR loans are deemed to be in default if they become past due by 90 days or more.
A-49

(4)    Premises and Equipment

Major classifications of premises and equipment at December 31, 2015 and 2014 are summarized as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)   
  2015  2014
    
Land $3,669   3,681
Buildings and improvements  15,889   15,864
Furniture and equipment  19,462   18,442
        
Total premises and equipment  39,020   37,987
        
Less accumulated depreciation  22,044   20,987
        
Total net premises and equipment $16,976   17,000
The Company recognized approximately $2.4 million in depreciation expense for the year ended December 31, 2015.  Depreciation expense was approximately $2.5 million and $1.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

The following tables present an analysis of loan modifications during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013:
(5)    Time Deposits

At December 31, 2015, the scheduled maturities of time deposits are as follows:
(Dollars in thousands) 
  
2016 $97,586
2017  27,702
2018  24,122
2019  3,019
2020 and thereafter  4,463
    
Total $156,892
At December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company had approximately $4.3 million and $11.4 million, respectively, in time deposits purchased through third party brokers, including certificates of deposit participated through the Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service ("CDARS") on behalf of local customers.  CDARS balances totaled $4.1 million and $11.0 million as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.  The weighted average rate of brokered deposits as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 was 0.10% and 0.13%, respectively.

(6)    Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank Borrowings

The Bank has borrowings from the FHLB with monthly or quarterly interest payments at December 31, 2015.  The FHLB borrowings are collateralized by a blanket assignment on all residential first mortgage loans, home equity lines of credit and loans secured by multi-family real estate that the Bank owns.  At December 31, 2015, the carrying value of loans pledged as collateral totaled approximately $124.8 million.  The remaining availability under the line of credit with the FHLB was $38.5 million at December 31, 2015.

Borrowings from the FHLB outstanding at December 31, 2015 and 2014 consist of the following:
A-50

December 31, 2015    
(Dollars in thousands)    
     
Maturity Date
 
Call Date
 
Rate
Rate Type
 
Amount
October 17, 2018  N/A  3.485%Adjustable Rate Hybrid  5,000
           
October 17, 2018  N/A  3.725%Adjustable Rate Hybrid  15,000
           
October 17, 2018  N/A  3.500%Adjustable Rate Hybrid  5,000
           
October 17, 2018  N/A  3.555%Adjustable Rate Hybrid  5,000
           
May 8, 2018  N/A  2.144%Floating to Fixed  5,000
           
May 8, 2018  N/A  3.734%Floating to Fixed  8,500
           
            $43,500
           
           
           
           
           
December 31, 2014          
(Dollars in thousands)          
           
Maturity Date
 
Call Date
 
Rate
Rate Type
 
Amount
October 17, 2018  N/A  3.398%Adjustable Rate Hybrid  5,000
           
October 17, 2018  N/A  3.638%Adjustable Rate Hybrid  15,000
           
October 17, 2018  N/A  3.413%Adjustable Rate Hybrid  5,000
           
October 17, 2018  N/A  3.468%Adjustable Rate Hybrid  5,000
           
May 8, 2018  N/A  1.792%Floating to Fixed  5,000
           
May 8, 2018  N/A  3.432%Floating to Fixed  15,000
           
            $50,000
The Bank is required to purchase and hold certain amounts of FHLB stock in order to obtain FHLB borrowings. No ready market exists for the FHLB stock, and it has no quoted market value. The stock is redeemable at $100 per share subject to certain limitations set by the FHLB. The Bank owned $2.8 million and $3.2 million of FHLB stock, included in other investments, at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Bank had no borrowings from the Federal Reserve Bank ("FRB").  FRB borrowings are collateralized by a blanket assignment on all qualifying loans that the Bank owns which are not pledged to the FHLB.  At December 31, 2015, the carrying value of loans pledged as collateral totaled approximately $365.9 million.  Availability under the line of credit with the FRB was $279.2 million at December 31, 2015.

Year ended December 31, 2014     
(Dollars in thousands)     
 
Number of
Contracts
 
Pre-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
 
Post-Modification Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
Real estate loans:     
Construction and land development1 $291 266
Single-family residential2  849 845
Single-family residential -      
Banco de la Gente stated income3  281 278
Total real estate TDR loans6  1,421 1,389
       
Total TDR loans6 $1,421 1,389
(7)    Junior Subordinated Debentures

In June 2006, the Company formed a second wholly owned Delaware statutory trust, PEBK Capital Trust II ("PEBK Trust II"), which issued $20.0 million of guaranteed preferred beneficial interests in the Company's junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures.  All of the common securities of PEBK Trust II are owned by the Company.  The proceeds from the issuance of the common securities and the trust preferred securities were used by PEBK Trust II to purchase $20.6 million of junior subordinated debentures of the Company.  The proceeds received by the Company from the sale of the junior subordinated debentures were used to repay in December 2006 the trust preferred securities issued in December 2001 by PEBK Capital Trust, a wholly owned Delaware statutory trust of the Company, and for general purposes.  The debentures represent the sole assets of PEBK Trust II.  PEBK Trust II is not included in the consolidated financial statements.

The trust preferred securities issued by PEBK Trust II accrue and pay interest quarterly at a floating rate of three-month LIBOR plus 163 basis points.  The Company has guaranteed distributions and other payments due on the trust preferred securities to the extent PEBK Trust II does not have funds with which to make the distributions and other payments.  The net combined effect of all the documents entered into in connection with the trust preferred securities is that the Company is liable to make the distributions and other payments required on the trust preferred securities.
A-51

These trust preferred securities are mandatorily redeemable upon maturity of the debentures on June 28, 2036, or upon earlier redemption as provided in the indenture.  The Company has the right to redeem the debentures purchased by PEBK Trust II, in whole or in part, which became effective on June 28, 2011.  As specified in the indenture, if the debentures are redeemed prior to maturity, the redemption price will be the principal amount plus any accrued but unpaid interest.

(8)    Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes is summarized as follows:
(Dollars in thousands)      
  2015  2014  2013 
Current expense $2,427   1,759   1,345 
Deferred income tax expense  673   178   534 
Total income tax $3,100   1,937   1,879 
The differences between the provision for income taxes and the amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate to earnings before income taxes are as follows:
(Dollars in thousands)      
  2015  2014  2013 
Tax expense at statutory rate (34%) $4,329   3,851   2,914 
State income tax, net of federal income tax effect  494   (283)  428 
Tax-exempt interest income  (1,682)  (1,630)  (1,481)
Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance  (143)  (143)  (147)
Nondeductible interest and other expense  103   119   141 
Other  (1)  23   24 
Total $3,100   1,937   1,879 
The following summarizes the tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities.  The net deferred tax asset is included as a component of other assets at December 31, 2015 and 2014.
(Dollars in thousands)    
  2015  2014 
Deferred tax assets:    
Allowance for loan losses $3,513   4,134 
Accrued retirement expense  1,574   1,529 
Other real estate  33   206 
Federal credit carryforward  -   342 
State credit carryforward  -   327 
Restricted stock  417   243 
Accrued bonuses  238   224 
Interest income on nonaccrual loans  88   56 
Other than temporary impairment  374   186 
Other  16   152 
Total gross deferred tax assets  6,253   7,399 
         
Deferred tax liabilities:        
Deferred loan fees  588   433 
Accumulated depreciation  172   728 
Prepaid expenses  59   101 
Other  70   100 
Unrealized gain on available for sale securities  3,308   3,479 
Total gross deferred tax liabilities  4,197   4,841 
         
Net deferred tax asset $2,056   2,558 
A-52

The Company has analyzed the tax positions taken or expected to be taken in its tax returns and has concluded that it has no liability related to uncertain tax positions.

The Company's tax filings for years 2012 through 2015 were at year end 2015 open to audit under statutes of limitations by the Internal Revenue Service and State taxing authorities.

(9)Related Party Transactions

The Company conducts transactions with its directors and executive officers, including companies in which they have beneficial interests, in the normal course of business. It is the policy of the Bank that loan transactions with directors and officers are made on substantially the same terms as those prevailing at the time made for comparable loans to other persons. The following is a summary of activity for related party loans for 2015 and 2014:
(Dollars in thousands)    
  2015  2014 
Beginning balance $4,760   4,340 
New loans  6,018   6,903 
Repayments  (6,700)  (6,483)
         
Ending balance $4,078   4,760 
At December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Bank had deposit relationships with related parties of approximately $18.4 million and $15.1 million, respectively.

(10)    Commitments and Contingencies

The Company leases various office spaces for banking and operational facilities and equipment under operating lease arrangements. Future minimum lease payments required for all operating leases having a remaining term in excess of one year at December 31, 2015 are as follows:
(Dollars in thousands) 
  
Year ending December 31, 
2016  664
2017  550
2018  501
2019  490
2020  422
Thereafter  1,548
Total minimum obligation $4,175
Total rent expense was approximately $702,000, $691,000 and $672,000 for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

The Bank is party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers.  These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit and financial guarantees.  Those instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk in excess of the amount recognized in the balance sheet.  The contract amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of involvement the Bank has in particular classes of financial instruments.

The exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit and financial guarantees written is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The Bank uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments.

In most cases, the Bank requires collateral or other security to support financial instruments with credit risk.
A-53

(Dollars in thousands)   
  Contractual Amount
  2015  2014
Financial instruments whose contract amount represent credit risk:   
    
Commitments to extend credit $189,351   168,733
        
Standby letters of credit and financial guarantees written $3,872   3,911
Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract.  Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates and because they may expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amount of $193.2 million does not necessarily represent future cash requirements.

Standby letters of credit and financial guarantees written are conditional commitments issued by the Bank to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Those guarantees are primarily issued to businesses in the Bank's delineated market area. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. The Bank holds real estate, equipment, automobiles and customer deposits as collateral supporting those commitments for which collateral is deemed necessary.

In the normal course of business, the Company is a party (both as plaintiff and defendant) to a number of lawsuits. In the opinion of management and counsel, none of these cases should have a material adverse effect on the financial position of the Company.

Bancorp and the Bank have employment agreements with certain key employees. The agreements, among other things, include salary, bonus, incentive stock option, and change in control provisions.

The Company has $59.5 million available for the purchase of overnight federal funds from five correspondent financial institutions as of December 31, 2015.

(11)    Employee and Director Benefit Programs

The Company has a profit sharing and 401(k) plan for the benefit of substantially all employees subject to certain minimum age and service requirements. Under the 401(k) plan, the Company matched employee contributions to a maximum of 4.00% of annual compensation in 2013, 2014 and 2015.  The Company's contribution pursuant to this formula was approximately $539,000, $439,000 and $430,000 for the years 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.  Investments of the 401(k) plan are determined by a committee comprised of senior management.  No investments in Company stock have been made by the 401(k) plan. Prior to January 1, 2015, the vesting schedule for the 401(k) plan began at 20 percent after two years of employment and graduated 20 percent each year until reaching 100 percent after six years of employment.  Effective January 1, 2015, contributions to the 401(k) plan are vested immediately.

In December 2001, the Company initiated a postretirement benefit plan to provide retirement benefits to key officers and its Board of Directors and to provide death benefits for their designated beneficiaries.  Under the postretirement benefit plan, the Company purchased life insurance contracts on the lives of the key officers and each director.  The increase in cash surrender value of the contracts constitutes the Company's contribution to the postretirement benefit plan each year.  Postretirement benefit plan participants are to be paid annual benefits for a specified number of years commencing upon retirement. Expenses incurred for benefits relating to the postretirement benefit plan were approximately $413,000, $422,000 and $395,000 for the years 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

The Company is currently paying medical benefits for certain retired employees. The Company did not incur any postretirement medical benefits expense in 2015, 2014 and 2013 due to an excess accrual balance.

The following table sets forth the change in the accumulated benefit obligation for the Company's two postretirement benefit plans described above:
A-54

(Dollars in thousands)    
  2015  2014 
     
Benefit obligation at beginning of period $3,812   3,581 
Service cost  334   348 
Interest cost  65   67 
Benefits paid  (218)  (184)
Reversal of excess accrual  -   - 
         
Benefit obligation at end of period $3,993   3,812 
The amounts recognized in the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 are shown in the following two tables:
(Dollars in thousands)    
  2015  2014 
     
Benefit obligation $3,993   3,812 
Fair value of plan assets  -   - 
(Dollars in thousands)    
  2015  2014 
     
Funded status $(3,993)  (3,812)
Unrecognized prior service cost/benefit  -   - 
Unrecognized net actuarial loss  -   - 
         
Net amount recognized $(3,993)  (3,812)
         
Unfunded accrued liability $(3,993)  (3,812)
Intangible assets  -   - 
         
Net amount recognized $(3,993)  (3,812)
Net periodic benefit cost of the Company's postretirement benefit plans for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 consisted of the following:
(Dollars in thousands)      
  2015  2014  2013 
       
Service cost $334   348   336 
Interest cost  65   67   65 
             
Net periodic cost $399   415   401 
             
Weighted average discount rate assumption            
used to determine benefit obligation  5.47%  5.47%  5.46%
The Company paid benefits under the two postretirement plans totaling $218,000 and $184,000 during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.  Information about the expected benefit payments for the Company's two postretirement benefit plans is as follows:
A-55

(Dollars in thousands)  
   
Year ending December 31,  
2016 $244 
2017 $262 
2018 $274 
2019 $310 
2020 $333 
Thereafter $8,259 
 
A-50
(12)    Regulatory Matters

The Company is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company's financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of capital in relation to both on- and off-balance sheet items at various risk weights. Total capital consists of two tiers of capital. Tier 1 Capital includes common shareholders' equity and trust preferred securities less adjustments for intangible assets. Tier 2 Capital consists of the allowance for loan losses, up to 1.25% of risk-weighted assets and other adjustments.  Management believes, as of December 31, 2015, that the Company and the Bank meet all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.

As of December 31, 2015, the most recent notification from the FDIC categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the table below. There have been no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the Bank's category.

In 2013, the Federal Reserve Board approved its final rule on the Basel III capital standards, which implement changes to the regulatory capital framework for banking organizations.  The Basel III capital standards, which became effective January 1, 2015, include new risk-based capital and leverage ratios, which will be phased in from 2015 to 2019. The new minimum capital level requirements applicable to the Company and the Bank under the final rules are as follows: (i) a new common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5%; (ii) a Tier 1 capital ratio of 6% (increased from 4%); (iii) a total risk based capital ratio of 8% (unchanged from previous rules); and (iv) a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4% (unchanged from previous rules).  An additional capital conservation buffer will be added to the minimum requirements for capital adequacy purposes beginning on January 1, 2016 at 0.625% and will be phased in through 2019 (increasing by 0.625% on each subsequent January 1, until it reaches 2.5% on January 1, 2019).  This will result in the following minimum ratios beginning in 2019: (i) a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 7.0%, (ii) a Tier 1 capital ratio of 8.5%, and (iii) a total capital ratio of 10.5%. Under the final rules, institutions would be subject to limitations on paying dividends, engaging in share repurchases, and paying discretionary bonuses if its capital level falls below the buffer amount.  These limitations establish a maximum percentage of eligible retained earnings that could be utilized for such actions.
A-56

The Company's and the Bank's actual capital amounts and ratios are presented below:
(Dollars in thousands)            
  Actual  
For Capital
Adequacy Purposes
  
To Be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions
 
             
  Amount  Ratio  Amount  Ratio  Amount  Ratio 
             
As of December 31, 2015:            
             
Total Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)            
Consolidated $129,203   16.63%  62,137   8.00%  N/A   N/A
Bank $124,910   16.11%  62,026   8.00%  77,532   10.00%
Tier 1 Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)                        
Consolidated $119,354   15.37%  46,603   6.00%  N/A   N/A
Bank $115,160   14.85%  46,519   6.00%  62,026   8.00%
Tier 1 Capital (to Average Assets)                        
Consolidated $119,354   11.44%  41,743   4.00%  N/A   N/A
Bank $115,160   11.03%  41,776   4.00%  52,220   5.00%
Common Equity Tier 1 (to Risk-Weighted Assets)                        
Consolidated $99,354   12.79%  34,952   4.50%  N/A   N/A
Bank $115,160   14.85%  34,890   4.50%  50,396   6.50%
                         
As of December 31, 2014:                        
                         
Total Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)                        
Consolidated $122,732   16.62%  59,085   8.00%  N/A   N/A
Bank $118,356   16.06%  58,974   8.00%  73,717   10.00%
Tier 1 Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)                        
Consolidated $113,211   15.33%  29,542   4.00%  N/A   N/A
Bank $108,934   14.78%  29,487   4.00%  44,230   6.00%
Tier 1 Capital (to Average Assets)                        
Consolidated $113,211   10.74%  42,181   4.00%  N/A   N/A
Bank $108,934   10.33%  42,164   4.00%  52,706   5.00%
On August 31, 2015, the FDIC and the SBC issued a Consent Order (the "Order") in connection with compliance by the Bank with the Bank Secrecy Act and its implementing regulations (collectively, the "BSA").  The Order was issued pursuant to the consent of the Bank.  In consenting to the issuance of the Order, the Bank did not admit or deny any unsafe or unsound banking practices or violations of law or regulation.

The Order requires the Bank to take certain affirmative actions to comply with its obligations under the BSA, including, without limitation, strengthening its Board of Directors' oversight of BSA activities; reviewing, enhancing, adopting and implementing a revised BSA compliance program; completing a BSA risk assessment; developing a revised system of internal controls designed to ensure full compliance with the BSA; reviewing and revising customer due diligence and risk assessment processes, policies and procedures; developing, adopting and implementing effective BSA training programs; assessing BSA staffing needs and resources and appointing a qualified BSA officer; establishing an independent BSA testing program; ensuring that all reports required by the BSA are accurately and properly filed and engaging an independent firm to review past account activity to determine whether suspicious activity was properly identified and reported.

Prior to implementation, certain of the actions described above are subject to review by and approval or non-objection from the FDIC and the SBC.  The Order will remain in effect and be enforceable until it is modified, terminated, suspended or set aside by the FDIC and the SBC.

The Bank continues to make progress in addressing the issues identified in the Order and expects that it will be able to undertake and implement all required actions within the time period specified in the Order.  The Bank has incurred and will continue to incur additional non-interest expenses associated with the implementation of corrective actions; however, these expenses are not expected to have a significant impact on the results of operations or financial position of the Company.  Operating under the Order will limit the Company's ability to participate in acquisitions, to open new branches, and to allocate funds to its stock repurchase plan until such time as the consent Order has been modified, terminated, suspended or set aside by the FDIC and the SBC.
A-57

 
(13)   Shareholders' Equity

Shareholders' equity was $104.9 million, or 10.1% of total assets, as of December 31, 2015, compared to $98.7 million, or 9.5% of total assets, as of December 31, 2014.  This increase is primarily due to an increase in retained earnings due to net income, which was partially offset by a decrease in common stock due to 102,050 shares of common stock repurchased during 2015 under the Company's stock repurchase program implemented in September 2014.

Annualized return on average equity for the year ended December 31, 2015 was 9.03% compared to 9.69% for the year ended December 31, 2014.  Total cash dividends paid on common stock were $1.6 million and $1.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

The Board of Directors, at its discretion, can issue shares of preferred stock up to a maximum of 5,000,000 shares. The Board is authorized to determine the number of shares, voting powers, designations, preferences, limitations and relative rights.  The Board of Directors does not currently anticipate issuing any additional series of preferred stock.

In 2014, the Company's Board of Directors authorized a stock repurchase program, pursuant to which up to $2 million will be allocated to repurchase the Company's common stock.  Any purchases under the Company's stock repurchase program may be made periodically as permitted by securities laws and other legal requirements in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions.  The timing and amount of any repurchase of shares will be determined by the Company's management, based on its evaluation of market conditions and other factors.  The repurchase program may be suspended at any time or from time-to-time without prior notice.  The Company has repurchased approximately $2.0 million, or 106,587 shares of its common stock, under this program as of December 31, 2015.

Year ended December 31, 2013     
(Dollars in thousands)     
 
Number of
Contracts
 
Pre-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
 
Post-Modification Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
Real estate loans:     
Construction and land development2 $841 824
Single-family residential -      
Banco de la Gente stated income7  796 788
Total real estate TDR loans9  1,637 1,612
       
Total TDR loans9 $1,637 1,612
(14)   Other Operating Income and Expense

Miscellaneous non-interest income for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 included the following items that exceeded one percent of total revenues at some point during the following three-year period:

 
(4)    Premises and Equipment
(Dollars in thousands)     
  2015  2014  2013
Visa debit card income $3,452   3,170   2,990
Net appraisal management fee income $635   525   718
Insurance and brokerage commissions $713   701   661
Other non-interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 included the following items that exceeded one percent of total revenues at some point during the following three-year period:
(Dollars in thousands)     
  2015  2014  2013
Advertising $784   804   685
FDIC insurance $681   739   864
Visa debit card expense $988   905   823
Telephone $588   574   570
Foreclosure/OREO expense $398   317   356
Internet banking expense $671   644   568
FHLB advance prepayment penalty $504   869   530
Consulting $904   609   468
NC Tax Credit Amortization $-   870   160
(15)   Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company is required to disclose fair value information about financial instruments, whether or not recognized on the face of the balance sheet, for which it is practicable to estimate that value. The assumptions used in the estimation of the fair value of the Company's financial instruments are detailed below. Where quoted prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using discounted cash flows and other valuation techniques. The use of discounted cash flows can be significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows. The following disclosures should not be considered a surrogate of the liquidation
A-58

value of the Company, but rather a good faith estimate of the increase or decrease in the value of financial instruments held by the Company since purchase, origination, or issuance.

The Company groups assets and liabilities at fair value in three levels, based on the markets in which the assets and liabilities are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine fair value.  These levels are:

·Level 1 – Valuation is based upon quoted prices for identical instruments traded in active markets.

·Level 2 – Valuation is based upon quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market.
Major classifications
·Level 3 – Valuation is generated from model-based techniques that use at least one significant assumption not observable in the market.  These unobservable assumptions reflect estimates of premisesassumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.  Valuation techniques include use of option pricing models, discounted cash flow models and equipment at December 31, 2014 and 2013 are summarized as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)   
 2014 2013
    
Land$3,681 3,667
Buildings and improvements 15,864 15,126
Furniture and equipment 18,442 16,239
     
Total premises and equipment 37,987 35,032
     
Less accumulated depreciation 20,987 18,674
     
Total net premises and equipment$17,000 16,358
The Company recognized approximately $2.5 million in depreciation expense for the year ended December 31, 2014.  Depreciation expense was approximately $1.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.similar techniques.

(5)    Time Deposits

At December 31, 2014, the scheduled maturities of time deposits are as follows:

(Dollars in thousands) 
  
2015$131,001
2016 37,065
2017 17,029
2018 8,336
2019 and thereafter 3,007
   
Total$196,438
At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company had approximately $11.4 million and $15.1 million, respectively, in time deposits purchased through third party brokers, including certificates of deposit participated through the Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service (“CDARS”) on behalf of local customers.  CDARS balances totaled $11.0 million and $15.1 million as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.  The weighted average rate of brokered deposits as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 was 0.13% and 0.14%, respectively.Cash and Cash Equivalents
For cash, due from banks and interest-bearing deposits, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.  Cash and cash equivalents are reported in the Level 1 fair value category.

(6)    Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank Borrowings

The Bank has borrowings from the FHLB with monthly or quarterly interest payments at December 31, 2014.  The FHLB borrowings are collateralized by a blanket assignment on all residential first mortgage loans, home equity lines of credit and loans secured by multi-family real estate that the Bank owns.  At December 31, 2014, the carrying value of loans pledged as collateral totaled approximately $126.0 million.
Borrowings from the FHLB outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 2013 consist of the following:
A-51Investment Securities Available for Sale
Fair values of investment securities available for sale are determined by obtaining quoted prices on nationally recognized securities exchanges when available.  If quoted prices are not available, fair value is determined using matrix pricing, which is a mathematical technique used widely in the industry to value debt securities without relying exclusively on quoted prices for the specific securities but rather by relying on the securities' relationship to other benchmark quoted securities.  Fair values for investment securities with quoted market prices are reported in the Level 1 fair value category.  Fair value measurements obtained from independent pricing services are reported in the Level 2 fair value category. All other fair value measurements are reported in the Level 3 fair value category.

Other Investments
For other investments, the carrying value is a reasonable estimate of fair value.  Other investments are reported in the Level 3 fair value category.

Mortgage Loans Held for Sale
Mortgage loans held for sale are carried at lower of aggregate cost or market value.  The cost of mortgage loans held for sale approximates the market value.  Mortgage loans held for sale are reported in the Level 3 fair value category.

Loans
The fair value of fixed rate loans is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings. For variable rate loans, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.  Loans are reported in the Level 3 fair value category, as the pricing of loans is more subjective than the pricing of other financial instruments.

Cash Surrender Value of Life Insurance
For cash surrender value of life insurance, the carrying value is a reasonable estimate of fair value.  Cash surrender value of life insurance is reported in the Level 2 fair value category.

Other Real Estate
The fair value of other real estate is based upon independent market prices, appraised values of the collateral or management's estimation of the value of the collateral.  Other real estate is reported in the Level 3 fair value category.

Deposits
The fair value of demand deposits, interest-bearing demand deposits and savings is the amount payable on demand at the reporting date. The fair value of certificates of deposit is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.  Deposits are reported in the Level 2 fair value category.
A-59

Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase
For securities sold under agreements to repurchase, the carrying value is a reasonable estimate of fair value.  Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are reported in the Level 2 fair value category.

FHLB Borrowings
The fair value of FHLB borrowings is estimated based upon discounted future cash flows using a discount rate comparable to the current market rate for such borrowings.  FHLB borrowings are reported in the Level 2 fair value category.

Junior Subordinated Debentures
Because the Company's junior subordinated debentures were issued at a floating rate, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.  Junior subordinated debentures are reported in the Level 2 fair value category.

Commitments to Extend Credit and Standby Letters of Credit
Commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit are generally short-term and at variable interest rates. Therefore, both the carrying value and estimated fair value associated with these instruments are immaterial.

Limitations
Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant market information and information about the financial instrument. These estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering for sale at one time the Company's entire holdings of a particular financial instrument. Because no market exists for a significant portion of the Company's financial instruments, fair value estimates are based on many judgments. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and therefore cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.

Fair value estimates are based on existing on and off-balance sheet financial instruments without attempting to estimate the value of anticipated future business and the value of assets and liabilities that are not considered financial instruments. Significant assets and liabilities that are not considered financial instruments include deferred income taxes and premises and equipment. In addition, the tax ramifications related to the realization of unrealized gains and losses can have a significant effect on fair value estimates and have not been considered in the estimates.

The fair value presentation for non-recurring assets is presented in Note 3.  There were no non-recurring liabilities at December 31, 2015 and 2014.  The carrying amount and estimated fair value of the Company's financial instruments at December 31, 2015 and 2014 are as follows:
(Dollars in thousands)         
    Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2015
  
Carrying
Amount
  Level 1  Level 2  Level 3  Total
Assets:         
Cash and cash equivalents $39,763   39,763   -   -   39,763
Investment securities available for sale $268,530   1,325   266,455   750   268,530
Other investments $3,636   -   -   3,636   3,636
Mortgage loans held for sale $4,149   -   -   4,149   4,149
Loans, net $679,502   -   -   683,540   683,540
Cash surrender value of life insurance $14,546   -   14,546   -   14,546
                    
Liabilities:                   
Deposits $832,175   -   -   827,874   827,874
Securities sold under agreements                   
to repurchase $27,874   -   27,874   -   27,874
FHLB borrowings $43,500   -   43,144   -   43,144
Junior subordinated debentures $20,619   -   20,619   -   20,619
A-60

(Dollars in thousands)         
    Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2014
  
Carrying
Amount
  Level 1  Level 2  Level 3  Total
Assets:         
Cash and cash equivalents $69,098   69,098   -   -   69,098
Investment securities available for sale $281,099   1,378   278,971   750   281,099
Other investments $4,031   -   -   4,031   4,031
Mortgage loans held for sale $1,375   -   -   1,375   1,375
Loans, net $640,809   -   -   644,708   644,708
Cash surrender value of life insurance $14,125   -   14,125   -   14,125
                    
Liabilities:                   
Deposits $814,700   -   -   813,288   813,288
Securities sold under agreements                   
to repurchase $48,430   -   48,430   -   48,430
FHLB borrowings $50,000   -   49,598   -   49,598
Junior subordinated debentures $20,619   -   20,619   -   20,619
A-61

Balance Sheets    
     
December 31, 2015 and 2014    
(Dollars in thousands)    
     
Assets
 
2015
  
2014
 
     
Cash $558   745 
Interest-bearing time deposit  1,000   1,000 
Investment in subsidiaries  121,848   115,457 
Investment in PEBK Capital Trust II  619    619 
Investment securities available for sale  1,234   1,235 
Other assets  244   245 
         
Total assets $125,503   119,301 
         
Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity
        
         
Junior subordinated debentures $20,619   20,619 
Liabilities  20   17 
Shareholders' equity  104,864   98,665 
         
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity $125,503   119,301 
Statements of Earnings      
       
For the Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013      
(Dollars in thousands)      
       
Revenues: 
2015
  
2014
  
2013
 
       
Interest and dividend income $3,979   2,718   13,576 
             
Total revenues  3,979   2,718   13,576 
             
Expenses:            
             
Interest  403   389   398 
Other operating expenses  538   527   159 
             
Total expenses  941   916   557 
             
Income before income tax benefit and equity in            
undistributed earnings of subsidiaries  3,038   1,802   13,019 
             
Income tax benefit  262   239   84 
             
Income before equity in undistributed            
earnings of subsidiaries  3,300   2,041   13,103 
             
Equity in undistributed earnings (loss) of subsidiaries  6,333   7,347   (6,412)
             
Net earnings $9,633   9,388   6,691 
A-62

Statements of Cash Flows      
       
For the Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013      
(Dollars in thousands)      
       
  
2015
  
2014
  
2013
 
Cash flows from operating activities:      
       
Net earnings $9,633   9,388   6,691 
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net            
cash provided (used) by operating activities:            
Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries  (6,333)  (7,347)  6,412 
Change in:            
Other assets  1   28   (73)
Accrued income  -   (5)  - 
Accrued expense  3   1   27 
Other liabilities  -   (108)  108 
             
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities  3,304   1,957   13,165 
             
Cash flows from investing activities:            
             
Proceeds from maturities of investment securities available for sale  -   500   1 
Net change in interest-bearing time deposit  -   (1,000)  800 
             
Net cash provided (used) by investing activities  -   (500)  801 
             
Cash flows from financing activities:            
             
Cash dividends paid on Series A preferred stock  -   -   (734)
Cash dividends paid on common stock  (1,574)  (1,022)  (677)
Preferred stock and warrant repurchase  -   (12,524)  - 
Stock repurchase  (1,917)  (82)  - 
Proceeds from exercise of stock options  -   37   - 
             
Net cash used by financing activities  (3,491)  (13,591)  (1,411)
             
Net change in cash  (187)  (12,134)  12,555 
             
Cash at beginning of year  745   12,879   324 
             
Cash at end of year $558   745   12,879 
             
Noncash investing and financing activities:            
Change in unrealized gain on investment securities            
 available for sale, net $1   8   77 
Accrued redemption of Series A Preferred Stock  -   -   12,632 
A-63

 
December 31, 2014    
(Dollars in thousands)    
     
Maturity DateCall DateRateRate TypeAmount
October 17, 2018N/A3.398%Adjustable Rate Hybrid 5,000
      
October 17, 2018N/A3.638%Adjustable Rate Hybrid 15,000
      
October 17, 2018N/A3.413%Adjustable Rate Hybrid 5,000
      
October 17, 2018N/A3.468%Adjustable Rate Hybrid 5,000
      
May 8, 2018N/A1.792%Floating to Fixed 5,000
      
May 8, 2018N/A3.432%Floating to Fixed 15,000
      
    $50,000
December 31, 2013    
(Dollars in thousands)    
     
Maturity DateCall DateRateRate TypeAmount
March 25, 2019N/A4.260%Convertible 5,000
      
November 12, 2014N/A2.230%Fixed Rate Hybrid 5,000
      
October 17, 2016N/A3.734%Adjustable Rate Hybrid 5,000
      
October 17, 2018N/A3.414%Adjustable Rate Hybrid 5,000
      
October 17, 2018N/A3.654%Adjustable Rate Hybrid 15,000
      
October 17, 2018N/A3.429%Adjustable Rate Hybrid 5,000
      
October 17, 2018N/A3.484%Adjustable Rate Hybrid 5,000
      
May 8, 2018N/A1.799%Floating to Fixed 5,000
      
May 8, 2018N/A3.439%Floating to Fixed 15,000
      
    $65,000
The Bank is required to purchase and hold certain amounts of FHLB stock in order to obtain FHLB borrowings. No ready market exists for the FHLB stock, and it has no quoted market value. The stock is redeemable at $100 per share subject to certain limitations set by the FHLB. The Bank owned $3.2 million and $4.1 million of FHLB stock, included in other investments, at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Bank had no borrowings from the Federal Reserve Bank (“FRB”).  FRB borrowings are collateralized by a blanket assignment on all qualifying loans that the Bank owns which are not pledged to the FHLB.  At December 31, 2014, the carrying value of loans pledged as collateral totaled approximately $340.5 million.
(17)Quarterly Data
  2015        2014       
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) First  Second  Third  Fourth  First  Second  Third  Fourth 
Total interest income $9,567   9,191   9,947   9,961  $9,545   9,576   9,583   9,716 
Total interest expense  884   875   874   851   1,111   1,085   1,076   1,015 
Net interest income  8,683   8,316   9,073   9,110   8,434   8,491   8,507   8,701 
                                 
(Reduction of) provision for loan losses  173   (214)  235   (211)  (349)  67   256   (673)
Other income  3,245   3,297   3,266   3,504   2,841   3,110   3,207   3,006 
Other expense  8,748   8,337   8,669   10,024   8,123   8,067   8,541   10,940 
Income before income taxes  3,007   3,490   3,435   2,801   3,501   3,467   2,917   1,440 
                                 
Income taxes  679   866   942   613   923   916   475   (377)
Net earnings  2,328   2,624   2,493   2,188   2,578   2,551   2,442   1,817 
                                 
                                 
Basic net earnings per share  0.41   0.47   0.45   0.40  $0.46   0.45   0.43   0.33 
Diluted net earnings per share $0.41   0.47   0.45   0.39  $0.46   0.45   0.43   0.32 
A-64

DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY

(7)    Junior Subordinated Debentures

In June 2006, the Company formed a second wholly owned Delaware statutory trust, PEBK Capital Trust II (“PEBK Trust II”), which issued $20.0 million of guaranteed preferred beneficial interests in the Company’s junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures.  All of the common securities of PEBK Trust II are owned by the Company.  The proceeds from the issuance of the common securities and the trust preferred securities were used by PEBK Trust II to purchase $20.6 million of junior subordinated debentures of the Company.  The proceeds received by the Company from the sale of the junior subordinated debentures were used to repay in December 2006 the trust preferred securities issued in December 2001 by PEBK Capital Trust, a wholly owned Delaware statutory trust of the Company, and for general purposes.  The debentures represent the sole assets of PEBK Trust II.  PEBK Trust II is not included in the consolidated financial statements.

The trust preferred securities issued by PEBK Trust II accrue and pay interest quarterly at a floating rate of three-month LIBOR plus 163 basis points.  The Company has guaranteed distributions and other payments due on the trust preferred securities to the extent PEBK Trust II does not have funds with which to make the distributions and other payments.  The net combined effect of all the documents entered into in connection with the trust preferred
A-52

securities is that the Company is liable to make the distributions and other payments required on the trust preferred securities.

These trust preferred securities are mandatorily redeemable upon maturity of the debentures on June 28, 2036, or upon earlier redemption as provided in the indenture.  The Company has the right to redeem the debentures purchased by PEBK Trust II, in whole or in part, which became effective on June 28, 2011.  As specified in the indenture, if the debentures are redeemed prior to maturity, the redemption price will be the principal amount plus any accrued but unpaid interest.DIRECTORS

(8)    Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes is summarized as follows:
(Dollars in thousands)      
 2014 2013 2012 
Current$1,759 1,345 1,800 
Deferred 178 534 (213)
Total$1,937 1,879 1,587 
The differences between the provision for income taxes and the amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate to earnings before income taxes are as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)      
 2014 2013 2012 
Pre-tax income at statutory rate (34%)$3,851 2,914 2,509 
Differences:       
Tax exempt interest income (1,630)(1,481)(1,168)
Nondeductible interest and other expense 119 141 52 
Cash surrender value of life insurance (143)(147)(149)
State taxes, net of federal benefits (283)428 324 
Other, net 23 24 19 
Total$1,937 1,879 1,587 
The following summarizes the tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities.  The net deferred tax asset is included as a component of other assets at December 31, 2014 and 2014.
(Dollars in thousands)   
 2014 2013
Deferred tax assets:   
Allowance for loan losses$4,134 5,205
Accrued retirement expense 1,529 1,489
Other real estate 206 218
Federal credit carryforward 342 79
    State credit carryforward 734 -  
    Other 176 334
Unrealized loss on available for sale securities - 747
Total gross deferred tax assets 7,121 8,072
     
Deferred tax liabilities:    
Deferred loan fees 433 581
Premises and equipment 652 530
Unrealized gain on available for sale securities 3,479 -  
Total gross deferred tax liabilities 4,564 1,111
Net deferred tax asset$2,557 6,961
A-53

(9)           Related Party Transactions

The Company conducts transactions with its directors and executive officers, including companies in which they have beneficial interests, in the normal course of business. It is the policy of the  Bank that loan transactions with directors and officers are made on substantially the same terms as those prevailing at the time made for comparable loans to other persons. The following is a summary of activity for related party loans for 2014:
(Dollars in thousands)  
   
Beginning balance$4,340 
New loans 6,903 
Repayments (6,483)
    
Ending balance$4,760 
At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Bank had deposit relationships with related parties of approximately $15.1 million and $17.6 million, respectively.Robert C. Abernethy – Chairman
Chairman of the Board, Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. and Peoples Bank;
President, Secretary and Treasurer, Carolina Glove Company, Inc. (glove manufacturer)
Secretary and Assistant Treasurer, Midstate Contractors, Inc. (paving company)

(10)    Commitments and Contingencies
James S. Abernethy
Vice President, Carolina Glove Company, Inc. (glove manufacturer)
President and Assistant Secretary, Midstate Contractors, Inc. (paving company)
Vice President, Secretary and Chairman of the Board of Directors, Alexander Railroad Company

Douglas S. Howard
Vice President, Secretary and Treasurer, Denver Equipment of Charlotte, Inc.

John W. Lineberger, Jr.
President, Lincoln Bonded Warehouse Company (commercial warehousing facility)

Gary E. Matthews
President and Director, Matthews Construction Company, Inc. (general contractor)

Billy L. Price, Jr. MD
Practitioner of Internal Medicine, BL Price Medical Consultants, PLLC

Larry E. Robinson
President and Chief Executive Officer, The Blue Ridge Distributing Co., Inc. (beer and wine distributor)
Partner and Chief Operating Officer, United Beverages of North Carolina, LLC (beer distributor)

William Gregory (Greg) Terry
General Manager, Drum & Willis-Reynolds Funeral Homes and Crematory

Dan Ray Timmerman, Sr.
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, Timmerman Manufacturing, Inc. (wrought iron furniture, railings and gates manufacturer)

Benjamin I. Zachary
President, Treasurer, General Manager and Director, Alexander Railroad Company



OFFICERS

Lance A. Sellers
President and Chief Executive Officer

A. Joseph Lampron, Jr.
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Corporate Treasurer and Assistant Corporate Secretary

William D. Cable, Sr.
Executive Vice President, Corporate Secretary and Assistant Corporate Treasurer

The Company leases various office spaces for banking and operational facilities and equipment under operating lease arrangements. Future minimum lease payments required for all operating leases having a remaining term in excess of one year at December 31, 2014 are as follows:

(Dollars in thousands) 
  
Year ending December 31, 
2015 600
2016 603
2017 537
2018 501
2019 490
Thereafter 1,854
Total minimum obligation$4,585
Total rent expense was approximately $691,000, $672,000 and $643,000 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

The Bank is party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers.  These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit and financial guarantees.  Those instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk in excess of the amount recognized in the balance sheet.  The contract amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of involvement the Bank has in particular classes of financial instruments.

The exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit and financial guarantees written is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The Bank uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments.

In most cases, the  Bank requires collateral or other security to support financial instruments with credit risk.

(Dollars in thousands)   
 Contractual Amount
 2014 2013
Financial instruments whose contract amount represent credit risk:   
    
Commitments to extend credit$168,733 146,243
     
Standby letters of credit and financial guarantees written$3,911 4,361
Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any
A-54

condition established in the contract.  Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates and because they may expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amount of $172.6 million does not necessarily represent future cash requirements.

Standby letters of credit and financial guarantees written are conditional commitments issued by the Bank to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Those guarantees are primarily issued to businesses in the Bank’s delineated market area. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. The Bank holds real estate, equipment, automobiles and customer deposits as collateral supporting those commitments for which collateral is deemed necessary.

In the normal course of business, the Company is a party (both as plaintiff and defendant) to a number of lawsuits. In the opinion of management and counsel, none of these cases should have a material adverse effect on the financial position of the  Company.

Bancorp and the Bank have employment agreements with certain key employees. The agreements, among other things, include salary, bonus, incentive stock option, and change in control provisions.

The Company has $54.5 million available for the purchase of overnight federal funds from five correspondent financial institutions as of December 31, 2014.
 
(11)    Employee and Director Benefit Programs

The Company has a profit sharing and 401(k) plan for the benefit of substantially all employees subject to certain minimum age and service requirements. Under the 401(k) plan, the Company matched employee contributions to a maximum of 3.50% of annual compensation in 2012 and 4.00% of annual compensation in 2013 and 2014.  The Company’s contribution pursuant to this formula was approximately $439,000, $430,000 and $345,000 for the years 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  Investments of the 401(k) plan are determined by a committee comprised of senior management .  No investments in Company stock have been made by the 401(k) plan. Prior to January 1, 2015, the vesting schedule for the 401(k) plan began at 20 percent after two years of employment and graduated 20 percent each year until reaching 100 percent after six years of employment.  Effective January 1, 2015, contributions to the 401(k) plan are vested immediately.

In December 2001, the Company initiated a postretirement benefit plan to provide retirement benefits to key officers and its Board of Directors and to provide death benefits for their designated beneficiaries.  Under the postretirement benefit plan, the Company purchased life insurance contracts on the lives of the key officers and each director.  The increase in cash surrender value of the contracts constitutes the Company’s contribution to the postretirement benefit plan each year.  Postretirement benefit plan participants are to be paid annual benefits for a specified number of years commencing upon retirement. Expenses incurred for benefits relating to the postretirement benefit plan were approximately $422,000, $395,000 and $546,000 for the years 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

The Company is currently paying medical benefits for certain retired employees. Postretirement medical benefits expense, including amortization of the transition obligation, as applicable, was approximately $24,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012.   The Company did not incur any postretirement medical benefits expense in 2014 and 2013 due to an excess accrual balance.

The following table sets forth the change in the accumulated benefit obligation for the Company’s two postretirement benefit plans described above:

(Dollars in thousands)    
 2014 2013 
     
Benefit obligation at beginning of period$3,581 3,382 
Service cost 348 336 
Interest cost 67 65 
Benefits paid (184)(142)
Reversal of excess accrual - (60)
      
Benefit obligation at end of period$3,812 3,581 
The amounts recognized in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 are shown in the following two tables:
A-55

(Dollars in thousands)   
 2014 2013
    
Benefit obligation$3,812 3,581
Fair value of plan assets -   -  
(Dollars in thousands)    
 2014 2013 
     
Funded status$(3,812)(3,581)
Unrecognized prior service cost/benefit -   -   
Unrecognized net actuarial loss -   -   
      
Net amount recognized$(3,812)(3,581)
      
Unfunded accrued liability$(3,812)(3,581)
Intangible assets -   -   
      
Net amount recognized$(3,812)(3,581)
Net periodic benefit cost of the Company’s postretirement benefit plans for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 consisted of the following:

(Dollars in thousands)     
 2014 2013     2012
      
Service cost$348 336 430 
Interest cost 67 65 89
       
Net periodic cost$415 401 519
       
Weighted average discount rate assumption used to      
determine benefit obligation 5.47% 5.46% 5.43%
The Company paid benefits under the two postretirement plans totaling $184,000 and $142,000 during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.  Information about the expected benefit payments for the Company’s two postretirement benefit plans is as follows:

(Dollars in thousands) 
  
Year ending December 31, 
2015$232
2016$244
2017$262
2018$275
2019$310
Thereafter$8,345
A-65

 
(12)    Regulatory Matters

The Company is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.
A-56

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of capital in relation to both on- and off-balance sheet items at various risk weights. Total capital consists of two tiers of capital. Tier 1 Capital includes common shareholders’ equity and trust preferred securities less adjustments for intangible assets. Tier 2 Capital consists of the allowance for loan losses, up to 1.25% of risk-weighted assets and other adjustments.  Management believes, as of December 31, 2014, that the Company and the Bank meet all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.

As of December 31, 2014, the most recent notification from the FDIC categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the table below. There have been no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the Bank’s category.

On July 2, 2013, the FRB approved its final rule on the Basel III capital standards, which implement changes to the regulatory capital framework for banking organizations.  Capital levels at the Company and the Bank currently exceed the new capital requirements, which are effective on January 1, 2015.

The Company’s and the Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios are presented below:
(Dollars in thousands)          
 Actual 
For Capital
Adequacy Purposes
 
To Be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions
            
 Amount Ratio Amount Ratio Amount Ratio
            
As of December 31, 2014:           
            
Total Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)           
Consolidated$122,732 16.62% 59,085 8.00% N/A N/A
Bank$118,356 16.06% 58,974 8.00% 73,717 10.00%
Tier 1 Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)            
Consolidated$113,211 15.33% 29,542 4.00% N/A N/A
Bank$108,934 14.78% 29,487 4.00% 44,230 6.00%
Tier 1 Capital (to Average Assets)            
Consolidated$113,211 10.74% 42,181 4.00% N/A N/A
Bank$108,934 10.33% 42,164 4.00% 52,706 5.00%
             
As of December 31, 2013:            
             
Total Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)            
Consolidated$114,185 16.14% 56,582 8.00% N/A N/A
Bank$110,935 15.73% 56,412 8.00% 70,515 10.00%
Tier 1 Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)            
Consolidated$104,890 14.83% 28,291 4.00% N/A N/A
Bank$101,733 14.43% 28,206 4.00% 42,309 6.00%
Tier 1 Capital (to Average Assets)            
Consolidated$104,890 10.08% 41,622 4.00% N/A N/A
Bank$101,733 9.79% 41,584 4.00% 51,981 5.00%
 
(13)    Shareholders’ Equity
The Company received regulatory approval in December 2013 to repurchase and redeem the remaining 12,524 outstanding shares of its Series A preferred stock.  The repurchase and redemption was completed on January 17, 2014 and was reflected on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013.   “Accrued interest payable and other liabilities” at December 31, 2013 includes $12.6 million for the payment to preferred shareholders of principal and accrued dividends on January 17, 2014.

The Board of Directors, at its discretion, can issue shares of preferred stock up to a maximum of 5,000,000 shares. The Board of Directors is authorized to determine the number of shares, voting powers, designations, preferences, limitations and relative rights.
A-57

In September 2014, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a stock repurchase program, pursuant to which up to $2 million will be allocated to repurchase the Company’s common stock.  Any purchases under the Company’s stock repurchase program may be made periodically as permitted by securities laws and other legal requirements in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions.  The timing and amount of any repurchase of shares will be determined by the Company’s management, based on its evaluation of market conditions and other factors.  The repurchase program may be suspended at any time or from time-to-time without prior notice.  The Company has repurchased and retired $82,000, or 4,537 shares, of its common stock under this program as of December 31, 2014.

(14)    Other Operating Income and Expense

Miscellaneous non-interest income for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 included the following items that exceeded one percent of total revenues at some point during the following three-year period:
(Dollars in thousands)     
 2014 2013 2012
Visa debit card income$3,170 2,990 2,092
Net appraisal management fee income$525 718 737
Insurance and brokerage commissions$701 661 517
Other non-interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 included the following items that exceeded one percent of total revenues at some point during the following three-year period:

(Dollars in thousands)     
 2014 2013 2012
Advertising$804 685 695
FDIC insurance$739 864 894
Visa debit card expense$905 823 729
Telephone$574 570 554
Foreclosure/OREO expense$317 356 677
Internet banking expense$644 568 593
FHLB advance prepayment penalty$869 530 -  
Consulting$609 468 499
NC Tax Credit Amortization$870 160 -  
 
(15)    Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company is required to disclose fair value information about financial instruments, whether or not recognized on the face of the balance sheet, for which it is practicable to estimate that value. The assumptions used in the estimation of the fair value of the Company’s financial instruments are detailed below. Where quoted prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using discounted cash flows and other valuation techniques. The use of discounted cash flows can be significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows. The following disclosures should not be considered a surrogate of the liquidation value of the Company, but rather a good faith estimate of the increase or decrease in the value of financial instruments held by the Company since purchase, origination, or issuance.

The Company groups assets and liabilities at fair value in three levels, based on the markets in which the assets and liabilities are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine fair value.  These levels are:

·  Level 1 – Valuation is based upon quoted prices for identical instruments traded in active markets.
·  Level 2 – Valuation is based upon quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market.
·  Level 3 – Valuation is generated from model-based techniques that use at least one significant assumption not observable in the market.  These unobservable assumptions reflect estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.  Valuation techniques include use of option pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques.
A-58

Cash and Cash Equivalents
For cash, due from banks and interest-bearing deposits, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.  Cash and cash equivalents are reported in the Level 1 fair value category.

Investment Securities Available for Sale
Fair values of investment securities available for sale are determined by obtaining quoted prices on nationally recognized securities exchanges when available.  If quoted prices are not available, fair value is determined using matrix pricing, which is a mathematical technique used widely in the industry to value debt securities without relying exclusively on quoted prices for the specific securities but rather by relying on the securities’ relationship to other benchmark quoted securities.  Fair values for investment securities with quoted market prices are reported in the Level 1 fair value category.  Fair value measurements obtained from independent pricing services are reported in the Level 2 fair value category. All other fair value measurements are reported in the Level 3 fair value category.

Other Investments
For other investments, the carrying value is a reasonable estimate of fair value.  Other investments are reported in the Level 3 fair value category.

Mortgage Loans Held for Sale
Mortgage loans held for sale are carried at lower of aggregate cost or market value.  The cost of mortgage loans held for sale approximates the market value.  Mortgage loans held for sale are reported in the Level 3 fair value category.

Loans
The fair value of fixed rate loans is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings. For variable rate loans, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.  Loans are reported in the Level 3 fair value category, as the pricing of loans is more subjective than the pricing of other financial instruments.

Cash Surrender Value of Life Insurance
For cash surrender value of life insurance, the carrying value is a reasonable estimate of fair value.  Cash surrender value of life insurance is reported in the Level 2 fair value category.

Other Real Estate
The fair value of other real estate is based upon independent market prices, appraised values of the collateral or management’s estimation of the value of the collateral.  Other real estate is reported in the Level 3 fair value category.

Deposits
The fair value of demand deposits, interest-bearing demand deposits and savings is the amount payable on demand at the reporting date. The fair value of certificates of deposit is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.  Deposits are reported in the Level 2 fair value category.

Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase
For securities sold under agreements to repurchase, the carrying value is a reasonable estimate of fair value.  Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are reported in the Level 2 fair value category.

FHLB Borrowings
The fair value of FHLB borrowings is estimated based upon discounted future cash flows using a discount rate comparable to the current market rate for such borrowings.  FHLB borrowings are reported in the Level 2 fair value category.

Junior Subordinated Debentures
Because the Company’s junior subordinated debentures were issued at a floating rate, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.  Junior subordinated debentures are reported in the Level 2 fair value category.

Commitments to Extend Credit and Standby Letters of Credit
Commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit are generally short-term and at variable interest rates. Therefore, both the carrying value and estimated fair value associated with these instruments are immaterial.
A-59

Limitations
Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant market information and information about the financial instrument. These estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering for sale at one time the Company’s entire holdings of a particular financial instrument. Because no market exists for a significant portion of the Company’s financial instruments, fair value estimates are based on many judgments. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and therefore cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.

Fair value estimates are based on existing on and off-balance sheet financial instruments without attempting to estimate the value of anticipated future business and the value of assets and liabilities that are not considered financial instruments. Significant assets and liabilities that are not considered financial instruments include deferred income taxes and premises and equipment. In addition, the tax ramifications related to the realization of unrealized gains and losses can have a significant effect on fair value estimates and have not been considered in the estimates.

The carrying amount and estimated fair value of the Company’s financial instruments at December 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows:
(Dollars in thousands)         
   Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2014
 
Carrying
Amount
 Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total
Assets:         
Cash and cash equivalents$69,098 69,098 - - 69,098
Investment securities available for sale$281,099 1,378 278,971 750 281,099
Other investments$4,031 - - 4,031 4,031
Mortgage loans held for sale$1,375 - - 1,375 1,375
Loans, net$640,809 - - 644,708 644,708
Cash surrender value of life insurance$14,125 - 14,125 - 14,125
           
Liabilities:          
Deposits$814,700 - - 813,288 813,288
Securities sold under agreements          
to repurchase$48,430 - 48,430 - 48,430
FHLB borrowings$50,000 - 49,598 - 49,598
Junior subordinated debentures$20,619 - 20,619 - 20,619
           
           
(Dollars in thousands)          
    Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2013
 
Carrying
Amount
 Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total
Assets:          
Cash and cash equivalents$76,773 76,773 - - 76,773
Investment securities available for sale$297,890 1,689 294,951 1,250 297,890
Other investments$4,990 - - 4,990 4,990
Mortgage loans held for sale$497 - - 497 497
Loans, net$607,459 - - 612,132 612,132
Cash surrender value of life insurance$13,706 - 13,706 - 13,706
           
Liabilities:          
Deposits$799,361 - - 798,460 798,460
Securities sold under agreements          
to repurchase$45,396 - 45,396 - 45,396
FHLB borrowings$65,000 - 65,891 - 65,891
Junior subordinated debentures$20,619 - 20,619 - 20,619
A-60


(16)           Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. (Parent Company Only) Condensed Financial Statements
Balance Sheets
    
December 31, 2014 and 2013
(Dollars in thousands)
    
Assets2014 2013
    
Cash$745 12,879
Interest-bearing time deposit 1,000 -  
Investment in subsidiaries 116,076 102,113
Investment securities available for sale 1,235 1,721
Other assets 245 273
     
Total assets$119,301 116,986
     
Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity    
     
Junior subordinated debentures$20,619 20,619
Liabilities 17 12,648
Shareholders' equity 98,665 83,719
     
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity$119,301 116,986
Statements of Earnings
       
For the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012
(Dollars in thousands)
       
Revenues:2014 2013 2012 
       
Interest and dividend income$2,718 13,576 113 
        
Total revenues 2,718 13,576 113 
        
Expenses:       
        
Interest 389 398 438 
Other operating expenses 527 159 476 
        
Total expenses 916 557 914 
        
Income/(Loss) before income tax benefit and equity in       
undistributed earnings of subsidiaries 1,802 13,019 (801)
        
Income tax benefit 239 84 166 
        
Income/(Loss) before equity in undistributed       
earnings of subsidiaries 2,041 13,103 (635)
        
Equity in undistributed earnings (loss) of subsidiaries 7,347 (6,412)6,428 
        
Net earnings$9,388 6,691 5,793 
A-61

 
Statements of Cash Flows
       
For the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012
(Dollars in thousands)
       
 2014 2013 2012 
Cash flows from operating activities:      
       
Net earnings$9,388 6,691 5,793 
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net       
cash used by operating activities:       
Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries (7,347)6,412 (6,428)
Impairment of investment securities -   -   -   
Change in:       
Other assets 28 (73)-   
Accrued income (5)-   11 
Accrued expense 1 27 41 
Other liabilities (108)108 -   
        
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities 1,957 13,165 (583)
        
Cash flows from investing activities:       
        
Proceeds from maturities of investment securities available for sale 500 1 - 
Net change in interest-bearing time deposit (1,000)800 14,200 
        
Net cash provided by investing activities (500801 14,200 
        
Cash flows from financing activities:       
        
Cash dividends paid on Series A preferred stock -   (734)(1,023)
Cash dividends paid on common stock (1,022)(677)(1,003)
Preferred stock and warrant repurchase (12,524)-   (12,122)
Stock repurchase (82)-   -   
Proceeds from exercise of stock options 37 -   539 
        
Net cash used by financing activities (13,591)(1,411)(13,609)
        
Net change in cash (12,134)12,555 8 
        
Cash at beginning of year 12,879 324 316 
        
Cash at end of year$745 12,879 324 
        
Noncash investing and financing activities:       
Change in unrealized gain on investment securities       
 available for sale, net$8 77 (46)
    Accrued redemption of Series A Preferred Stock -    12,632 -    
A-62

DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY

DIRECTORS

Robert C. Abernethy – Chairman
Chairman of the Board, Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. and Peoples Bank;
President, Secretary and Treasurer, Carolina Glove Company, Inc. (glove manufacturer)
Secretary and Assistant Treasurer, Midstate Contractors, Inc. (paving company)

James S. Abernethy
Vice President, Carolina Glove Company, Inc. (glove manufacturer)
President and Assistant Secretary, Midstate Contractors, Inc. (paving company)
Vice President, Secretary and Chairman of the Board of Directors, Alexander Railroad Company

Douglas S. Howard
Vice President, Secretary and Treasurer, Denver Equipment of Charlotte, Inc.

John W. Lineberger, Jr.
President, Lincoln Bonded Warehouse Company (commercial warehousing facility)

Gary E. Matthews
President and Director, Matthews Construction Company, Inc. (general contractor)

Billy L. Price, Jr. MD
Practitioner of Internal Medicine, BL Price Medical Consultants, PLLC

Larry E. Robinson
President and Chief Executive Officer, The Blue Ridge Distributing Co., Inc. (beer and wine distributor)
Partner and Chief Operating Officer, United Beverages of North Carolina, LLC (beer distributor)

William Gregory (Greg) Terry
General Manager, Drum & Willis-Reynolds Funeral Homes and Crematory

Dan Ray Timmerman, Sr.
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, Timmerman Manufacturing, Inc. (wrought iron furniture, railings and gates manufacturer)

Benjamin I. Zachary
President, Treasurer, General Manager and Director, Alexander Railroad Company



OFFICERS

Lance A. Sellers
President and Chief Executive Officer

A. Joseph Lampron, Jr.
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Treasurer

William D. Cable, Sr.
Executive Vice President, Assistant Corporate Treasurer and Assistant Corporate Secretary

Joseph F. Beaman, Jr.
Executive Vice President and Corporate Secretary

A-63

Proxy Card 2015 page 1

Proxy Card 2015 page 2